A REMARKABLE WINDOW INTO AN ALTERNATE REALITY

Some people wonder if we are "alone in the universe."

Others are open-minded about paranormal phenomena, believe that ETs do exist and are visiting us, and wonder
where "they" come from.
You may take it for granted that the Roswell crash did occur, that the US government reverse-engineered the
technology and developed space travel.
Roswell was seventy years ago.
Do you think maybe, just maybe the military-industrial complex would have gone out into space, taken a look
around and built some colonies since then?

IF THE "GOVERNMENT" BUILT OFF-PLANET COLONIES, WHAT MIGHT THEY DO IN THESE

INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS?
What if these colonies built even more of the reverse-engineered "weird stuff" -- all completely off-planet?
Would the security of an off-planet location ensure that these exotic gadgets could never appear on Earth, no
matter how valiant anyone's effort might be?
Might there be millions of people already working out in space in these colonies -- doing extremely advanced
high-tech jobs?
And if so, could they have been lied to about what happened on Earth since they left -- after some 60 million took
off in the "Brain Drain" of the 50s and 60s?
Could brilliantly complex lies have been designed to make them never want to return to their homeland -- for
generations now?
Might they have been told that they never could return?
Could a single, innocent word -- 'Texas' -- ultimately be the "shot heard round the solar system," triggering a
revolutionary awakening within the colonies?

IT WILL COME AS A GREAT SHOCK

The true scope of what there is to know about our development of space will come as a great shock to the vast
majority of everyone here.
Over a hundred different off-planet colonies, each with at least tens of thousands of staff -- if not hundreds of
thousands -- now exist throughout our solar system.
All of these facilities, and the technology that goes along with them, will be handed over to humanity on earth -far sooner than we think.

This is only fair, in the grander scheme of things.

WE PAID FOR IT
Our collective financial and industrial base -- the value we built as a human race -- provided the seed-money
investment to build this vast infrastructure.
Investors are entitled to a return -- at least within a fair and equitable system.
Yet, we are still driving hundred-year-old gasoline-burning technology on a crumbling infrastructure of paved
gravel roads -- choking out nature wherever they roam.
"Electric Vehicle Charging Stations" can still be seen scattered throughout Southern California. I just passed one
of them yesterday while walking in to LAX airport.
They are a pathetic reminder of another positive, planet-healing initiative that was crushed by Big Industry.
Once you understand "vertical integration," you realize that the same cabal owns Big Industry, Big Agriculture, Big
Finance, Big Media and Big Government.
This is not a "conspiracy theory." The proof is absolutely irrefutable -- and is so widely available that everyone is
talking about it now.

EVEN MAINSTREAM MEDIA LIKE "THE INDEPENDENT" IS FIGURING IT OUT

Last week, The Independent published an article that reluctantly admitted how many "conspiracy theories" are
already becoming irrefutable facts.
It should be very clear that if this much has already come to light, it is still only the tip of the iceberg:
6/15: Perhaps the Conspiracy Theorists Have Been Right All Along

http://www.telegraph.co.uk/men/thinking-man/11671617/Perhaps-the-worlds-conspiracytheorists-have-been-right-all-along.html

Conspiracy theories used to be so easy.

Youd have your mate who, after a few beers, would tell you that the moon landings were faked or that the
Illuminati controlled everything or that the US government was holding alien autopsies in Area 51.
And youd be able to dismiss this because it was all rubbish.
Look, youd say, we have moon rock samples and pictures and we left laser reflectors on the surface
and... basically you still dont believe me but thats because youre mad and no proof on earth (or the
moon) would satisfy you.

Its true that there was always the big one which wasnt quite so easily dismissed.
This was the Kennedy assassination -- but here you could be fairly sure that the whole thing was a
terrible, impenetrable murky morass.
You knew that some things never would be known (or would be released, partially redacted by the CIA,
200 years in the future).
And you knew that whatever the truth was, it was probably a bit dull compared to your mates flights of
fantasy involving the KGB, the Mafia and the military-industrial complex.
Besides, it all made for a lot of very entertaining films and books.
This nice, cozy state of affairs lasted until the early 2000s. But then something changed.

These days conspiracy theories dont look so crazy and conspiracy theorists dont look like crackpots.
In fact, todays conspiracy theory is tomorrows news headlines.
Its tempting, I suppose, to say we live in a golden age of conspiracy theories, although its only really
golden for the architects of the conspiracies.
From the Iraq war to Fifa to the banking crisis, the truth is not only out there, but its more outlandish
than anything we could have made up.

Of course, our real-life conspiracies arent much like The X-Files theyre disappointingly short on aliens
and the supernatural. [DW: So far.]
Rather, theyre more like John Le Carre books. Shady dealings by powerful people who want nothing
more than to line their profits at the expense of others.
The abuse of power. Crazy ideologues who try and create their own facts for fun and profit.
Corporations supplanting governments via regulatory capture.

THE DOLLAR HAS DECREASED IN VALUE BY 96 PERCENT

Since the creation of the Federal Reserve System in 1913, just over 100 years ago now, the value of the dollar
has decreased by 96 percent.
The Federal Reserve is a private corporation of multi-billionaires that the United States government out-sourced
the issuance of its currency to in 1913.

If you have done your homework, you know these billionaires are part of a multi-generational organized crime
syndicate that effectively seized power over much of the world.
People are conditioned to laugh at labels like "The Illuminati" -- but the underlying fact that "secret earth
governments" are running things cannot be denied.
All over the world right now, regardless of which country you live in, you are hearing "There is no money left. All
the money is gone."
Everyone is hurting -- badly.
It is amazing that the controlled media can still get away with calling this Greater Depression a "recovery." Or the
equally silly "Great Recession."

WHERE DID ALL THAT VALUE GO?

Money is just an indication of value. It moves from one place to another. The value of money is not destroyed
once it has been moved.
If you have ten dollars in your savings account and you transfer it into your checking, you still have ten dollars.
Yes, you could say that your savings account is now bankrupt -- but you still have ten dollars.
If you then spend it on something, someone else now has your ten dollars -- but it's still there.
Now imagine this on a much grander scale.
All of the money earned by our parents, grandparents and great-grandparents -- all the value they generated -had to go somewhere.
And wherever our money went, it's still there.

OUR MONEY WAS INVESTED VERY WISELY

If you give someone ten thousand dollars, and they go and invest it and turn it into a million dollars, you deserve
some share of the profits.
That's why we invest. Providing "seed money" comes at a risk, but if the investment pays off, fair business
practices stipulate that the dividends must be shared.
This is the whole basis of why we put our money in stocks, bonds, commodities and other products.
A wide variety of fraudulent practices have siphoned off our wealth and used it as investment capital -- to develop
industrial colonies out in space.
The business that was built by the military-industrial complex has boomed to epic proportions.

Not one bit of its dividends have been shared with humanity on earth.

THE ANCIENT BUILDER RACE

Furthermore, an "Ancient Builder Race" left extensive, highly-advanced ruins on Earth and all throughout our
solar system.
Those advanced artifacts, abandoned cities and re-occupied ancient facilities are the rightful property of those
now living here on Earth.
Thankfully, it now appears the walls of secrecy are tumbling down, and we will soon be able to claim our cosmic
inheritance.
All of us will be able to live like millionaires -- with technology beyond our wildest dreams -- once the truth is
revealed.

WHY WOULD THE "POWERS THAT WERE" EVER HAND OVER THEIR SECRET TECHNOLOGY?
A vastly superior race of benevolent ETs have made themselves formally known to the Secret Space Program
since 2012.
They demonstrated quite a show of force, arriving in 100-plus spheres ranging in size from the Moon to Jupiter.
The "Sphere Alliance" contacted a breakaway faction of the Secret Space Program known as Solar Warden.
Together, they are now pushing to peacefully, gradually and effectively relinquish the lies and secrecy.
The Cabal would never have handed over this technology and revealed any of these secrets unless they were
forced to -- by a bigger kid on the playground.

WE DID NOT KNOW THE FULL SCOPE UNTIL THIS MORNING

Though Earth humans are far from the most spiritually advanced race out there, we have become excellent
builders of hyper-exotic technology.
The hard-earned cash from our blood, sweat and tears has directly helped finance an off-planet industrial
operation that is staggering in scope.
The true size of this industrial operation was not available to anyone in the public domain until Corey Goode
published his latest update this morning.
As impossible as this may sound, the Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate, or ICC, just revealed they are in
intense, ongoing trade relations with.....
Nearly nine hundred different civilizations.

And there are many, many more who they are in contact with on a less-frequent basis.

GO READ IT FOR YOURSELF

The Secret Space Program insider Corey Goode sent me a preliminary copy of what you are about to read, by
email, last night. It wasn't finished yet.
He was on one side of the kitchen table and I was on the other. I read it, gave a few suggestions and went to
sleep.
While I was peacefully sacked out in my room, sleeping until 10AM, he went ahead and finished the whole thing.
In my view this is definitely the best, most engaging thing he has ever written.
And, as impossible as it may sound, it is all based on what really happened to him three nights ago.

RESTORING ORDER AND EXPOSING THE TRUTH

The hyper-evolved beings within the Sphere Alliance are here to peacefully restore order to our solar system, and
usher us into the promised Golden Age.
They do not want to show up in blazing chariots in the sky and rescue us. We have to do this ourselves. And they
are helping us create this new reality.
Corey and his commanding officer Gonzales just performed the Alliance equivalent of a UN weapons inspection
on an ICC colony from Mars.
The goal was to gauge whether the people there were living in slavery-type conditions -- and to gain critical
intelligence about a facility revealed by a recent new defector.
The adventure he went through -- just prior to flying out for this trip -- is truly worthy of a filmic treatment in and of
itself.
Corey has felt like these journeys are often the equivalent of trips into hell. I have done my part to try to help him
feel better about what he is doing.
I have told him how lucky he is to be brought into this world. If I ever get the chance to go myself, it will be the
fulfillment of a lifetime of unceasing effort.
Countless dreams have indicated that this will indeed be happening. And it won't be long before this is a reality
that all of us will have access to.

FROM A PERSONAL LEVEL...

We are finally here at Gaiam Studios to "do it right" -- on a professional level -- capturing and releasing this vast,
epic narrative in a series of episodes.
This will be in addition to whatever I do with our original footage that we shot in my home back in April -- and
which I am in the final stages of learning enough to be able to self-produce.
We are discussing how to make this content as readily accessible to everyone as possible. It will probably be
featured in a show we will call Disclosure: Special Edition.
Corey Goode has now met with the CEO, the president, the director, the head of production and several other key
staff in the Gaiam production crew.
This is an important point. Corey just went through an entire day of being (excitedly) interrogated by the highestlevel staff in the company.
Every time we asked him a question, the answers tumbled out like a waterfall.
No matter how specific and idiosyncratic the question might be, his answers are remarkably detailed.
Best of all, they all thread beautifully with what I have heard from so many others.

CAN'T WRITE ANY MORE AT THE MOMENT

Corey and I were both very impressed with the degree of preparation that Gaiam had going in.
This included a centimeter-thick book of printouts of pictures of different types of ETs -- to see which ones look
the most like what he saw, and how we can illustrate them correctly.
Every word of Corey's online testimony -- on his website and Facebook page -- was thoroughly studied, analyzed
and outlined, as well as the contents of our six-hour video interview.
Tomorrow we are going to attempt to create an overview that encompasses the main details and compresses it
into a half-hour. We had meetings all day on how to accomplish that.
This overview will be just the icebreaker that opens up the doors to a much larger series of discussions -- that
could turn into many more episodes.
We are hoping to have a rapid turnaround speed on the release of the overview. The estimates may be overly
exuberant, but we are hoping for the best.
Everyone was completely captivated by the story of Corey's meeting at the Mars colony -- and it is well worth your
time to read it for yourself.
The more Corey writes, the better he gets. This article has already gone viral like nothing else he has ever written,
for good reason -- so check it out!

I woke up at a little after 3 AM on Saturday June the 20th and was a bit anxious about this
conference. I had spent the previous day at the swimming pool with my wife and two children and
was pretty wiped out from one of the very few sunny days we have had in N.Texas this season. I

was quite sun burned to the point where even my scalp was in pain. I was informed of the
previous afternoon that the final negotiations for the joint SSP Alliance, Sphere Alliance and ICC
Leadership Conference had been completed and to expect the normal pickup method during a
time window between 3:30 and 4 AM the following morning.
I knew this was going to be an interesting and possibly long conference and being so tired from
that days activities I decided to go to bed good and early. I turned in a little after 7 PM when it
was still daylight outside and was soon asleep. I woke up at 11:30 and thought it was much later,
this meeting was very much on my mind and the fact that it was going to be at a Mars Colony
under the control of the ICC had my mind running non-stop.
I was finally able to get back to sleep around 12:20. I woke up again a little after 3 AM and
decided to go to the kitchen to get a drink before I changed and got ready for my little blue/indigo
orb friend to zip through the wall of my bed room. I had just barely made it into the living room
when the little orb decided to mix things up and zipped into the room through the closed patio
door. I decided that I didnt have time to go back to my room and change and come back so I put
on the Flip-Flops (Type of Sandal Foot Wear) that I had worn to the pool the day before and
gave the orb the signal that I was ready to be transported.
Before I knew it I was standing in the familiar room that I am usually transported to in the VIP
Conference area of the LOC. I was wearing shorts, a tee shirt and the loose fitting flip flops and
not at all looking prepared for a diplomatic excursion to a Mars facility. One of the LOC personnel
came into the room and asked me if there was anything I needed. I asked for something to wear
and some boots, he asked my size and left the room. Within about 10 minutes he returned with a
light blue jump suit with the SSP Alliance Mission Patch on the left shoulder with the places for a
unit and name patch left blank (velcro patch areas with no patches). I put on the jumpsuit and
boots that had laces and a zipper on the side (different than I normally received) that actually
looked as if they had not been worn before. The same was the case with the jumpsuit.
When I was ready I was escorted down the narrow halls of the common area of the LOC to one of
the larger hangar areas where there was a good sized group of people standing in a semi-circle
beside one of the 50 Modular Transport Vessels that I had traveled in prior and had been picked
up from my home in to be scanned for nanites and AI infections after an unpleasant encounter
with opposition elements in a previous encounter.
I saw Gonzales the SSP Alliance Delegate and he acknowledged my presence and started the
introductions. There was an ICC Representative that looked extremely familiar to me. I still cannot
place where I have seen him before. He appeared to be in his late 40s, about 511, 200 lbs with
blue/grey eyes and mostly white hair cut short. He was wearing a very nice suit that I had seen
the Committee of 200 members wearing at the Super Federation Conferences. It was of a
different cut and looked futuristic a bit and kind of like the style you see business men and
politicians wear in India.
Lt. Col. Gonzales then introduced the 4 SSP Alliance Security Team Members to me who were
also IEs (Intuitive Empaths). Two of them would accompany me at all times and 2 would be
assigned to Gonzales. There were also 4 crew members of the craft that we would be traveling to
Mars in who were introduced as a group. The rest of the people present were members of the
SSP Alliance Council who then wished everyone luck and a productive meeting as we boarded
the vessel.
Being modular these vessels are always in different configurations on the inside depending on
the mission they are on. I have seen them setup as troop transports, mobile medical treatment
centers and VIP for meetings and transports. This time there were seats for all present. We were
informed that this trip would take close to half an hour because Mars was just on the other side of
the sun so it added time to the trip for a reason that was not explained. These vessels usually
make trips of these distances in just a few minutes or less. I do not know if this was a way to
spend extra time with the ICC Representative or was in fact truly a technical issue having to do
with the position of Mars being behind the sun compared to the position of the earth and moon.

As we lifted off and flew through the bay doors that opened we could see the surface of the moon
grow distant quickly and then the earth through the transparent panels in the walls of the vessel.
We then went to speed and the panels changed to an opaque color. Gonzales and the ICC
Representative began to talk about the conference and all who would be there. Gonzales again
told the ICC Representative that we appreciated them agreeing to the terms of allowing us to
bring the armed security, choosing the site of the conference once in orbit, the tours and allowing
us to bring one family of our choosing back with us to question and to either provide sanctuary to
or allow to return to their home colony depending on the families wishes. I sat and listened since I
had not been a part of the negotiations and hoped to overhear something new from the process.
Once we arrived in outer orbit of Mars the panels in the walls went transparent again and a larger
version of the smart-glass pads lowered from the ceiling. It was about 70 across diagonally and
had a real time display of Mars with icons where there were ICC Colonies and industrial
complexes in the northern hemisphere. The ICC Representative stood up and began pointing at
each and giving his recommendations of the best facility to tour and hold the conference would
be. Gonzales interrupted and stated that he had already come up with a location based on the
SSP Alliance Council's request and the information was based on intelligence from an ICC
defector.
The ICC Representative immediately looked concerned and that look intensified when the plus
sign icon popped up on the coordinates that were already in the system. It marked a place that
was in the southern polar region. The ICC representative stated that this was an old Industrial
plant and that there wasnt a colony there. Gonzales stated that our intelligence was fresh and
that indeed there was a moderate sized colony there and that a recent ICC defector had lived
there and provided a detailed report.
The ICC representative stated that he would have to contact his superiors to get clearance.
Gonzales reminded him that we were promised access to any facility and colony that we
requested for this conference and tour. The ICC representative excused himself and went into a
small room to use a communication device. He emerged a short time later and stated that it
would take about an hour before we were granted clearance to land but that the locations was
approved. It was obvious that this was a stalling tactic for the unexpected choice in locations to
give the facility time for some very quick preparations for our unanticipated arrival.
After about 50 very long minutes we heard an announcement that the crew had received
communication for clearance to land. As we moved in closer we could see some thin wispy ice
clouds in the upper atmosphere and some rolling dust storms much further to the north of our
trajectory. We then saw the beautiful blue and bright pinkish discharges on the shielding all
around the vessel as it entered the atmosphere at speed. There was no sound or turbulence in
the entry of the atmosphere.
We then headed directly towards one area of the ground that was hilly and rocky with snow and
ice in low lying areas. We made a quick turn with no inertial or G-force effects on the passengers.
Our vessel hugged the terrain at high speed for a few kilometers until we came to a small canyon
looking area. It was not like the canyons toward the equator and in the northern hemisphere but
was described as a canyon none the less. It looked more like an ancient washed out river bed
between larger rock outcroppings.
We began to slow down as we were headed toward a flat rocky outcropping and as we did a
turret looking cylinder structure rose out the top of the rocks and there was windows around the
structure. It appeared to be an observation deck or air traffic control tower. A large bay door then
opened below and we slowed down quite a bit more as we entered. We were then inside a
square tunnel hewn out of the rock with bays on either side of us as we continued through. As I
looked through the rectangular doors I could see two teardrop-shaped craft in each bay.
These craft appeared unusual to me in that I had not seen SSP craft that had a shiny chromed
metal finish. They always seemed to have a black or grey coloring much like the stealth
bombers that most people are now familiar with. The third bay on the right was the one we were

directed to and there was one of the tear-shaped vessels inside and an empty bay that barely
accommodated our vessel. We landed on the platform and powered down our vessel. I sat back
in my chair and the reality hit me that we had arrived at an opposition stronghold on Mars.
I made note of a catwalk that went out between the two vessels in the double bay. The catwalk
went to a wide walkway and staging area where there were crates and instruments on carts.
About a dozen of the facilities security team immediately came out onto the staging area wearing
the uniforms that I had seen before. They were a digi-camo (pixilated pattern) that were made
up of the colors black, rusty red and dark tan. They were carrying rifles that looked much like
our security teams. The ICC representative stated that he should go and smooth the road for us
and Gonzales agreed ordering the doors to be opened so he could exit.
We observed the ICC representative speak to the security personnel, and then went through the
check point returning a short time later holding both hands in the air with the thumbs up signal.
He sort of half jogged to the vessel where he met us at the open doors and stated that everything
was on schedule, the ICC leaders participating in the conference had been informed of the
location and were on the way. He stated that we needed to go through the security checkpoint
and meet the facility commander who wanted to talk to us.
The ICC representative then told us what the subject of that conversation was going to be. He
was carefully watching our reactions as he gave us a summary of what to expect from the base
commander. He stated that the people at this facility were here for generations and that they were
under the impression for decades now that the earth had been through some sort of cataclysm
and was no longer inhabitable. He said that we are being asked to not throw off the social
dynamics of the facility by revealing that this was not the case or that any of us were from the
surface of Earth. He then turned around and did the same half jog back towards the facility
security team while we looked at each other wide-eyed regarding what he had just said. Gonzales
said You heard the man lets not have any incidents here if we can avoid it.
We then filed out of the SSP Alliance vessel and headed towards the security checkpoint. We
were stopped immediately when a very cold looking security personnel looked at our security
contingent and said Absolutely NO weapons past this point! We stopped and Gonzales looked
at the ICC representative and stated, You know that is a deal breaker, Id hate for things to end
before they got started here wouldnt you? The ICC representative walked past the checkpoint
and down the hall a ways and spoke to the base commander. The base commander was visibly
agitated from the beginning and this did not make him any happier. The base commander called
to his security and waved us through. This was another obstacle overcome by Gonzales, so far
so good.
As we entered, the base commander gave us the storyline about the people not knowing that the
earth was still thriving and that this wasnt anything to do with any slavery theories being
promoted by the SSP Alliance but was a complex social experiment. It was stressed that we
needed to be careful not to contaminate a multi-decades long experiment that will help humanity.
I looked at Gonzales and he rolled his eyes at me as this was being said. The base commander
then stated that the main hall was being setup for the conference and that we would be taken on
a tour of the industrial plant first that was 8 kilometers away via an underground train. He said
after the conference we would then tour the colony and meet the people, see their living
conditions and ask a family if they would be willing to leave with us.
We were walked through an area of the colony that had obviously been cleared of people for us
to walk through. The area was a ghost town and that much usable space is not wasted in these
facilities. We made our way to another area that was also cut out of the rocks and unfinished.
There was a single monorail track going in one side and out the other of a tube that was glasslike but not smooth or polished. It was ribbed or bubbled it seemed. It was possibly vitrified rock?
A very thin train then arrived and we were told to load up.
The way we entered caused us to be seated in a strange order. The seats were two by two and
facing each other. I ended up being several people down from Gonzales and had one of our

security personnel on either side of me. There was a solid row of the facilities security personnel
across from me. I noticed one of them kept whispering to the other and finally asked me as we
were traveling down the tunnel Where are you from, I responded without thinking Texas and
received a very shocked look on the 3 faces that I could see in front of me. I knew immediately
that I had already screwed up.
The facility security began to immediately talk among themselves and I could feel the eyes of our
security team (IEs) on me and within a few seconds could see an outstretched neck and a head
turned my way from the general area that Gonzales was sitting. Yea, I screwed up big time. I
didnt want to look at anyone else from my team and just kind of looked out the window behind
the facility security team and watched the blurry wall until we arrived at the industrial plant.
As we disembarked from the train, the murmurs were growing louder among the facility security
personnel. I then came face-to-face with Gonzales who had a smart ass look on his face and a
smirk. I looked at him and said Yea, I screwed up. I then told him what happened and he said
that he had heard them discussing the way he and I smelled and the fact that I was sun burned
and that I didnt look like someone that has been on a colony or stationed on a vessel. He went
on to say that people in these closed environments can tell each other apart. When someone like
us comes in smelling like hair gel, deodorant and coconut scented tanning oils and aloe vera sun
burn cream we reek of Earth and smell very alien and out of place to them. These people all use
the exact same toiletry products and even the smells of the foods that come out of the pores in
our skin are a dead giveaway.
He said it certainly doesnt help when one of us says we are from Texas. He said he was
brainstorming on coming up with an off the books facility or other vessels or locations that he
could say were code named Texas but he thought the damage was done. This proved to be
correct half way through our tour of the industrial complex. It was obvious that the talk was
spreading through this facility security team very quickly and the ICC representative was very
aware of it. He was making sure we saw him glancing back and forth between the people
chattering and our group with a disapproving look on his face.
We were all walking in a close group as one of the residents was explaining what each of the
robotic machines did and along the conveyor systems what each of the people did at the work
stations in the process of producing the various shaped panels that were optical and neurological
relays and displays. We were seeing a version that was a slightly curved panel of one size but
they stated down the tunnel system there were other rooms where the same panels were
produced in various configurations and for various other types of biological neurological interfaces
(non-human customers).
It was at about this time that another monorail train arrived with many more security personnel.
They told us to halt and they separated the security team that was with us, disarmed them and
escorted them to the trains and left. A new security team was assigned to us and the ICC
representative that obviously had an ear wig (communication device in his ear) told us that we
were not to communicate with the security team unless it was to do with something security
related. They then brought over a metal cylinder that had a spray atomizer on it and told us to
spray it on our bodies and rub it into our faces and hair. It was an odor neutralizer and it didnt
have a scent of its own.
I was worried that it had something in it but Gonzales said its okay and I unzipped my jumpsuit
and pulled it down to rub the solution into my arms, shoulders, neck, hair and face. We then
ended the tour early because the ICC representative stated that the other ICC leadership had
arrived and were setting up for their presentation in the main hall. We waited for the monorail
train to arrive back, piled back on it and headed back to the colony. On the way back one of our
security/IE personnel leaned over to Gonzales and I heard him say Somethings not right.
Gonzales nodded to him and said keep me informed. IEs get false hits often and its good to
have at least 3 present to triangulate any threats. When we would point out a possible feeling we
were always told to stay on the scent and report any new hits.

When we arrived at the colony there was a completely different energy. There were people
everywhere that all appeared between the ages of 8 years of age and about 60 (at the oldest)
bustling around in one piece suits that were obviously their Sunday best. They were also all
trying to look like they were going about their business while trying to sneak a peek at the new
arrivals and seemed to be trying to make eye contact. It seemed that they had been told that we
would be touring the facility and asking one family to leave with us to give a report about the
facility and how it is ran and what its like to live there.
We were brought into the main hall that looked like an area that people are brought in for daily
propaganda and there were a large number of ICC leadership members present who were
bustling about as well and it was difficult to count how many were there. They sat us down and
put on a Dog and Pony Show on a large smart-glass screen that showed all sorts of
technologies that they produce, what they procure in trade for those technologies and stated that
they had ongoing trade agreements with almost 900 civilizations and did occasional trade with far
more than that.
They showed all sorts of spacecraft and spacecraft components that some groups integrate into
their own technologies and also discussed the exopolitical agreements they had made with
groups that pass through our sector on a regular basis using the nearby natural portal systems
that are a part of the cosmic web. After this presentation we were taken on a tour of the colony.
People were very eager to please and show us their dwellings that were the size of my dining
room and housed a family of 4. They had very little in the form of physical possessions and there
seemed to be a cast system that ironically was similar to the movie Divergent but on more of a
micro level.
We had gotten to the end of the tour where we had seen their environmental control system and
their laundry and recycling system (everything is recycled) and community centers. It was now
time for Gonzales to give the ICC representative the choice of the family we were to take back
with us. He gave the number of a certain family's dwelling that was an alpha numeric number
outside their door and 15 minutes later a man, woman, teenage son and pre-teen daughter
showed up with a small bag in each of their hands. They seemed kind of stoic and nervous. This
was to be expected but they seemed off to me. I didnt say anything at the time. One of the
IE/Security Personnel leaned over to Gonzales and whispered to him and Gonzales ordered us
all to our vessel.
When the door was closed Gonzales turned to the people and told them they were safe and that
he would not betray their good faith. He said that We know that there is another member of your
family that is not present, the father said How could you know that? Gonzales motioned to our
security personnel and said that our people have abilities. The family then clammed up and
would not talk. Gonzales became upset and said he would straighten this out and he and the two
security personnel assigned to him left the vessel.
We sat in uncomfortable silence for about 10 minutes and then all 4 of the crew came out and
said We have over a dozen of the facilities security personnel coming out fast with weapons high
towards the craft. They asked me What should we do? I asked if they saw Gonzales and they
said no, he was not out there. I told them to open the doors and to stand down. The crew enacted
security measures that wiped the systems of information that would be helpful to the enemy.
When the doors to our vessel opened the facility security personnel then entered and disarmed
our security personnel and took us into custody. I had that sinking feeling in the pit of my stomach
knowing that something had gone wrong and wondering if Gonzales and the others were okay.
The facility security team walked us in, straight past the base commander that was in a very
heated conversation with the ICC representative. Something had gone very wrong and his ego
was bruised or his authority was challenged in front of his men. He was extremely upset and was
no longer listening to the ICC representative who outranked him.
We were walked to a wall that suddenly had a double door where there was none before. They
opened it and we were then walked into a detention facility that was conspicuously absent on the

previous tour. As we walked back through the rows of cells we saw quite a lot of people in various
psychological stages of psychological distress locked up. When we reached the back cell where
Gonzales and the two other security personnel were detained I was relieved to see them alive.
We were all locked up and left without a word spoken to us in the same cell.
Gonzales said that the base commander was a tyrant and a total megalomaniac who was not
used to people challenging him diplomatically or otherwise on his base. He said that the recent
attack that the rogue SSP Alliance Forces had done on Mars had come up in the argument and
was obviously a point of contention that the base commander used to toss him in the brig. I asked
what was going to happen and he said that from the way the base commander was talking it
didnt sound good, which then left all of us thinking the worse.
It wasnt a minute later that we saw our blue/indigo orb friends zipping through the walls of the
cell, one for each of us. They danced around for a couple seconds and the other SSP personnel
who had never traveled this way backed against the wall. Gonzales explained how the
transportation works and then we each followed the SOP and were soon back at the LOC room
where I was transported at the beginning of this journey. Upon our unexpected arrival there was
an intrusion alarm going off at the LOC and armed security came into the room very quickly.
Gonzales told the SSP Alliance personnel to report to their units for debriefs. They left the room
with the armed security teams and the door was closed leaving Gonzales and myself alone in the
room.
Gonzales then said We lost a vessel but didnt leave any team members behind, thats
something. He stated that we received quite a lot of good intelligence which was the real goal of
this mission. He stated that the ICCs goal was propaganda and that since the recent reports that
were released to the public about the slave trade and labor going on by the ICC that they have
been extremely upset and worked-up about information being public that was never supposed to
be so. He told me to continue doing what I am doing and that he didnt know where I was going
from here. He said he didnt know if I was going to visit Raw-Tear-Eir or be taken back home. We
said our goodbye's and he left to begin his debrief process.
I was extremely exhausted from the 14 hour ordeal and the stress from the adrenaline highs and
lows and was ready to just go back to bed. I removed the borrowed jumpsuit and boots and
placed them on the table that used to be in the middle of the room where my flip flops were
setting. Since that room had become so popular as a drop off and pickup area the large wooden
conference table had long since been slid against a wall to the side of the room to make more
room for foot traffic. I was once again standing alone in the room in my night time tee shirt and
shorts looking around at the walls.
Soon enough the blue/indigo orb zipped into the room and transported me back to the same point
in the living room that I had been picked up from. As usual only a few minutes had passed local
time and I tried to go back to bed to sleep. I really had a lot racing through my head at that point
so I laid in bed staring at the ceiling and finally got up and did a small update on Facebook and
gave David Wilcock a small update on Skype. I then began to type out the details of the
conference so that I would have them outlined for this longer report.
This ends the report of this particular conference. Im now in Boulder, Co at the Gaiam TV HQ
shooting 5 episodes of Disclosure with David Wilcock. So far, I have not been informed of any
upcoming SSP/Sphere Alliance Conferences and hope to have some downtime to spend with my
family and recover from the recent high activity period of meetings.
Thank you for all of the moral and other support that has been offered. It is much appreciated and
is vital to assisting me continue this work. Gonzales has a very nice support structure of both
funds and technologies through the SSP Alliance. As I have been reminded several times by the
SSP Alliance Council, I do not work for them. I work for the Sphere Alliance who see things on a
different level. They are great about working with peoples hearts to make sure we have what we
need and nothing more. They certainly want to keep me humble and dependent on maintaining a

positive karma. I have chosen this path and will continue to travel it as difficult as it is at times.
Thank you for the love and positive energy.
THE FUTURE IS MORE WONDERFUL THAN WE CAN IMAGINE
As one of many examples, California's water crisis should be solvable within a matter of a few months once we
get disclosure.
In fact, water could quickly become California's most profitable export, sending it to parched regions all throughout
Middle America and beyond.
Multiple technologies already exist that can easily de-salinate ocean water. California is right next to an ocean.
There is water everywhere! What is the problem?
"Water, water everywhere, and not a drop to drink" may have been true in the pirate era, but we do have the
means to alleviate those problems today.
One of the technologies we are directly aware of will desalinate ocean water, generate free energy and produce
any element in the Periodic Table as a by-product.
This technology already has the quiet support of one of the most prestigious universities in the country. I have
heard about it from more than one independent source.
On a personal level, knowing these technologies exist and that they have not been released yet is extremely
frustrating.
For now, I continue to be almost ridiculously over-conservative with my water usage. Days without showering and
the yellow toilet. Good thing I live alone. :)
It is interesting to simultaneously reflect on the fact that "the darkest hour is before the dawn," and we are far
closer to it than most people could ever imagine.

THE "AFTER DISCLOSURE" WORLD WILL CHANGE EVERYTHING

We are on the verge of an epic series of disclosures that will make all other information, books, videos and media
in the UFO field seem hopelessly outdated.
Everyone will be suddenly flooded with a "learning curve" that will simultaneously be more amazing and more
horrifying than they had ever imagined.
Never again will we look at the records from our current civilization the same way. In the "After Disclosure" or AD
world, everything will be very different.
Yes... we are going to need to learn some pretty upsetting things to get through this transition.
However, the positives far outweigh the emotional shock that the negatives will temporarily put us all through, as
a planet and a (hybridized) species.

There are at least 40 different humanoid extraterrestrial groups that have tinkered around with our DNA -- for
many thousands of years.
We have a much broader spectrum of emotions than most other human species out there.
It is both our single greatest weakness and our most powerful strength -- once we learn how to harness its power
for the positive.
Like being surrounded by a drowning ocean of "useless" sea water, once we learn the command we have over
reality, our thirst for the Beyond will be slaked.

OK, SO WHAT ARE THE NEGATIVES THEY ARE SO AFRAID OF US FINDING OUT ABOUT?
Bottom line: there are good guys and bad guys in the universe. Both are allowed to present their messages to us.
The future we experience is the result of the choices we make.
Our natural destiny is to go through moments of quantum change -- where the ground state of reality itself, and all
the assumptions that go along with it, is fundamentally and suddenly altered.
We are not protected from negativity any more than our collective free will decides. When we act in selfish,
manipulative, controlling and violent ways, that in turn allows elite controllers to do the same things to us on a
larger scale.
"You are blaming ME for this problem? F- you, David! I haven't done anything wrong! I am frickin' awesome!"
Not you per se, my friend. Humanity as a collective has created these problems. Some of them have built up from
thousands of years of karmic patterns.

MULTI-INCARNATIONAL KARMIC ALLEVIATION

As I explained in The Synchronicity Key, the Edgar Cayce Readings detailed many hundreds of cases where
people were suffering debilitating karma from acts they had performed back in ancient Rome.
Examples were given including people laughing at a little girl as she got her insides ripped out by a lion in the
coliseum.
Despite this being a socially-acceptable pastime for the era, any sufficiently negative emotion towards another
who is in pain and agony will generate karma.
The weirdest and most significant realization to come out of The Synchronicity Key is the fact that history keeps
looping around and around, very precisely, like the movie Groundhog Day.
The precision with which this happens is utterly astonishing. In some cases, the repetition can be timed almost
down to the day in cycles lasting 2,160 years.
In the interview transcript you are about to read, I told Jimmy Church I do not consider myself to be a smart
person.

That being said, figuring out how to properly investigate and write about these cycles of history, making them
understandable, is probably my headiest achievement yet.

WE KEEP ON REINCARNATING
The benevolent ETs I so often talk about in Ancient Aliens on History Channel (I am a regular, featured in over 35
episodes) seeded the "cycle numbers" in multiple cultures around the world.
This area of study was so arcane that in order to rescue it for our time, it required incredible effort -- pulling
together tiny threads of data I encountered over 20 years of time.
It also is not conducive to a show like Ancient Aliens, due to its complexity, and thus no episodes have been
made about this phenomenon at this time.
Now we have a solid body of evidence that history is programmed by a greater cosmic intelligence to guide us
through an intelligently-defined "script" for spiritual enlightenment.
In order to be a true Christian, it is necessary to understand and accept the reality of reincarnation. According to
the direct inheritors of the original teachings, this was the greatest secret of Christ.
The term "burn in hell" (Gehenna) really means to alleviate (burn off) karma. The word we now call "eternity"
(Aion) simply means a cycle of time.
The "eternal hell" we were warned about is not some cosmic purgatory we experience after death. It is happening
now -- and the flames are hotter than ever.

THE PRIME DIRECTIVE MAKES IT TOUGH

The ETs, positive or negative, are simply not allowed to make a big showing. They cannot spontaneously decide
to drop in and make an appearance on the Tonight Show.
The Prime Directive is not just a theme you hear about on Star Trek. It is an absolute law in the universe that all
beings, positive and negative, must follow.
However, certain individuals can indeed receive contact directly. This is a fundamental part of how we learn the
truth, both in the past and present.
Corey Goode came forward and began sharing massive amounts of intel with me on the Secret Space Program
(SSP) last October, 2014.
I wrote everything down as he was telling me. He independently verified hundreds of things I had heard from
other insiders.
It was only after he decided to officially drop his pseudonym, GoodETxSG, and come forward that he began
receiving direct ET contact in the present.

It has been truly surreal to hear the new updates from him as he has been pulled into well over a dozen different
off-planet meetings since that time.

I UNDERSTAND MOST PEOPLE PROBABLY THINK THIS IS B.S.

A fundamental part of the "Prime Directive" is truth without proof.
The higher-level beings cannot simply reveal themselves to us. There must be a calling, where a sufficient
number of people request their help, before intervention can occur.
We are truly blessed to have ongoing "Divine Intervention" taking place. This is the only thing that has stopped
the Cabal from destroying most of our lives.

THE ZOMBIE PROGRAM

The Cabal has been very innovative in coming up with a multitude of different ways to try to kill the majority of
people on earth.
One of the more upsetting and shocking ones I learned about, from three different credible insiders, is actually
called "The Zombie Program."
Using advanced cloning techniques, 150 million humans were manufactured in the US, all held in underground
bases west of the Rockies, and another 100 million in Europe.
They would look more or less like ordinary people -- not what you see in the movies. The men might typically be
wearing a plaid shirt and blue jeans.
However, they are given a strange infectious virus that can make them bleed out of every orifice, including their
fingernails.
They are programmed to have an insatiable craving to attack and eat other humans who do not have the
infection.
When normal people come in contact with the pathogens in their blood, they will die a horrible death within 24
hours.
Simply being scratched by the fingernails from one of these beings would be enough to cause death.

AEROSOL SHUTS IT DOWN ONCE THE JOB IS DONE

The Cabal also manufactured an aerosol that could be sprayed over an area where these "zombies" were
released. It would cause their death but leave ordinary folks alone.
Otherwise, the only way to effectively kill the zombies would be to separate the brain stem from the neck, such as
through beheading.

The Cabal's plan was to release this plague, bring about the deaths of millions to achieve their depopulation
goals, and then shut off the plague with the aerosol.
At that point, they had intended for us to have descended into mass starvation, rioting, anarchy and chaos,
leading to martial law and internment camps (which people would flock to in fear of "zombies.")
The technology was in place to generate this "zombie apocalypse" all the way back in the 1960s.
The "Night of the Living Dead" was the first major movie to try to use social engineering to get this apocalypse to
be "authorized" by the benevolent ETs.
If enough of us saw these movies and really believed that zombies would attack us on a mass level, then thanks
to the Prime Directive, the benevolent ETs would be forced to let it happen.

THE ENTIRE PROGRAM HAD TO BE SCRAPPED

The benevolent ETs have blocked the "zombie program" so effectively that it has never been allowed to occur.
Simply put, not enough people genuinely believe that zombies are real for this to ever be allowed to happen.
The Cabal is very well aware of this. They continue to crank out a tremendous amount of zombie apocalypse films
and TV shows, hoping to get another chance.
Other lifeforms that do not look anywhere near as similar to us have also been engineered with the zombie virus.
The preferred design that would currently be used, if "authorized," are little beings that look like "Greys" and are
only about two feet tall.
The hope was that they could be "sneaky," run around quickly, evade capture and scratch people on the legs to
cause death.
In this sense, the Cabal felt that if enough people believed in negative "Grey" ETs, the hope was that
authorization could then be granted.
Again, this will never be allowed to occur. Every attempt to create mass depopulation, both conventional and
unconventional, has been thwarted.

I DIDN'T KNOW WHAT WOULD HAPPEN

What you just read is an example of intel I have been aware of for some time, have held on to, and said I did not
ever want to release it because it was upsetting and "fear porn."
However, we are now being asked by the Alliance to release this information in advance of a much greater "data
dump" that will come our way with Disclosure.
It is too late for the Cabal to stop Disclosure. It is definitely going to happen.

I have been waylaid by a very busy schedule, as we will discuss, but I am definitely continuing the fight to write
articles and produce videos about all of this.
I discussed the zombie program in my last talk at the recent Contact in the Desert conference, having no idea
how a live audience, including one 8-year-old child, would respond.
Given that the kid was in the audience, certain details were definitely not shared that I might have done otherwise.
Quite to my surprise, everyone seemed perfectly OK with it. They were very grateful to finally hear the truth, and
not have me censor things I thought were too intense for us to hear.

GETTING THE WORD OUT THROUGH RADIO SHOWS

As part of this initiative to "disclose as much as you can, as fast as you can," I did two different radio shows to
promote the then-upcoming conference.
Since the conference, I had an Ancient Aliens taping that required a great deal of study, as always.
Since the taping, I have been recovering.
So to review, I had the New Living Expo event, hardly any down-time, then a major Gaiam taping of eight
episodes, followed days later by the Contact event, followed days later by Ancient Aliens, and then a big recovery
period.
At the same time, "negative greeting", as defined by the Law of One series, has been taking shot after shot after
shot at me. It is difficult to keep going amidst all of this.
One small but significant part of the negative greeting is that we are getting very blatant death threats from the
Cabal -- like never before.
This has been coupled with a very intense increase in the amount of hatred written about me by paid Cabal
bloggers on the Internet.
Again, I no longer care about the online hate. Most of the trouble has been in dealing with personal issues and the
cleansing and healing of painful life experiences and memories.

IT ALL SOUNDS CRAZY....

Yes, it all sounds crazy. However, with the full scope of ET technology available to the Cabal, making
programmable clones is not at all difficult.
In fact, a similar cloning program began making most of the "Greys" that were actually doing abductions,
beginning in the 1960s.
Some abductions are genuinely ET-related. People are being brought into slavery off-planet in large numbers.

That is another unpleasant truth we will soon be confronted with. The movie "Guardians of the Galaxy" was
intended to help soften the blow.
Supposedly there is more than enough technology and capability in place to recover all surviving captives in the
post-Disclosure world.

THE NEGATIVE PROGRAMS ARE BEING SHUT DOWN

Thankfully these highly negative programs are quickly being shut down.
The negative elite have already lost. Now they are just in the final "limbo" period before it becomes public.
Rather than worrying too much about trying to prove all of this data, we have been instructed to simply release as
much of the truth as we can.
This will help buffer the emotional shock and gravity of people hearing so much of this upsetting material all at
once.
I have held on to the knowledge of the zombie program for at least two years now -- but no more. That is just one
of a variety of weird things there are to know.

ON TO THE RADIO SHOWS...

So with all that said, I am quite pleased with both of the radio shows I did.
The first one was transcribed and submitted by an anonymous individual, beginning a half hour after I started
speaking -- and was discussing my music work.
As soon as we "went deep" and got into the cosmic stuff, the transcript started.
The second show was that same Thursday with Richard Garner, entitled What in the World!, which airs on
SiriusXM with a station out of Canada entitled "Canada Talks."
This appearance was very highly bizarre for me.
Fifteen minutes before airtime, I planned out a whole routine around a particular song -- "Wild World" by Cat
Stevens.
I figured that if I mentioned the song, they would later play it in the show. It was utterly stupefying, and extremely
shocking, when that same song started playing as I was live on the air.
By the time Richard got me speaking, I had composed myself -- but only partly. Every hair on my arms and the
back of my neck was standing up.

WHAT IN THE WORLD...

Here is the brand-new show on Canada Talks / Sirius XM where you can hear my surprise in the aftermath of this
highly strange synchronicity:

http://divinecosmos.com/media/files/dw5_27_15_WITW.mp3
Richard Garner has been a good friend of mine and an associate for years now. I appreciate the quality and
consistency of his work.
Many people are out there saying they are radio show hosts, but I am very choosy about who I work with. Richard
always does a great job.
We actually didn't get that much into the Secret Space Program in this show, but I still think you will find it well
worth your time.
Synchronicity and mass, spontaneous human evolution were both major topics we covered.
We taped it on Tuesday, May 26th, at 12 noon California time -- and it aired on the evening of Thursday, May
28th.

EPISODE 259 OF "FADE TO BLACK" WITH JIMMY CHURCH

This next show was taped live on Monday, May 25th, 2015 -- Memorial Day.
As I said, the transcriber did not include the first half-hour of our discussion, since it focused on "transient" things
like my jazz drumming studies and current fingerstyle guitar work.
An audio version came out that had certain large sections removed. I knew these were some of the most intense
sections. It did not appear to be an accident.
It took a full two weeks for Jimmy Church's people to release a non-edited copy of the original.
I went in and restored the missing sections myself, since the transcriber was working off of the original, edited
audio.
The fact that these exact sections "mysteriously" were not included in the original audio is highly interesting once
you read what I said.

IS REINCARNATION A SOUL TRAP?

Jimmy Church: Did the Annunaki and Dracos trick the Atlanteans into a soul-trap reincarnation cycle
here on earth to strand DNA and amnesia?

David Wilcock: That is what the Cabals disinformation agents are trying to tell us happened.

That's actually not true. Reincarnation is not a trap and the earth is not a prison.

The Draco did have an agenda. That is true.

And, again, this type of a question requires a lot of filling in of cracks for people who don't already
know what we're talking about.

JC: Right. Right.

DW: So I'll do that because, obviously, these questions are very deep and we've got to start
somewhere.

JC: You know, let's start there. You know what, there's so much . . .

You and I were talking earlier today about our time constraints and how we were possibly going to
try to squeeze everything in tonight.

CREATION OF THE UNIVERSE

Yeah, so, you know, let's just go deep now. Let's just go deep now.

DW: Okay. No problem.

73:00

So let's just first finish setting out the palette that I was establishing before, which is [this.]

THE ONENESS DIVERSIFIED ITSELF

You have a universe which started as a oneness. It divided itself into what we think of now as
galaxies.

The intention behind this was that oneness was originally a singular consciousness.

It got bored and lonely. These are the closest emotions that we could think of [in our terms.]

It had all of this creative potential, but it had no friends. It had nothing to look at. Nothing changed. It
was just always the same.

So it decided to create what we think of as the visible universe.

THE CONSCIOUS COSMOS

What we think of as galaxies are actually intelligent super beings. Stars are intelligent super beings.
Planets are intelligent super beings.

And as you step down from galaxy to star to planet, you've got a hierarchy of beings. These are
intelligent beings. They are extremely powerful. They are extremely creative.

And then the next stage down from that is sentient beings that live on the planets. So those sentient
beings are beings like us.

That setup of sentient beings on planets then plays out in a structure that has seven levels seven
grades that we evolve through.

THE FIRST SIX DENSITIES

And the first grade is mineral life like earth, air, fire and water.

It's not really even microbes. That doesn't come until the second level, or what in the Law of One is
called the second density.

That goes all the way up through all the animals, the whales, the dogs and cats and everything except
humans.

[Third density] is where you now have an individualized sense of self.

Then you have fourth density. At that stage you could have positive or negative beings.

Fifth density can have positive or negative beings. Then you have sixth and seventh.

At the sixth level you have to go positive or else you will dissolve back into the background energy in
the universe. You literally cannot survive.

So none of these bad guys get to exist past 6D.

SEVENTH DENSITY

7D is a very, very advanced level where all they really do is sort of create a virtual Internet.

They kind of go back through all the experiences they've had in all the previous levels.

They create this living database that 6D beings can analyze to help people.

That's the last gift they have to give before they get to reunify with this oneness that they came
from.

So with all that being said as back story, the beings that are actually running the show here and
making sure that the earth doesn't blow up, literally, would be sixth density.

And as I said, in the Bible those are called seraphim or cherubim.

THE DRACO ARE REPTILIAN-DERIVED HUMANS

The Draco would be what you'd call probably a fourth density or possibly, but unlikely, possibly fifthdensity negative. They may actually be 5D negative. I don't really know.

What we do know about these guys is that they were humans that evolved out of reptilian life.

That's another big, big stage in our learning curve here.

HUMAN LIFE IS EVERYWHERE

Human life is ubiquitous in our galaxy.

About 40% of the universe is populated with human or hominid-type life, meaning it walks on two
legs and it's got two arms, or maybe sometimes more usually just two.

It's got a head, two eyes and a nose, mouth, ears.

The planets that these beings incarnate on are very similar to ours in the vast majority of cases.

This means they have microbes. They have algae. They have plants. They have mammals. They have
birds. They have reptiles.

What we're seeing here is a very, very commonly used biome.

It works really well. Everything is divinely designed to work in harmonious synergy.

JC: Breathing oxygen. (DW: Yes.) Carbon dioxide. (Yeah.) Plant life. (Yep.)

DIFFERENT TYPES OF PLANETS CREATE DIFFERENT HUMANOID LIFEFORMS

DW: There are some variations, of course. You might have a planet that is predominantly ocean.

In those cases, sentient hominid life will evolve out of whales or fish or something like that. There are
lots of those out there.

You might have a planet where the bird actually becomes the prevalent form of life that then
becomes human or hominid.

And in certain cases, you have reptilians reptiles where reptile life becomes human-looking.

And so these reptilians for whatever reason ended up being racists.

[They were only interested in] other reptilians that had evolved independently from reptilian life on
other planets and they were out there looking at a lot of different planets.

They wanted to partner up with other reptilians.

THE DRACO CONQUERED OTHER RACES

So what they've done is they've gone around in the last 700,000 years or so and found all the other
reptilians. They've merged their genetic material with them and conquered them.

So they have their own little negative group that you could call the Draco, because they apparently
originated in the Draco constellation.

They are also dragon-like. The word 'draco' also means 'dragon'.

When I'm telling you this, I'm combining this from several different highly credible insider sources.

I'm seeing commonalities between what different people tell me independently, and were in a
position to know this is what is going on.

JC: Okay.

DW: And this is more information than most people have ever been able to get about these guys
before. A lot of this stuff is new.

What we find out is that they were going around conquering worlds.

THE DRACO WERE BEATEN BACK INTO OUR "CORNER" OF THE GALAXY

This pissed off a lot of people and they really got their butts kicked.

They got their butts kicked badly enough that most of their attempts have failed. They have been
basically beaten back into one little corner of our galaxy.

That corner happens to be some of the stars that are near to us, such as the stars in the constellation
Orion, the stars in the constellation Draco, and a few other places like that.

They also have settled in our solar system in fairly recent terms.

Apparently they got to our solar system somewhere in the neighborhood of 375,000 years ago.

JC: Why 375,000?

DW: That's just the figure that our new insider, Corey Goode, gave.

JC: I got ya.

DW: Based on what he was given.

JC: Okay.

DW: Wow. I just turned my volume up and your voice exploded in my ears. Hello, Jimmy! (JC: Ha, ha,
ha.)

I got you back down to a manageable human level again.

JC: Yeah. I'm whispering too, by the way.

A PLANET DESIGNED FOR FEAR FARMING

DW: And when I reel my brains back into my eardrums . . . (JC: Ha, ha, ha.) Okay? (Laughs)

So here's the deal. Here's the deal.

What are they doing? What are they doing out there? What do they want? Right?

You've got to look at these beings . . . And I'm not saying this to be derogatory. It's going to sound
this way, but.

FEEDING ON FEAR

When your dog leaves doggie doo in the forest, it's not just going to sit there indefinitely.

Nature has made certain species, such as little bugs, that will come up and they love that stuff.

That's like a breakfast banquet for them.

JC: Uh-huh.

DW: Okay. The universe has designed itself so that there are intelligent life forms that absolutely are
dependent upon our jealousy, our anger, our sadness and our fear.

The more amoral, chaotic, violent, ruthless and selfish they can make us, the more energy they get.

LOOSH IT UP

That energy is called loosh. That's energy they need absolutely.

It's more important to them than what we would think of as money or food or water or any of the
basic essentials for life.

When you become a being that feeds on loosh, if your loosh supply is interrupted for even one day,
you will die.

They are that dependent on it.

EVEN ONE DAY OF INTERRUPTION WOULD FINISH THEM OFF

If we were to have even one day on earth one single day where a preponderance of people on
earth had something to feel good about, most of these beings would die.

In less than 24 hours they would be dead gone forever. It's THAT serious. They are THAT dependent
on our fear.

So what you need to understand then is that these beings deliberately custom-designed a planet
they could use for FEAR FARMING.

They require fear just like we require money in the bank if we want to go to the grocery store to get
something to eat.

JC: Right.

DW: So they actually did intermingle their genetic material with our own. And this goes back to what
Zecharia Sitchin was talking about.

Sitchin tried to blame everything on the Annunaki. So you've got to look at his material as a
suggestion, but not in any way iron-clad truth.

There're a lot of distortions in Sitchin's stuff. But the basic ideas are correct.

GENETIC ENGINEERING OF HUMANS

There was a reptilian king called Anu. He did have two sons Enlil and Enki.

Apparently, Enlil was the bad guy and Enki was the good guy.

[Enlil would be the] bad guy for us, meaning that Enlil supposedly was the one who genetically
engineered humans [and did not want us to be more than a slave race of clones.]

Enki was the one who then gave us the ability to reproduce because [the Anunnaki] made us to be
sterile.

We were supposed to just be [slave] workers.

NIBIRU WAS MARS

It's very likely that the planet Nibiru was actually Mars.

And it's very likely that what they were doing was to get us to mine gold.

[That way] they could chemtrail Mars' atmosphere with gold.

When you spray that gold in the atmosphere, it helps to keep the atmosphere from escaping.

At the time that they were doing this, the earth was really kind of unpleasant. It was swampy.

It didn't have the kinds of oceans that we know now. It was hotter. It wasn't as nice as it is now.

So they didn't really want to live here as much as they took the indigenous ape man they found and
upgraded it.

THE "MISSING LINK" IS THE DRACO DNA UPGRADE

Hence, [we see] the missing link in our fossil record where our brain suddenly doubled in size.

JC: Right.

DW: We have a lot of problems that are because of them tinkering with our DNA.

That includes the fact that we have bad backs, the fact that we get sunburns, and the fact that the
sun is bad for our eyes.

There are lots and lots of strange things that we have that are because our genetics have been
tampered with.

It turns out that there's over 40 different ET groups that have spliced their DNA with our own.

So it's a very big, strange situation.

THE MARTIAN GEOENGINEERING INVOLVED VERY HIGH TECHNOLOGY

JC: Well, the Nibiru-Mars connection makes sense, because, you know, the Martian atmosphere is
blown away by solar wind constantly.

And there isn't any atmosphere there or very little atmosphere there. That would make a lot of
sense. It would definitely connect those dots.

DW: Well, you've also got to expand your mind a little bit and realize that these people have
extremely highly advanced technology.

That would include little nanites that can be spread out.

Gold can be spread out to almost one atom of thickness.

You get these little nanites that shake hands. When you get enough of them, you can build this
virtual skin around the planet's atmosphere.

JC: Sure.

DW: It's not just like there are little particles of gold that are floating around, dumb, in the air.

This is a very advanced technology we're talking about.

ARCHONS ARE NOT EXTRATERRESTRIALS

JC: And you had mentioned earlier the Ancient Aliens [television show] and angels and the nonconnecting dots there.

Would you also consider this negativity Archons?

DW: Actually, if you get into alchemical writings, the word 'Archon' refers to humans on earth who
act as agents for these negative extraterrestrials.

JC: Right.

DW: That's a commonly misperceived term, because most people think Archons refer to the
extraterrestrials themselves and it doesn't.

It refers to their 'people' on earth their ground crew.

JC: Their agents.

DW: Yeah. And that is a very important element.

THE PARENTS OF THE ILLUMINATI

In order to successfully fear-farm the earth, they did need to elicit the cooperation of people here on
earth.

That's where you get into this very exciting new subject that we only learned about recently: the socalled Parents of the Illuminati.

JC: I was going there right now. I don't mean to cut you off, but that's exactly where I wanted to take
this.

In that, the fear, the negativity that they are feeding off of that very energy.

If it is in their DNA, then that is were the lack of morals come from, from the Illuminati and Cabal
where we constantly ask ourselves, David, How can they do this crap?

I mean, where is the moral structure? Where is the moral fiber? How can they do . . . Well, is it
because they need it to feed off of?

THE COLLECTION OF LOOSH FROM WWE EVENTS AND WAR

DW: Let me tell you something very bizarre that I heard from one of the new insiders.

He, for a while, worked for the World Wrestling Entertainment WWE.

Every single time they do a major event when there's a big stadium of people, they have all these big
screen TVs at the event.

And most, if not all of those big screen TVs, quote-unquote, Mysteriously go missing after the
show.

JC: What?

DW: Doesn't it sound crazy? Okay?

JC: Okay.

DW: I'm just going to tell you the truth.

THE DRACO REALLY LOVE TO WATCH TELEVISION

The crystalline structure of these television screens picks up enough of the loosh that the Draco want
those TV screens after an event, because it helps keep them going.

JC: It's like vitamin C.

DW: Yes! Now see, that's stuff I would never have thought of.

It's so weird that people are going to laugh at me, but yet this is the stuff that you start to hear from
people.

This energy that we make actually gets imprinted into the crystals within the monitor within the
LCD, the liquid-crystal display.

JC: So they use a new one for every event.

DW: Every event. That's in the budget. They've got to buy new monitors. Yep.

JC: That's interesting. Well, that's some serious Big Brother stuff.

You know, when you look at the screens over the crowds and the fear is just pumping and the energy
is there and then it's a sponge.

THEY CREATE A MAGIC CIRCLE OF LCD SCREENS TO ENHANCE LOOSH ABSORPTION

DW: I'll give you another secret. They set these monitors up in the shape of, guess what? A
pentagram.

[A pentagram is a 5-pointed star, usually inside a circle, that is a symbol of mysticism.]

JC: Oh, I was going to say an eye.

DW: They put them in a pentagonal shape, because that's the magic circle.

I don't like to talk about this stuff, but it seems like it's fallen on my shoulders to leak a lot of
unpleasant things to people.

LET'S NOT GET ENCHANTED BY THE NEGATIVE

What I try to do is to not get stuck in the fear porn.

Let's not stay in this place: Oh, my gosh. The Illuminati are real and they're just going to wipe us
out.

Look, they've been trying to ever since they got their hands on the bomb.

Back in the Trinity test, [The Trinity Test was the first test of a nuclear bomb on July 16, 1945, as a
part of the Manhattan Project] you have Robert Oppenheimer saying,

This is not the first time we have done this.

He had read the Hindu Vedas where they very clearly describe the use of a thermonuclear weapon
all the same stuff.

JC: Yeah. What would happen if we created a monitor that didn't absorb and then they went to . . .
(DW: Laughs)

You know what I mean? That would certainly shut them down.

DW: Well, that's one of many things that they've done.

THE DRACO DELIBERATELY CREATE WARS BEHIND THE SCENES, THEN SWOOP IN CLOAKED AND SOAK
UP THE LOOSH

Another thing, again this is a little disturbing, but what the hell.

Remember when there was that genocide in Rwanda? [This was a mass slaughter of around 1 million
Tutsis and Hutu moderates by the Hutu majority in 1994.]

Youve got the Hutus and the Tutsis and they're going around chopping each other up with axes? And
it was happening on a massive scale?

They will literally cloak their ship, fly into our atmosphere, and park the ship over the battlefield as
these people are dying and just soak it up.

That's what they've been doing for thousands and thousands of years.

They need to keep creating wars so they can keep soaking it up.

JC: Is that what's going on in Syria and Iraq with ISIS? Are they soaking that up?

GENERATING LOOSH FROM CELEBRITY DEATHS

DW: Absolutely. They're doing whatever they can. And they are having a harder and harder time
getting loosh.

Here's another thing. Okay?

Robin Williams apparently did not commit suicide on his own. He was pushed into it.

They tried to get loosh from Paul Walker's death the guy that was in Fast and Furious and it didn't
generate enough.

They needed to create a bigger celebrity death to try to get enough.

And that worked well for them. They got a lot of loosh off of Robin Williams.

The next big thing that they did involving a celebrity on that scale was leaking the Cosby rape
allegations.

They've gotten a lot of loosh off of that. That was something they had saved up for when they
needed it.

But there are not very many of these left that they can pull. That's the thing.

They're running out of time. They're running out of energy. And they are in serious, serious trouble
now.

PROPHECIES OF A GOLDEN AGE

All the great religious prophecies the Bible is only one example.

There are 34 others that all say the same thing that we go into this glorious golden age.

Those prophecies were given to us by the benevolent extraterrestrials.

And for those extraterrestrials, these reptilians we're talking about are literally no bigger than little
sand lizards in a sandbox.

They can watch what's going on in the sandbox, but they can't intervene in our sandbox more than
we invite them.

[This is] because the universe is governed by the principle of free will.

STAR TREK AND OTHER TV SHOWS DISCLOSURE FROM THE BENEVOLENT ETs

And believe it or not, Gene Roddenberry [the creator of the Star Trek movie series] was involved in
some of these same channeling groups that were in Joshua Tree.

[Joshua Tree monument is a U.S. National Park in the desert about 80 miles east of Los Angeles. It
was where the original Giant Rock UFO conferences took place in the 1950s.]

That's where the whole story concept and the architecture of Star Trek came from.

So Star Trek was Disclosure from the good guys.

The whole prime directive that Capt. Kirk and Spock and they all had to work off of that is
absolutely what is going on.

JC: The concept of Star Trek was way too ahead of its time.

DW: Absolutely.

JC: It seems to have come out of nowhere -- that and, of course, 2001: A Space Odyssey.

When we went from just juvenile science fiction and storytelling, we just leapfrogged right into, in
the middle of the 60s, into 2001 and Star Trek.

THERE HAVE ALWAYS BEEN DISCLOSURE EFFORTS IN PLACE SINCE THE DAWN OF TV

DW: Well, they had been trying before that.

Twilight Zone a lot of Disclosure got pushed out through that show.

The Outer Limits is another show that a lot of Disclosure got pushed out through.

JC: Right.

There was a little show for a while called The Time Tunnel that had lots of stuff in it.

They've done a lot of movies: The Day the Earth Stood Still, various other UFO movies.

There's been a very consistent effort to tell us what's really going on.

[They hope] that once we find out that there are thousands of different extraterrestrials that we've
interacted with, it's not going to come as a big surprise.

SPACE 1999, BUCK ROGERS AND BATTLESTAR GALACTICA

JC: You know what I just finished this week? And I was kind of bummed out about it.

I finished Space 1999 [British-Italian TV series that had two seasons from 1975-77.] Both seasons.

DW: Yeah!

JC: Yeah, man, I got to the last episode of season 2 and it was pretty melancholy.

You know, I was kind of bummed. What a great series that was too.

DW: That was one that had a lot of stuff in it.

Buck Rogers was loaded with Disclosure. Battlestar Galactica [TV series originally in the mid-1970s
and launched again between 2004~2009.]

The original one was loaded with Disclosure.

They never got to finish the thought in the original one. They rebooted it and actually did finish the
thought.

If you watch all the recent Battlestar Galactica, they end up landing here when their fleet is literally
down to the very last limping ship.

All they could do is crash land here. And they had no ability to get off the planet once they arrived.

THE MOVIE "THEY LIVE" IS A DOCUMENTARY

JC: Do you know where I think a lot of information was? And don't laugh, man. Just stay with me on
this.

DW: Okay, I'll try not to.

JC: The movie They Live.

DW: Oh, absolutely! I'm not going to laugh at that at all.

JC: Ha, ha, ha. I mean, I watched that now.

I remember that the first time I saw it I thought, You know, this is a pretty cool movie. A nice little B
movie under the radar. Pretty cool.

I watch it now and it's a frickin horror flick. It scares the crap out of me.

DW: It's a documentary.

JC: Yes, exactly.

DW: (Laughs)

JC: Ha, ha, ha. Exactly!

A STARGATE IS FEATURED IN THE MOVIE

DW: And at the end, when you see that portal open up underground, it literally is a gate into the
stars.

It is a stargate! They have a stargate in the movie. It's right there. It's amazing. That scene is amazing.

JC: For everybody listening, if you have not seen They Live, that's your homework tonight after the
show. Just go and peep that out.

DW: Totally. It's an amazing film.

JC: Yeah, Ray Ban.

DW: I'm not sure how that got made, honestly.

JC: Yeah. Right, right, right.

DW: That pissed off a lot of people.

JC: Unless it was done for a reason. That's all I've got to say. But there are elements of it that just
scare the crap out of me.

Let's talk about your current research before, once again, David, we run out of time.

DW: Ha, ha.

OUR PREVIOUS SHOW GOT TAMPERED WITH AND INTERRUPTED

JC: You know what's funny? If you remember back when you were on with us, it was Christmas Eve.

We got to the end of the show and, man, if they didn't shut us down. That was messed up. That was
so messed up.

DW: Some sort of force majeure [superior force] technological interference with your ability to do
the show.

JC: Right at the peak. Right at the . . . Okay, Jimmy, I'm going to drop a bomb.

DW: At the end of my sentence.

JC: Yeah, right.

DW: I wanted to kind of round out this thought, because we were heading somewhere and we never
quite got there.

JC: Okay, let's do it.

SECRET SPACE PROGRAM THE PARENTS (95:35)

DW: One of the big things we need to talk about is the Secret Space Program.

That is where it goes back again to these Draco. And it goes back to where I was discussing the
Parents.

Now the Parents is something hardly anybody has learned about.

This is brand new information, but I believe that it is coming from a highly credible source.

I've now actually been able to vet out some of it with other sources.

A NANOTECHNOLOGY INJECTION

The Draco have the ability to give you some kind of nanotechnology injection. What happens is that
your flesh becomes essentially robotic.

You're still technically human, but only in the way that you look. Your body works in an entirely
different way now.

You can take out a pocket knife and slice a big hole in your palm, and the nanites will just close it
right back up for you.

So they have used this in various things like the television show Heroes, and the character Wolverine
in X-Men. It's rapid healing.

JC: Right.

DW: There are 21 people on earth that have this. And they are called The Parents.

THE OLDEST PARENT IS 13,000 YEARS OLD

This goes all the way back to the oldest one of these people. Apparently he's 13,000 years old.

[This] dates back to the time of Atlantis before the big catastrophic event that sank the continent.
This person was already given this technology.

These 21 Parents are immortal. In practical terms, they can live for thousands of years.

They were assigned to find the people who are making the most money and have the most power,
and seduce them into their group.

That's where you get your 13 Illuminati bloodlines.

THE 13 FAMILIES WERE CHOSEN FOR THEIR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE

Those were the people who, simply through a basic Darwinian survival of the fittest mentality, came
to the top of the food chain.

[They] made the money, got the power, and took over the control of governments and religions.

[They] were seduced by these Parents who had all the advanced Draco technology.

And part of the deal the Parents had [from the Draco] is working star gates [they could use] this
whole time.

So they could go out into space. There are plenty of other places they could go. They are not stuck
here on earth.

That technology was not shared with the Illuminati bloodline families.

Now the Illuminati bloodline families have found out the Parents had this the whole time, and
they're really upset about it.

THE CABAL IS FRAGMENTING INTO FACTIONS, EVEN AT THE HIGHEST LEVELS

And what's interesting is that the alliance amongst these Illuminati folks is fracturing and now the
Draco have betrayed everybody.

The Parents have actually turned against all the 13 bloodlines below them. They now have their own
faction.

Several of these 21 people apparently are really tired of immortality, and they don't want to be alive
any more.

There is a way that they can die, which is to have the brain stem separated from the neck.

That also has been depicted in fictional works including the movie Highlander, where you chop off
this guys head and then you absorb his power.

JC: Right.

DW: So the Draco agenda led to the Illuminati being constructed.

EVERYTHING THEY DO REQUIRES OUR CONSENT

Now, people then say, Well, wait a minute. If they want to screw us over, why are they telling us
what they're doing? Why do they make all these movies about it?

That's a very important point.

The magic requires them to tell us what they are doing. [That way,] the enslaved are actually being
enslaved through their own free will.

[This is] one of the things that you hear Illuminati people say and this is more the card-carrying
kind, not the kind that has defected.

They say, If people are too afraid to see the obvious when we're shoving it in their faces, then they
deserve to be slaves.

JC: It's not free will if it's deception.

DW: That's true. I think what's happened is that they skewed far from the idea of it truly being free
will enslavement.

They've used trickery more and more. And they've lied more and more.

And as a result, these governing beings these seraphim and cherubim, or 6th density beings in Law
of One terms the 'management', if you will, the good guys are now able to bring them down, and
defeat them.

THE ILLUMINATI LEADERS WERE TOTALLY DOMINATED BY THE DRACO

So to get back to the Space Program, what's happened is The Parents knew the Draco existed.

The higher level bloodline Illuminati people knew the Draco existed.

They basically realized that even though they had this cult that saw them as gods, they're not in
charge.

They're just licking the boot heels of these 12-foot tall, essentially demon-looking beings.

[The Draco] literally have vertically-slit pupils, reptile skin and are massively strong.

They have a 5-foot-wide shoulder span and weigh three thousand pounds.

You can't shoot them with conventional bullets. They'll just ping off of them. They're very, very
tough. They're very strong.

They're telepathic. They're telekinetic. They can remote-influence people and make you walk around
like a robot under their command.

They are very frightening villains.

THINK ABOUT IT... WHY WOULD THEY DO THIS?

[If you think about it,] all the stuff that the Illuminati [is supposedly] doing doesn't make any sense.

You guys are human beings. You live here on earth. Why do you want to kill the planet?

See, they don't. Their bosses do. The people that they are under the control of do.

Its the Draco who have been gaming out our planet as a fear factory. We are generating fear for
them.

If a whole bunch of us die, that would be like a big prosperity bonus for them.

JC: Is that why the Rothschilds bank both sides of every war?

DW: Absolutely. It's all about creating loosh.

One of their sayings is, Give Lucius his Loosh!

This is a Luciferian belief system. And Lucifer, in this term you could think of Lucifer as one of the
Draco.

JC: Which brings us to the Alliance.

DW: Yes. If you've got to talk about something that is disturbing, you've got to balance it with
something positive.

And there is a lot of positive stuff going on.

MILITARIZATION OF SPACE AND COLONIZATION OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM

So here's the deal. [Lets talk about] the military-industrial-complex.

Roswell was not the first UFO crash. They had stuff that they found that went all the way back to the
1890s.

Apparently out there in the Southwest they dug up this craft that was very aerodynamic. It was all
gold in color.

We had one insider that came forward and told us that. So they've had the stuff for a long time.

There were ancient crashes they were able to go dig up. There's all kinds of cool stuff they found. [It
has] all [been] kept hidden from us.

THE GERMANS WERE THE FIRST

By the late 1930s, the Germans were the first to develop flying saucer technology.

The Vril Society was doing this. It's called the Hanebu or the Bell craft. Kronos is another secret name
for the project.

They flew out into space and then that's where they [made an incredible discovery.]

Wow! There are a lot of people that have colonized the solar system before us. They left some really
cool stuff behind.

We can seal it up, pressurize it and live in there.

That's what they did on the moon and on Mars [as well as in Antarctica.]

COLONIZING THE MOON AND MARS

So when you get into the history of the space program, you have the Nazis colonizing the moon and
Mars.

They lost World War 2, but they came back and basically took over the military-industrial-complex
through trickery and through having better technology.

They blackmailed the U.S., because the U.S. did not want to kick loose the secrets of Roswell.

The Nazis started overflying the U.S. capitol in 1952 with their Bell craft, and essentially forced the
U.S. to join them in a partnership.

This is where you get the militarization of our space and our solar system.

THE BRAIN DRAIN

In the 1950s and early 1960s there was something called the brain drain.

Approximately 60 million people were recruited from countries all over the world.

So you still have to this day plenty of Latinos, plenty of blacks, plenty of people who look like they're
from India or Pakistan, plenty of Asians, and plenty of Caucasians that have lived generations out in
space.

They've never walked on the earth.

If you've got 60 million people in the 1950s and they are specifically told to have as many children as
possible, you're now dealing with a large population.

Plus, they have advanced cloning capabilities.

They also continue to recruit people from our planet and bring them up there as much as they can.

So this is ongoing.

THEY WENT AFTER THE INTELLIGENTSIA -- AND DESCRIBED IT IN CERTAIN FILMS

JC: Did they recruit brains or did they also recruit brawn?

DW: Mostly just the cream of the crop of the intelligentsia.

There are various movies that tell this story, such as When Worlds Collide.

If you want to go back and do research, go watch that film. That's Disclosure.

Only the cream of the crop were picked. It's like Noah's Ark all over again.

That's part of what these people are told. Something big and disastrous is going to happen on earth.

If you come out with us in space, you'll be fine.

You're going to get to live in a Jetsons, Star Trek-type reality. It's going to be amazing.

THEY ARE HERDED INTO TOTAL ENSLAVEMENT IN MOST CASES

Then when these people actually go out there, many of them are treated like slaves. They have a
very deplorably poor existence.

They're totally monitored and they just work their whole life.

They're told who they're going to marry and they're told how many kids they can have and all this
kind of stuff.

It's really disgusting.

JC: If they hit you up, would you go?

FIVE FACTIONS OF THE SECRET SPACE PROGRAM

DW: I already am in contact with a group that has been part of the space program and has broken
away.

It's called the Solar Warden faction. There are five factions of the space program.

Solar Warden was the first one. They're like the planetary police force.

Then you have the Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate, or ICC, that has guys like Boeing and
McDonnell-Douglas.

They're out there building all kinds of advanced technology and selling it to various extraterrestrials
that come in here to check out what they've got.

Apparently, their technology is some of the best in our part of the galaxy.

This is odd because we are considered very primitive in terms of our spiritual levels of advancement,
but we're really good at building stuff.

So you've got Solar Warden and ICC.

GLOBAL GALACTIC LEAGUE OF NATIONS, MILITARY AND DARK FLEET

Then you've got the Global Galactic League of Nations, which is sort of a UN in space. Then you have
a Military faction.

And actually there are several sub-groups in the Global Galactic League of Nations, as we have now
found out.

The Military faction essentially acts as a police force and logistical support for these other factions.

And then last, but not least, you have the Dark Fleet.

That is the faction that is run by the Draco, where you can see the Reptilians.

You're going to see mantis-looking people. You're going to see ant-looking people.

You [also] see certain humans who work with them that wear black uniforms that look like Nazi
uniforms.

They are very, very militant and very arrogant.

SOLAR WARDEN BREAKS AWAY AND THE ARRIVAL OF THE SPHERE ALLIANCE

The Solar Warden faction was the original faction.

Their technology is no newer than what we were building in the early 80s.

This is still really frickin amazing, but it is way less [advanced] than the other factions.

They broke away. They got tired of being treated like the mushroom kept in the dark and fed a lot
of BS.

Solar Warden has now sided with new beings that have showed up in our solar system.

[These new beings have] technology way in advance of anything they thought was out there.

We're talking about spheres that in some cases are as large as the planet Jupiter.

THE FIRST SPHERE ARRIVED DURING THE REAGAN ADMINISTRATION

One of them came into our solar system in the 1980s, and it was the size of Neptune.

My insider Pete Peterson was there working with Ronald Reagan while this was happening.

[It] freaked everybody out, because they saw this huge orb coming in.

It circled Pluto, circled Neptune, circled Uranus and then came in to Saturn.

It was cloaked, but they could very easily detect it with [the technology] they had at the time.

They eventually confronted this sphere.

The beings inside just said, We're peaceful explorers taking a cruise around the galaxy.

Then they [the Secret Space Program personnel] said, 'GTFO', basically. [Get the f- out of here.]

And so the beings left.

MANY MORE SPHERES BEGAN APPEARING IN 1998

Then, right around 1999, 1998 or thereabouts, you start to have over a hundred, actually hundreds
of spheres like this coming into our solar system.

They entered in either through the sun or from the outside.

They were all about the size of earth's moon.

ADDITIONAL DISCUSSION (NOT PART OF THE RADIO TRANSCRIPT)

[DW: Kent Steadman of cyberspaceorbit.com was the main researcher who tracked this
phenomenon for years.

On Kents site, it appears to have started with his Sun Cruiser post, describing an anomalous object
that first appeared around the sun on May 3, 1998.

Kent interviewed various astronomers and got differing opinions about what this huge, fast-moving
object was.

Many other similar sightings followed for years to come.

I was very captivated by this at the time and consistently checked Kents site for the latest updates.

The original investigation is still online, and can be found at

http://www.cyberspaceorbit.com/AOL/orbit/solar_anomalies4.html.

There were many, many subsequent articles revealing dozens of additional anomalies photographed
by the SOHO solar observer website.

JUNE 2, 1998: TWO SPHERES CRASH INTO THE SUN, FOLLOWED BY A CME

One of the earlier and more interesting phenomena was what appeared to be two spheres hitting
the sun and portaling out on June 1st and 2nd, 1998, causing a huge CME in the process:

http://www.cyberspaceorbit.com/AOL/orbit/projectile.html

NASA dismissed this as nothing more than a comet hit but the objects were as large as planets in
their apparent size.

Kents work on this phenomenon from the 1998-2002 timeframe is a vast study that would take
months to properly review and summarize.

It would take would take quite some time to assemble a chronological gallery of all the solar
anomalies seen between 1998 and 2002.

As it says in this next article, the apparent straight lines seen along these spheres is the result of
pixel bloom.

The extreme brightness of the spheres overloaded the CCD sensor on SOHO, causing the lines:

http://www.cyberspaceorbit.com/cruiser_demo.html]

(END SPECIAL ADDITION)

THE PENTAGON ILLUMINATI THOUGHT THE SUMERIAN GODS HAD RETURNED

DW: They wouldn't respond to hailing signals. Nobody knew what this was.

The Illuminati folks in the Pentagon thought, Oh my gosh. This is the return of the Sumerian gods.
They've come to help us usher in our New World Order.

They know we're going to do this 9/11 thing. And we're really excited they want to help us.

But the sphere beings would never talk to them.

So these spheres have just been hanging around. They've just spent time, but nobody could talk to
them. Nobody could figure out what was going on.

Then, cut to the Mayan Calendar end date around the year 2012.

26 UNDERGROUND FACILITIES PORTALED OUT AT THE END OF 2011

In August 2011, approximately 26 underground facilities, that we know of, were actually portaled out
by some super intelligence.

The beings inside were apparently brought to a safe place first.

Then, after all the people were removed and all the goods were removed, the buildings and the
whole place was actually imploded.

[This was done] through some sort of air pressure differential where the air was portaled in.

The air pressure went up super high, cracked all the land and then it subsided and crushed in and fell
in on itself.

This was done to at least 26 underground facilities. And that's just what we know of.

It appears that some sort of treaty was struck at the end of this series of events in late December
2011. That's when it stopped.

It appears that the Cabal was trying to fight this from happening by turning on HAARP at maximum
intensity.

That's where you get your fish deaths and bird deaths.

If you go back to right around the end of December 2011, birds were just falling out of the sky dead
with traumatic injuries.

A CLARIFICATION

[DW: I misspoke about this. It had been some time since I had reviewed this data.

The bird deaths culminated at the end of December 2010, in the aftermath of a series of strange EMP
attacks against visible, public targets:

http://divinecosmos.com/start-here/davids-blog/909-disclosurecriticalmass

None of these attacks killed anyone. They were covered in our Chinas October Surprise article
series, linked in the above article.

Interestingly, when I went back to this article to get the link, its hit counter was at 333,088 another
example of numerical synchronicity, where repeating digits appear as I am doing this work.

There did appear to be a treaty that stopped the EMP attacks in January 2011, but the treaty was
violated by the Cabal.

This seems to have been what triggered the underground cities being portaled out from August to
December of 2011.]

(END CLARIFICATION)

THEY WERE USING HAARP TO DEFEND THEIR CITIES

DW: Jimmy, you were probably covering this back when it happened.

JC: Yeah.

DW: And the fish were all washing up. Hundreds of thousands of dead fish were washing up.

JC: Birds falling out of the sky.

DW: Just falling out dead. And they were too crushed up by the time they hit the ground. Their bones
had already been crushed.

That was because [the Cabal was] using HAARP to try to defend against the destruction of these
underground facilities and it wasn't working.

So they apparently made a treaty sometime at the end of 2011, saying, Please don't destroy our
underground facilities any more. We'll do what you want.

OVER ONE HUNDRED GIANT SPHERES ARRIVED BEGINNING IN 2012

Then in 2012, you get what ends up becoming approximately 100 gigantic spheres coming into our
solar system.

When I say 'gigantic', I mean that they had three sizes.

One of them is around the size of the moon, like the ones from 1999 to 2001 that came in.

Then you've got another size that's around (the size) of Neptune.

Then you've got another one that's around the size of Jupiter.

It turns out that there are a lot more than 100 of them.

We could only see 100 with our ability to detect cloaked spheres. There are a lot more than that.

SOLAR SYSTEM TRANSITIONING INTO A ZONE OF SUPER STRONG COSMIC ENERGY

And why are they here?

Everybody in the Space Program on the inside knows this [next data point].

Our solar system is transitioning into a zone of heightened energetic strength in the galaxy.

Its like going into a cosmic storm.

If you take a pan and you put it on your stovetop and you don't put any heat under it, and you drop a
drop of water in the middle of the pan, what's it going to do?

JC: Evaporate.

DW: It's just going to sit there. Actually, eventually it will evaporate, but it's just going to sit there.

If you get that pan nice and red hot and you drop that same drop of water in it, what's going to
happen?

It's going to go zig-zig-zig-zig-zig, and zig all over the inside of that pan.

JC: Interesting.

A COMPLETE UPGRADE OF THE GROUND STATE OF MATTER, ENERGY AND BIOLOGICAL LIFE

DW: Imagine now that the same thing happens to matter, AND to consciousness, AND to the actual
signature of biological life that is our DNA.

It's a DNA-activating, consciousness-activating, matter-energy-space-time portal-activating energy

force.

Ultimately what appears to be coming our way is some sort of decisive shift in the way that matter
and energy and consciousness itself functions.

It is literally a quantum leap in what it means to be human.

Our universe is designed this way.

ALL ANCIENT RELIGIOUS PROPHECIES SPEAK OF THIS

We have to fight through this incredible time of darkness and tribulation.

That's how they call it in the Bible, but there's many other prophecies that talk about this.

Take your pick. Islam, Judaism, Buddhism, Native American, Celtic, Druidic, you name it. It's all there.

We go through this time of extreme suffering where people have fallen from spiritual teachings more
than ever before.

There's greater amounts of violence, greater amounts of illicit behaviors, selfishness, jealousy, rage, a
great amount of depression and sadness.

STORED POTENTIAL ENERGY TURNS INTO RELEASED KINETIC ENERGY

That all is part of what you could think of as like kinetic energy.

[DW: Here I meant to say potential energy, which stores up. Kinetic energy is what happens when
the potential is released.]

It is as if you are pushing a spring down. Okay?

But you can only push the spring down so far. Then what happens when you let go of the pressure?

JC: Boom.

DW: You've got a spring-loaded action.

JC: Right.

DW: That's what's happening and the compression of the spring . . .

SEEDING "THE ILLUMINATI" INTO THE PUBLIC CONSCIOUSNESS

I mean, Jimmy.

I was out there trying to see any discussion whatsoever of the Illuminati online. I'm talking now back
roughly 2003, 2004.

It didn't exist. You didn't ever see the word.

I went and I contacted some of the big names of the time.

This included Henry Makow and Greg Szymanski, who was doing a radio show. Henry Makow was a
popular guest on these radio shows.

I farmed them information about the Illuminati through this whistleblower called Svali, who originally
had come out in 2000. I'd been following her work.

So I had a lot to do with reintroducing that when it had kind of all died out.

Nobody was reading Robert Anton Wilson or any of that old stuff any more.

OUR INCREASE OF KNOWLEDGE IS AN ENERGETICALLY-DRIVEN FUNCTION

So what's happened is now it's common knowledge. You've got the Snowden disclosures. People are
waking up.

What we don't realize is that the awakening is an energetically driven function. The energy is
cranking up.

[This affects] our apparent free will decisions of how we live our lives and what we choose to learn
about.

Are we listening to Fade to Black, and are we reading these books, and are we going to these
conferences?

We think that this is something like, Oh, I just stumbled over it on the Internet.

It's actually part of an energetically-driven process.

SYNCHRONICITY IS INTELLIGENTLY DIRECTED

Supremely high-level intelligence uses synchronicity to direct us to the sources of information that
feed us this awakening.

We are all going through this at our own speed, through our own free will.

[This way,] we can veto it and take it in digestible chunks at the speed we want to learn.

We're learning what's really going on here. And it is ultimately a very, very highly positive thing.

When we go through this shift, if you have done your homework, [you will be fine.]

OVER 160,000 DOCUMENTED CASES OF ASCENSION ARE ALREADY ON RECORD

If you have followed the great spiritual teachings that these 35 ancient cultures were all trying to
teach us about being a good person, being a loving person service to others, forgiveness,
compassion.

[Then,] you're right back in to the realm of what happens to these 160,000 people in Tibet where
they practiced these spiritual teachings.

They don't die. They transform into a light being. This is the next stage of what human evolution is
built to do.

We're built to go in to this super-hero-type of character. It was all laid out for us in the story of Jesus
and the resurrection.

That is only one of many examples. You have it in other cultures as well.

We just happen to have a celebrity worship thing where people get all hung up on Jesus having done
it.

They don't realize that many others have accomplished this as well.

THE TIBETANS WERE FOLLOWING THE TEACHINGS OF CHRIST

That does piss some people off. I understand that. But look.

Youve got these Tibetans who are following exactly what the teachings of Christ are.

Their focus is to have every single thought to be a loving thought.

And if they can attain that level of self-perfection, then they graduate into this higher level of
humanity.

What appears to be happening is that the people who are ready for it [will Ascend] when this spring
springs.

When this energetic springboard takes off, you'll be able to levitate. You'll be able to have telekinesis.

You'll have telepathic contact with other people all the Jesus miracles.

Pretty quickly if you start trying, you'll discover that you'll be able to do this.

A BIFURCATION IN TIMELINES BETWEEN POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE POLARITIES (117:15)

This event is also built where there is a bifurcation.

That means there are a lot of people who have generated very seriously bad karma for themselves.

They've gone around raping people. They're pedophiles. They've tortured people. They've killed
people.

If you're sufficiently on that side of the coin, then the way the universe is built is that timelines
bifurcate.

The people who need that karma go through an Armageddon apocalypse.

JC: They go into a dimension of darkness.

DW: Well, the earth is basically destroyed. Yes.

They experience a pole shift. They experience super-volcanoes which bury everything in about 30 to
100 feet of rocks.

JC: Right.

DW: And you just die with rocks falling on your head, basically. [DW: Some would experience this.
Others would die of a mega-tsunami or massive earthquake damage.]

TIME FOR A BREAK

JC: That's a good spot to take a break. Let's take a break. We're at the top of the hour.

When I come back after the break, David, I'm going to share with you the first time I heard the word
'Illuminati'. It's fascinating. I want your comment.

This is Fade to Black. Tonight David Wilcock. Bespoke radio for the masses. I'm your host Jimmy
Church.

(122.05)

INCREASE IN ET CONTACT AND EFFORTS BY CABAL TO CORRUPT STARSEEDS

JC: Hey, David. I got a couple of emails during the break. One of them is from Renee.

She says, There appear to be an increasing number of people all around the planet who are
channeling ETs.

Do you believe that this is a concerted effort on the part of various ET races to prepare us for their
open interaction with humans in the very near future?

DW: Yes. I'll step in dog doo again and get myself in trouble with the Cabal. And we'll see if they leave
us on the air for me saying this.

One of the things that the Cabal apparently believes is that people who are the starseeds, who are
getting this ET contact, are going to develop ascended powers before everybody else does.

And so they are making a very strong effort now to try to find the people who are getting this ET
contact and to corrupt them through their own free will.

[This would be done through techniques] such as getting them to think in a more negative mindset,
getting them to give messages of doom and fear, getting them to potentially be bought or bribed,
that kind of stuff.

IF EVEN ONE PERSON ASCENDS IN MODERN TIMES, THE NEGATIVE IS FINISHED

JC: Back in February, you were on Coast to Coast, and you said that, and I'm quoting here,

If there is even one person who has ascended, he's going to be able to drive away all of these bad
guys. And they see it coming.

It's only about a year and a half away for them. They know it's going to be . . . They know it's going to
hit and there's nothing they can do about it.

And you were saying that there was going to be a small number of people who will have superhuman abilities.

GUESSTIMATE ON THE DATE OF ASCENSION

Well, a year and a half is August 2016.

DW: That is a date that is sort of the best guesstimate based on a variety of different factors, none of
which totally resolve.

It could be anywhere between the end of summer 2016 through 2017 to 2018. So, again, it's not like
you can just pinpoint a window.

What you have to do is look at is the current of events that are taking place on earth and how fast
are people awakening.

This is very important. This quantum leap is not some event that takes place at a pre-described time.

It is an event in which the human consciousness, reaching a critical minimum stage of awakening,
releases the pressure on the spring.

That's the key. When do we grow up enough that it's time for the quantum leap?

So there's a window in which this can happen.

"WHAT YOU THINK WILL HAPPEN IN 2012 IS ACTUALLY COMING IN 2017"

I was told [about this] all the way back in 2009 by this high-level insider, very high-level insider, who I
call Jacob.

He told me that the event I thought was going to happen at the end of the Mayan calendar in 2012
was actually going to happen in 2017.

I hid that data because, unfortunately, part of what happens is that if I say something publicly, many
people who are allegedly channeling will very quickly co-opt my information.

They trust my sources and they want to be on the right track.

And so it then very quickly reaches a point where you can't tell the difference, or it becomes harder
to tell the difference between who's real and who's just parroting your information.

I sailed right through 2012 and never said anything about 2017. I figured, Hey, maybe it's going to
happen in 2012 after all.

There was a lot of good [scientific] evidence to point to that [which I extensively detailed in The
Source Field Investigations.]

2012 came and went, but since that time, man, it is ramping up.

You don't have to be that ignorant. You don't have to be that intelligent either.

It is smack-in-your-face obvious that we are building up to something very, very huge here.

OUR ABILITIES AFTER ASCENSION (126:20)

JC: What were some of the abilities that you were referring to?

DW: Well, if you go back to the Hindu scriptures, they talk about the eight talents of Krishna. [DW:
Look up the "eight superhuman faculties" of Kalki.]

Krishna returns [as Kalki, the Destroyer of Evil. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kalki.

[This link is far more detailed about the prophecies: http://www.yogaphilosophy.com/eng/kalki/kalki.htm]

You know there are different Messianic stories from religious traditions.

We're talking about really incredible magic powers here.

We're talking about stuff that you would see in some of the best sci-fi and fantasy movies.

So we're talking about one person being able to instantaneously transform a landscape. We're
talking about stuff even at that level of significance.

Somebody who would have the power to be able to levitate multiple automobiles at once and throw
them in a direction, for example.

MOVIES LIKE "THE LAST AIRBENDER" WILL NOT BE FICTIONAL ANY LONGER

Somebody who would be able to create any of the elements, like in The Last Airbender.

I know people said, Oh, it was a terrible movie, but it was interesting to see all of the abilities these
folks had.

Some people can throw water. Some people can throw fire, air, earth, et cetera.

I don't think that necessarily all of us get this kind of large-scale super-duper telekinesis right away.

But it is true that if you go back to Tibet, there's all kinds of reports of these yogis flying around like
flocks of birds in the air.

They would push their hand or foot into a stone. They could liquefy the stone and leave a very nice
footprint or handprint behind.

There's lots of examples of that on my show, Wisdom Teachings. You can go check that out
WisdomTeachings.com.

I have a whole 8 episode mini-series just on the Tibetan Rainbow Body, where I show all these
pictures of the handprints, the footprints.

I give all of the teachings of how they got to this Rainbow Body.

And, again, basically, you have to meditate all of the time. You have to have every thought be a
loving thought.

WHO ASCENDS?

That does not mean you have to be that good as a meditator. It's like the Olympics of spirituality to
go that far.

What it says in the Law of One, which is where I believe the truth can be found, is all you have to be
is slightly more than 50% good Service to Others.

[This means being a] positive, loving, forgiving type of person.

You can still be 49% selfish, manipulative, jealous, conniving and controlling and you're still good to
go for this ascension.

So it's not something that only the elite are going to go through. It's not like if you occasionally have
marshmallows or a cigarette that youre not going to ascend.

[Nor is it that if] you get drunk once in a while or you do drugs, you're not going to ascend. It's not
like that.

What really counts is character: how you treat people and what kind of thoughts are going through
your mind.

WHAT ABOUT OUR PETS?

JC: This takes us back to Allison's question at the beginning of the show. What happens to the little
ones the cats and the dogs and the horses?

DW: This is something very interesting that I learned through one of the new insiders.

If you have human beings and you portal a human being forward in time, we have something called a
zero-time reference.

THE ZERO-TIME REFERENCE

The energetic body is anchored to the moment of conception.

If you move that physical body forward in time, it will automatically progress or regress to the
appropriate age that it would be at that time in history.

So if you're going to move a human in time, you actually have to change this zero-time reference to
shift it.

This requires advanced extraterrestrial technology. You can't just do it.

So for example, [lets say] you go through a natural stargate.

There's a variety of vortex points on earth where that will happen in the right planetary alignments at
the right time of the year.

[In such a case,] you can end up portaled 300 years into the future.

What will happen is very quickly you'll become a feeble old man or woman and you'll die unless
you have the right ZTR (zero-time reference) [shifting] capability.

Now, the funny part is, and I only learned this recently, animals do not have a ZTR.

You can portal animals forward in time and they'll live out their lives just fine.

DINOSAURS PORTALING INTO OUR TIME AND SPACE

So, for example, the Loch Ness Monster was a plesiosaurus.

There have been multiple cases of lake monsters and pterodactyls that have flown in or swum in to a
portal, and portaled into our time.

What we are calling the Cabal or Illuminati, the military-industrial-complex, would [pick them up
with] an advanced craft that we would think of as a UFO.

I [was told that at] some time in the early 1970s they picked up Nessie. They took Nessie out of Loch
Ness.

They've picked up a bunch of these monsters that come through dinosaurs that portal through. And
they've stored them in various facilities.

BENEVOLENT ETs TO PORTAL LIFE ON EARTH TO A SAFE TIME

So what's happening now is that in reference to your question, we have a situation where
benevolent extraterrestrials will portal the life on earth forward in time to when it is safe again.

So nothing dies an unfortunate death.

It's not like some big global catastrophe. That's a common misperception.

It only happens to the people who have invited that type of balancing karma.

If you stay on earth and you go through the shift, even if you're not really a very nice person, you're
[fine.]

Only the most evil, negative people are ever going to see this negative timeline.

It's possible that the positive people for a while won't even realize that this thing has happened.

APOCALYPTIC WORLD FOR NEGATIVE PEOPLE

Only the most negative people are actually going to see this type of disaster.

They [the Cabal] have seen within their time viewing technologies that this is coming.

Look at a movie like Interstellar. There are all kinds of movies that [lay out this prophecy.]

The new Mad Max movie that's out right now [Mad Max: Fury Road] [is another example.]

[There are] so many films describing this post-apocalyptic world because they see that it's coming for
them, but not for everybody else.

WHAT HAPPENS TO THOSE WHO GO THROUGH THE EVENT BUT ARE NOT READY TO ASCEND?
(132:00)

So if you are not one of those types of people, you will go through this event.

If you're not actually going to ascend, then probably what will happen is that you live out your
normal life.

You'll die normally. And then when you next reincarnate, you'll just reincarnate on a different planet.

CHINA'S PSYCHIC STAR CHILDREN

JC: Is this why the Chinese government is trying to crush Tibet?

DW: Well, I don't know if you could boil it down to something that simple.

I do think that there are elements of the Chinese government that are controlled by the Cabal.

And I think the regional tension with Tibet is multi-generational.

But, yeah, the Chinese government did go around [looking for people with advanced abilities.]

There's a really great book called China's Super Psychics by Paul Dong.

Interestingly enough, when you have people that grow up in extreme poverty, in many cases that
hardship makes you more apt to develop these types of ascended abilities.

So there are these kids in China [with ascended-type abilities already] and this was documented.

HIGH-LEVEL OIL EXECUTIVES WITNESSED FEATS OF CONSCIOUSNESS THAT SEEMED LIKE MIRACLES

In fact, US oil executives went to China and witnessed [these types of phenomena.]

One of the most stunning ones is a little girl who can wave her hands in front of a whole room full of
people holding flowers that haven't bloomed yet.

She time-accelerates the blossoms, and the flower literally opens up right in front of your eyes as you
are holding it in your hand.

JC: I remember that.

DW: Yeah. And there's kids that can teleport pills out of bottles that are sealed. The seal is still good,
but the pills end up outside the bottle.

JC: I do that now. But that's a whole other show.

DW: Ha, ha, ha. That's the late show.

UM.... MOVING ON....

JC: Hey, man. Have you picked out your wardrobe for this weekend?

I've got to get you a Fade to Black shirt. You've got to wear it.

DW: Ha, ha, ha. Shameless plug from this guy!

JC: Oh, no, no, no. I'm just saying . . . I'm just saying that you've got to wear a Fade to Black shirt at
Contact in the Desert.

Have your girl call my girl. We'll get that all set up.

"THE ILLUMINATI ARE RULING THE WORLD"

Oh, I meant to tell you before the break. Check this out. You're going to love this and I want your
comments.

Back in the early 70s, I suppose . . . Let's just say I'm 10 years old 10, 11, right around in that area,
72, 73, I'm like 10 or 11 years old.

I'm listening to shows like this on my little AM radio on my nightstand.

I would dial in these crazy late-night guys. I would get no sleep, and I would go to school in the
morning, you know, transformed.

So anyway, late night, you know it's 2:00 or 3:00 in the morning in the middle of the week.

I'm listening to this late-night AM radio guy and he says this. This is what he says.

He goes, Okay, man. You don't know this, but the Illuminati are running the world.

DW: Ha, ha, ha!

HE WROTE IT DOWN AND ASKED EVERYONE HE KNEW

JC: You know, this is like 1972, 73. And I guarantee you my eyes popped open. You know my room is
dark. The Illuminati?

So I roll over and I write it down. I write down 'The Illuminati.' I don't know if I spelled it right, but I
wrote it down.

He said, They go back to the cave man days. They were the strongest tribes back then. Ever since
back with the Neanderthals.

They were the strongest tribe. They ran governments. They ran Egypt and they ran Greece and they
ran Rome and the United Kingdom and China.

You know throughout history the Illuminati has been the strongest tribe. And today they are
running the world. It's a secret government.

And so I wake up in the morning, and I've had nightmares now. I wake up and I go to my parents.

You ever heard of the Illuminati? 'Nope.'

NOT EVEN MR. MC WILLIAMS KNEW ABOUT THE ILLUMINATI

I go to school. I go to my 6th grade teacher, whatever his name was. It's escaping me now. I go to
him. . . Mr. McWilliams.

Have you ever heard of the Illuminati? No, never heard of them.

DW: (Laughs)

JC: And it was crazy to me that I got this secret information from AM radio overnight that I never
forgot to this day.

I never forgot his description, the way that he laid it out there. That was in the early 1970s.

I went around and quizzed everybody throughout life after that. I couldn't get information out of
anybody.

Nobody had heard of it, which to me confirmed what he was trying to say that night back in 1973.

FIRST BATCH OF "DELETED" AUDIO: POP MUSIC PROPAGANDA

(137:30 to 137:47 missing audio)

Restored:

DW: They have gotten so audacious and daring now.

And particularly the amount to which they are jamming out propaganda through pop music now is
unbelievable.

End Restored Audio

MADONNA WRITES A SONG OPENLY ENDORSING THE "ILLUMINATI"

DW: My last article, Secret Space Program: Countdown to Exposure, is on my website

divinecosmos.com.

I encourage everybody to go read that.

Madonna has come out and openly admitted If there is something called the Illuminati, I want to be
in it.

And I know who the Illuminati is. The Illuminati are the good guys. And they are all the smartest
people throughout history.

JC: Why would she, David, why would she come out when you have everything on the Internet and
different fringe shows and websites and so forth that have been talking about this?

[It is] not only Madonna, but you know JayZ, Beyonce, what have you, you know, pick a star Lady
Gaga.

The finger's [been] pointed at Madonna like that for so long. Then she turns around and comes out
with a song called Illuminati.

Why would she do that?

DW: Yeah. And she sings, The all seeing eye' is watching tonight. That's what it is, the Truth and the
Light. Unbelievable!

THE PEOPLE IN POP MUSIC ARE BEING GREATLY ABUSED AND WE SHOULD HELP FIGHT FOR THEIR
FREEDOM

JC: Yeah. Why would she do that? Was she told to do it? That's the only thing I can think of.

DW: Yeah. These folks in pop music, they don't rank very high in the Order. They're not running the
thing.

That is why I also pulled Kanye West's quote where he got all excited about Madonna's song,
'Illuminati'.

Yes, yes! He was jumping up and down on the soundboard. He got so excited about it.

And he's now come out and said, People think we're running the world. We're just hired talent.

They just tell us what to do. And if we don't go along with it, we don't have a job.

So you've got to realize that the pop music big people are just playing along to a script.

You have the artist Kesha who came out and actually had this song called 'Die Young' right before
the Sandy Hook school shootings.

She's basically saying, Let's just party and die young. Then in the video she's dancing in front of an
illuminated pentagram.

It's unbelievable!

And then she comes out and says that she was raped by this guy that she was working with.

She was forced to sing those lyrics and she didn't want to.

THESE PEOPLE ARE NOT SHAPESHIFTERS

JC: I think she's a reptilian anyway.

DW: (Laughs)

JC: Oh, you laugh. Ha, ha, ha.

DW: Look. The shapeshifting reptilians thing is a meme that David Icke introduced and he since has
altered it.

He's said he thinks these people have a spiritual reptilian influence, but are not physically
shapeshifting.

I don't believe that there is any such thing as shapeshifting biological material. It just doesn't work
that way. We all have the same basic laws.

I really encourage folks to try not to go on a witch hunt here. Madonna is basically doing what she
has been told.

THE POP STARS ARE BEING HORRIBLY ABUSED IN WAYS WE CANNOT EVEN IMAGINE

People like Madonna, JayZ, Beyonce, Nikki Minaj, name 'em, Lady Gaga, Katy Perry.

These people are tortured by the Illuminati so fiercely. Many of them would do anything to get out if
they could.

They have been electrocuted. They have been raped.

They have had to watch violence and death be done in front of them in satanic rituals. It's horrible.

We should not be hating these people. We should be trying to help these people get free.

Most of the people who are stuck in this horrible cult do not want to be in it.

They would do anything to get out. So let's not go blaming them.

THE HIDDEN CULT OF HOLLYWOOD

JC: Well, are they in the cult? And look. Since I arrived in Hollywood in 1983, I've heard rumors about
this.

It's like 'urban legend' in Hollywood. You hear about it everywhere you go in the music business and
the movie business.

And for those people that are not in Hollywood, that are listening now from another part of the
country and are rolling their eyes and going, 'Oh, come on.'

No. You know what? Live here. Move here and certainly become part of the industry in some way.

It doesn't matter on what level.

DW: Yep.

JC: You're going to hear these rumors. And this is nothing that David or myself have made up.

This is a sub-culture that you kind of learn to accept because you hear it nearly daily.

Whether it's somebody like Corey Haim, God rest his soul. He was great. But you hear about these
stories all the time.

PEDOPHILE HOLLYWOOD DIRECTORS

What was the director that . . . Oh, what's his name?

DW: Bryan Singer? [Who was accused of pedophilia by a boy who worked on one of his projects.]

JC: Yeah, Bryan Singer and his family. He's one of the most . . . Now look, I want to back up and use
the word 'allegedly'.

DW: (Laughs)

JC: Ha, ha. Let's just use the word 'allegedly'.

But you hear about guys like him and other directors and producers and influential people
throughout the industry.

This is stuff that happens on a daily basis out here in Hollywood and it's crazy. I know it sounds nutty
...

DW: It is horrible.

JC: Yeah. You hear about it every single day. There are . . . You know, you hear about....

SECOND DELETED SECTION: TOP CABAL PEOPLE ARE GUILTY AND WILL BE DEFIANT UNTIL THE END

(142:55 to 143:30 missing audio)

Restored:

JC: This thing with Bill Cosby. Thats just the public version of things.

DW: Oh, totally.

JC: What has been going on in this subculture, these rumors, Ive heard about it since the day I set
foot in Hollywood.

DW: Well, lets be clear about one other thing.

There are some people who have really plotted for the deaths of millions and millions of people.

And those people will be defiant to the end.

In fact, they have an inner saying they use.

[They say] that they will be defiant until the quick drop and the sudden stop. And thats hanging.

The quick drop is

End Restored Audio

THE DEFIANCE OF THE CABAL

DW: . . . when the ground falls out from under you with a noose on your neck.

And the sudden stop is when your neck breaks.

So they will be laughing. They will be saying f- you and You're a bunch of useless eaters right up
to the moment

THIRD DELETED SECTION OF THE ORIGINAL: DIABOLICAL LAUGHTER

(143:44 to 144:10 missing audio)

Restored:

...where the noose is around their neck.

They will be cackling with diabolical laughter. (Laughs)

Thats how they think.

JC: Were going to be, again, about 2 minutes up against our last break. And then Im going to ask
you, please indulge me and hang out for another 15 minutes.

DW: Sure, no problem.

JC: And maybe well take a couple of phone calls.

I want to throw this out at you.

Corey

End Restored Audio

HOW DID YOU MEET COREY GOODE?

JC: . . . and his story and his involvement with you. It is all over the Internet.

There's been a lot of leaks. There's been a lot of disinfo on both sides of the fence.

So I want to talk about Corey when we come back. How did you meet Corey? And how far along are
you with your research?

I know that you're going to be doing some additional disclosure.

If it's okay I don't know if I'm throwing you under the bus. You guys have shot some video. Are you
going to present some of that stuff too?

DW: Not at Contact in the Desert. It probably won't be ready by then, but it's going to be ready soon
afterwards.

JC: How did you meet Corey?

INSIDER DATA ABOUT A FLYING BLACK TRIANGLE THAT WAS MALFUNCTIONING

DW: He emailed me beginning in 2009 and shared some insider data with me.

He saw a malfunctioning flying black triangle that was actually like a blimp held on a tether.

It hadn't quite inflated properly. It was a thing like a gigantic triangular blimp.

He shared this story with me in confidence, and I said, Wow, that's amazing.

We talked off and on. I knew he was a supporter of my work and he'd write me from time to time.

JC: When did he see this?

DW: He wrote me about this in 2009. I think the event happened in the 1990s.

A VERY STRANGE SIGHTING IN THE DESERT

JC: Check this out. In the last couple of weeks, I was with somebody that told me this story.

And this is somebody I trust like a brother, like a family member. Okay, without going any further.

He said that he witnessed up in northern California in 2009 a craft that was being towed across the
valley in northern-northern California, in the remote part of northern California, where there is
nothing.

And he said that it was being pulled at, and it looked like a dragon on the end of a long cable.

It was moving like a snake. And the craft at the end was a ball with a long tubular structure with long
tubes on the end.

He drew it for me, by the way.

It was being escorted by a couple of aircraft and helicopters across this large mountain range, where
there are no airports.

There is no civilization. There are no towns. There is nothing. And there were a few witnesses that
saw this. But it was being towed.

A TEST OF AN END-TIMES SIMULATION TECHNOLOGY

DW: That's probably a test of one of the types of technologies that they have.

They were going to use [these technologies] to try to fake either an alien invasion or a biblical
apocalypse.

[It would be something like the] rapture, [or] demons in the sky. That kind of thing.

JC: He said the ball in the front of the craft that was being towed . . . By the way, it was like . . . It was
hundreds of yards long. This wasn't some small craft.

DW: Yes. It's huge.

JC: It's huge. And he said the ball in the front had a windshield.

He said it was so close to them that if there had been somebody standing in windows, he would have
been able to see them.

DW: Oh, wow.

JC: But there wasn't anybody at the front of the craft.

He said he didn't know if it was damaged or it was being tested, but it didn't have wings. It was
metallic. And it was interesting.

IT LOOKED LIKE "BUCK ROGERS"

And the drawing that he drew, which I have with me now, it'll blow your mind. It looks . . . It is Buck
Rogers, man.

It's not Battlestar Galactica, Star Wars, no. This is like backwards looking. It's more Buck Rogers-ish.

Let's take a quick break. When we come back, I want to talk more about Corey and take some phone
calls. Let's do it.

DW: Sounds good.

This is Fade to Black. Tonight David Wilcock. Always great stuff when David is on with us.

This is the Bespoke Radio for the Masses. I'm your host Jimmy Church.

(Break)

(153:00)

WHO'S PROTECTING DAVID WILCOCK?

Let's go straight to the phones. Hi, you're live on Fade to Black. Say 'Hi' to David Wilcock. Who's
calling?

Caller: This is Walt.

JC: Hey, Walt. How are you man? Are we going to see you in a couple of days?

Walt: Oh, no. I got a private invitation, but no. I just don't have time.

But listen. I want to thank you Jim. David, I got your book. I read it. Wow! What a guest tonight and
what an interview.

DW: Well, thank you.

Walt: David, you know so much. And you talk to so many people that are in the know.

A lot of them, I guess, keep themselves private to the general public. But for some reason they talk to
you.

And you've been protected, I guess, because you're a hot item with the people that don't want you
to talk.

ARE PEOPLE FROM THE FUTURE PROTECTING YOU?

I think I know who's protecting you. You're not going to believe this. My guess, okay?

DW: Okay.

Walt: I think it is relatives from your future. I think they're coming back and they're going to keep an
eye on you and keep you safe.

DW: I would actually agree with you. I think that's exactly correct. So wherever you got that from, a
high-five, buddy. You're right.

JC: Okay, thank you for the call, Walt.

Walt: Thank you.

JC: Thank you. Well, yeah. Wow! I . . .

DW: Let me just add one little thing here. These people don't come to me as much as . . . are we still
on?

JC: Oh, yeah, we're live.

DW: I'm waiting for it at this point. I'm thinking, If we get through this, it's going to be amazing.

I sought these people out. [They didnt just come to me.]

I DO NOT CONSIDER MYSELF TO BE A SMART PERSON

I also just want to say something.

People say to me, David, you know so much. You have all this information. You're so intelligent.
Blah, blah, blah.

I don't think of myself as a smart person. To me, everything I talk about is very basic and very
obvious.

You know, I've been through the wringer. I've done the homework.

I would not say the things I say unless I absolutely believed with every fiber of my being that I'm
telling you the truth.

As crazy as some of this stuff sounds, I have gone through and I have vetted it out. I've done the
scientific research.

And I have worked very hard to find these insiders. They don't just come to me. I have to go seek
them out.

That's a big difference from what he was saying. That's the only thing I wanted to add.

IS SCIENTOLOGY PART OF THE CABAL?

JC: I'm going to . . . I don't really want a comment from you on this, because it's getting into
dangerous territory and you'll understand why after you hear what I have.

Cortana says, Is Scientology all part of this cult of Hollywood's loosh junkies?

And I'm going to say this. Although Scientology scares the crap out of me, and there's a lot to be said
about it, I'd rather just research and not comment.

You know what? They're too vicious and I don't want them coming after me, coming after you.

They have long tentacles and deep pockets, too, as well.

DAVID'S ORTHODONTIST WAS A SCIENTOLOGIST

DW: (Laughs) Well, I had a orthodontist in Louisville, Kentucky who was a Scientologist.

We got talking about the Illuminati. He definitely knew about it, but in his mind, they were the
enemy.

TOM CRUISE HAS AT LEAST TWO MOVIES BLASTING THE CABAL

And Tom Cruise obviously is known as a Scientologist. And yet, if you look at either of his two most
recent movies, which would be the Live, Die, Repeat.

I forget what the rest of it was actually called. [Edge of Tomorrow.] That's what they ended up using
as the main thing on the title.

The other one was Oblivion. Holy smokes! I've done articles just on those movies.

It does appear that at the top levels of Scientology there is some penetration from the Illuminati
but that group, per se, is not an Illuminati group.

LET'S LEAVE IT RIGHT THERE....

JC: Interesting. I . . . You know what, I . . . and let it lie right there. I have no issues with Scientology.
Ha, ha, ha, ha.

DW: (Laughs)

JC: None. None. I find it very fascinating, though.

I'll say this. L. Ron Hubbard with all that money, David, all that money, and he never got his teeth
fixed.

I just don't get that. I don't get that. I mean why not get your teeth cleaned? I guess there's no
dentist in Scientology.

Well, you just said you had an orthodontist.

DW: (Laughs)

JC: All right. Moving on. This question just came in. Scientology, we kid. No, we don't, but we do.

WHY AREN'T ALIENS TAKING PEOPLE ONBOARD THEIR CRAFT NOW?

When you started the interview, David stated that the aliens are no longer taking people on board
their ships. Please ask why.

Also, has he ever heard of real robots working with the aliens?

Interesting question. And I think he's referring to robots like Robbie the Robot.

DW: Yes, I get it. Okay, so, question number one I already did explain.

We'll probably have this transcribed because I've leaked a lot of new stuff. So we'll get this typed up.

I've also got to post a transcript of the one I did with George. I've been so busy with this video, I
haven't had time to actually post these things.

IN-PERSON CONTACTS WERE DISCONTINUED DUE TO THE PROBLEMS IT CAUSED

The reason why, as I said, people were not being contacted and actually brought on board the ships
[after the early 1960s by the benevolent ETs] was because of two things.

Number one, they were being worshipped by fans and followers as if they were different and more
special than everyone else.

And number two, they started doing things like womanizing, developing egos and doing illicit
financial things [such as] profiting too much off of their services. That kind of stuff.

So the ETs are very strict about all this stuff the good guys at least.

They are very strict on that you have to live your life as an ethical person.

The way the Illuminati would be able to take down somebody like me is if I actually had a breach in
ethics.

DAVID TRIES TO DO THE BEST HE CAN

Now, people make up stuff about me online all the time.

I'm not saying that the average person has to try to live as perfect of a life as I do, in terms of the
amount of diet perfection that I try to go for.

[Nor is it necessary to do] the jogging, the exercise, [or] the complete lack of any intoxicating
substances or drugs whatsoever.

I've been sober ever since September 21, 1992, and I intend to stay that way. I'm not saying you have
to be sober to ascend.

If you want to do what I'm doing and not get whacked, you absolutely have to be an Olympic athlete.
You've got to be in it 100%.

JC: Yeah, not only that, David. You've got to . . . If anything did happen to you, you'd become a
martyr.

Let's knock on wood here. But then that just means everything that you said, now people have to sit
up and listen to it.

DW: You can pull Obi-Wan's quote right out of Star Wars: If you kill me, I'll become more powerful
than you can imagine. (Laughs)

Yeah, exactly. They don't want that.

JC: No, it's exactly right. There's . . .

THERE IS A GREAT WEALTH OF RECORDED MATERIAL NOW AVAILABLE

DW: See, because then . . . I've got about 130 episodes I've done with Gaiam TV now on
WisdomTeachings.com, as I said.

People can go watch that for US$9.95 a month. You get this little Roku stick and you can watch it on
your TV.

There's [the] Amazon Fire [stick]. There's Google Play. Cable is obsolete now. And you can watch
whatever you want.

They do not want to make me into a martyr, because I've been able to release so much of the
material that I want to tell the world [on my shows.]

It's [all] going to become far more significant if something happened to me.

I know they've tried other [ideas.] There are various plans of how they could try to take me down.

PLANS TO COOK UP A FAKE AUDIO TRACK

One of the plans I've heard is they've actually cooked up apparently some very fake audio of me,
where it appears that I'm saying very disparaging things.

So if that ever happens, if people apparently have leaked information where I'm saying something on
the phone and it sounds like I'm a Luciferian, or that I'm very disparaging, or I'm saying racist things,
or whatever, it's not true.

I really do appreciate all types of people. I have not womanized. I've had just five girlfriends in my
life. I am not a homosexual.

Take your pick. I know they're going to try a lot of stuff, apparently, as this all goes big.

[DW: I am not attacking homosexuals here. I have been told that accusing me of homosexuality is
simply another way to try to stigmatize and slander my work.]

DISCLOSURE COMING SOON

We are going to get Disclosure pretty soon. And that's the next stage of this.

We're facing [a situation] now [where] Greece is going to default on June 6th.

When they do, it very likely could take the euro down. And then when the euro goes down, the
dollar's going to go down.

[DW: The payment was not made. Only an IOU that they may pay it later on, even though they have
no money.

Insiders have told us that this whole sequence of events is being delayed until early autumn.]

THE US IS ALREADY BANKRUPT -- IT JUST HASN'T BEEN ANNOUNCED YET

The US is already functionally bankrupt. They haven't announced this to the public yet.

There are already laws on the books right now that say, Your money in the bank already belongs to
the federal government.

They can use it as needed to bail themselves out.

They did the same thing in 1934 when they recalled everybody's gold in the midst of the Great
Depression.

JC: Yeah, I'm a firm believer in one thing a safe in your house.

DW: Yeah!

JC: I'm serious.

DW: (Laughs)

JC: Your grandparents had it right when they were putting everything underneath their mattress.

DW: That's right.

JC: I have no issue with that at all.

BAIL-INS COULD BE THE FINAL TRIGGER FOR MASS ARRESTS AND DISCLOSURE

DW: Let me just finish that thought really quickly by saying that they apparently are going to try to do
these bail-ins.

They are expecting that the public is going to get really angry.

This is probably going to be the trigger that will lead to this mass arrest scenario I've been talking
about.

When that happens, it's going to be one of the biggest shocks and surprises.

I know there are a lot of people that are pissed off, because I've been talking about this since
probably 2011.

It hasn't happened yet, but the more I've learned, I can tell you that absolutely it is real.

THERE IS AN EARTH ALLIANCE AND A SPACE PROGRAM ALLIANCE

The Alliance is far more complex than I realized.

This includes the fact that there is one type of Alliance that's here on earth and they have goals.

Then there's another Alliance that's actually working in the Space Program.

Many of the things that the Alliance on earth is trying to do are ultimately going to be relatively
obsolete, or only short-term transitional stages.

Once the Space Program's stuff comes into view, we're going to have technologies that are so far
beyond what we have right now.

That alone is going to be the biggest quantum leap in society that we have ever had in recorded
history.

JADE HELM AND U.S. BANKRUPTCY

JC: What do you think about Jade Helm? Is that part of what's going on?

DW: What I heard from Pete Peterson, who I trust, and his sources I trust, is that it is largely not true.

They have been using that to try to inspire preppers to get more prepared, because they are
expecting the U.S. to announce that it's bankrupt.

Congress is not going to approve any more debt ceiling raising. The rest of the world is not going to
tolerate it any more.

There is all kinds of weird stuff going on.

Apparently, since January of this year, Saudi Arabia is not accepting dollars as payment for oil. They
are only accepting gold.

That has not been publicly reported. That's one thing that could get me in a lot of trouble for saying,
but it is apparently true.

BITCOINS CREATED BY NSA GOOD GUYS

And we're in trouble. The U.S. government is bankrupt.

As I said in my show that I did in San Mateo, California, the New Living Expo, the NSA good guys
[made Bitcoin.]

There are good guys in every intelligence agency.

[The NSA good guys] did make Bitcoin to have a backup so that if the Federal Reserve tries to crash
the dollar, we can reboot our currency off of Bitcoins.

And Bitcoins cannot be tampered with. They cannot be hacked.

Goldman recently bought a bunch of Bitcoins. They see the writing on the wall.

JC: Yeah, yeah, yeah. I found that really interesting.

Let's back up. I have a couple of questions. Now we're about out of time, so I've got to get these in.

SYNCHRONICITY

With your knowledge of DNA manipulation, do you think that all of the critical leaps of knowledge
throughout history [were programmed?]

I'm referring to mathematics, the chaffing of wheat, the wheel, fire.

Were all of these predestined and preprogrammed in our DNA? [Do you think] that knowledge was
set to happen on a set date?

DW: I think we worship DNA too much. DNA is sort of like the antenna. Then the question is, who is
actually making the broadcast?

JC: Right.

DW: Walt was giving me compliments about the last book I wrote, Synchronicity Key. I think that's
what he was talking about.

In the whole second half of that book, I talk about how history is cyclical. The same things keep
happening.

So it does appear that we are on an intelligently-designed timeline.

WE ARE ON AN INTELLIGENTLY-DESIGNED TIMELINE

Synchronicity and forces of dreams and visions [drive us along,] and spontaneous inventors come up
with things seemingly on their own.

There are cases in history where all over the world, simultaneously or almost simultaneously, the
same technologies are developed.

You mentioned the mill for wheat as one example.

It does appear that we are on a very precisely manicured timeline.

[It] is steered to make sure that we all go through this collective initiation.

We [needed to] have a suitable type of technology to mimic the telepathy that we're going to have
when we go through this quantum leap.

Of course, I'm talking about the Internet, where everybody is now connected to everybody with this
little gizmo that they carry around in their pocket.

That is sort of like the training wheels to get us ready for this telepathic new reality we're going to be
in.

This new reality is also not going to have money. And we're already seeing everything going in that
direction.

INTERNET RESULTING IN THE INABILITY TO MONETIZE CREATIVE PRODUCTS

All these institutions that used to make money are collapsing.
Everybody is downloading their music. Everybody is stealing movies.
It's so hard now to monetize any creative work, because piracy is so widespread.
Nobody thinks it's a bad thing any more. This is bad for the artists guys you and me who are out
there trying to play guitar.
JC: Right, right. You touch upon something that, I think, is critical.
It is music and it is movies, but, you know what, it's books, it's photography, it's illustration, it's . . .
DW: Journalism?
JC: That's what I'm talking about. Yeah.
Newspapers, Time Magazine, pick something. Now that monetization part of our culture is
completely gone, completely vaporized.
DW: When was the last time that I paid to read something? I don't even know.
JC: I don't know how they monetize. I don't. I don't.

HOW CAN ANYONE MONETIZE THEIR WORK THESE DAYS?

It's frightening what the Internet has done.
And it also goes to another level, David. I use a simple file share program to move stuff around.
And I look at that website when I open up that program, which was given to me free from another
company.
I didn't steal it. You know, this is what we use here. You can download it from our site.
But there's no advertising on that program. There's no payment for it.
But, there was a team of engineers somewhere that wrote the code that got it to work flawlessly, by
the way.
It's amazing. But where . . . You know, . . . How . . . That entire part because of the Internet . . . That
entire part of monetization is gone.
How does that company survive? I don't get it. But yet we want everything for free, for free, for free.
It's a road to nowhere, if we stop and think about it.
DW: As many people are now using this term, it's a race to the bottom.
JC: Right. Ha, ha, ha.
DW: (Laughs)

GIVE US SOMETHING BIG, NEW AND CRAZY!

JC: Oh, man. Okay, now, this just came in and we have to leave on this note.
David has to give us a piece of unheard-of information live on the air. Just like you did last time.
Let's have them shut us down, David. Ha, ha, ha. Ah, let's see. Give us your best shot there, Tiger.

100 SPHERES COMING INTO OUR SOLAR SYSTEM (167:40)

DW: Okay. Okay. I got a good one for you.
I talked about these 100 spheres that have come into our solar system.
This gets back to the Corey question. I'll try to integrate some things here because we didn't really
talk about it.
JC: No. How do we do that? How did we . . . That was the main part of the show for me tonight.
DW: (Laughs) It didn't happen.

JC: It didn't happen. I love you brother. Ha, ha, ha.

DW: I got your back, buddy. Back to back, going down in a hail of gunfire here.
JC: Yes, we are.
DW and JC: (Both Laugh)
DW: We've had 100 [cloaked] spheres show up in the solar system since 2012.
They have given the Solar Warden people advanced technology that is allowing them to defeat the
Cabal.
Some very strange things are going on.

ETs IN "EMBASSIES" ON EARTH AND IN OUR SOLAR SYSTEM

There's all of these ETs in what we call embassies somewhere in the earth.
Some of them are spread throughout our solar system Mars, the moon and a variety of other
moons and asteroids.

THE BLUE AVIANS GAVE SOLAR WARDEN HIGHLY ADVANCED DEFENSIVE TECHNOLOGY
As I said, Solar Warden was the breakaway faction amongst these five space program factions.
The Blue Avians are apparently one of five types of beings that are in these spheres.
We're talking now [about] humanoids that have bird-like heads. They are sort of a morph between a
bird and a human face.
They are 8 feet tall. (2.7 meters.)
They have indigo-blue feathers mixed with some purple-type feathers, depending on which being
you are talking to.
These beings have now given Solar Warden the most advanced technology on the block.

A NO-FLY ZONE AROUND THE EARTH AND A BARRIER AROUND THE SOLAR SYSTEM
Solar Warden is now enforcing a no-fly zone around the earth. Nobody can fly in or out of the earth
anymore unless they are permitted to.
Something has been put around our solar system [that they] call the Barrier.
This means that nobody can get in. Nobody can get out. And communications cannot get in and out.

One of the interesting things is that when the Barrier was put up, the vast majority of all the
reptilians in their so-called Dark Fleet were outside the solar system.
And they cannot get back in.

THE DRACO ROYALS BETRAYED EVERYONE BELOW THEIR IMMEDIATE LEVEL

Another interesting thing that happened is that the royals of the reptilians, the Dracos that are still
here, were willing to betray [everyone.]
They asked if they could betray everyone in the Illuminati below their own cadre of royalty, meaning
only the top, top level reptilians.
They were going to betray everybody else in their order if they were just allowed to get the heck out
of here.
That's apparently how real they see this coming Event as being. For them, it's curtains time. For
everybody else, it's the Cosmic Springboard.

EVERYTHING IS BUILDING UP TO MASS ARRESTS AND DISCLOSURE

So what's now happening is that there are all these meetings taking place with people on earth.
This gets back to the question of why aren't they bringing us up into space any more.
They stopped doing that in the 1950s and early 1960s, but now it's happening again.
People are being contacted. People are being brought up into space.
There are hundreds and hundreds of people, apparently, who are being brought up there in advance
of this big mass arrest thing that is going to happen.
We're going to see the Illuminati exposed. We're going to see their plans exposed. It's going to be the
greatest wake up call [in recorded history.]

THE ILLUMINATI TRIBUNALS WILL CHANGE EVERYTHING

It's probably going to end up being called the Illuminati Tribunals. It's going to be all over TV. It's
going to be what everybody is talking about.
Probably once this happens, you're not going to hear any Lady Gaga or Katy Perry or any of that type
of music being played on the radio when you walk into a restaurant or grocery store.
People are going to know now what was going on. There's going to be a huge backlash against this
stuff.

You're going to see heads of state, major celebrities, major world leaders, as well as shadowy
international bankers being brought out on trial.
Many of the top level witnesses, who are the people who can bring down the Cabal, have already
been brought off planet.
They are in such danger from the Cabal and from the angry public that they are being held off planet.
[That way,] when these mass arrests and the tribunals take place, they will be testifying from a
secure location meaning not on earth.

THERE IS NOWHERE FOR THE CABAL TO HIDE

The Cabal is trying to find a place to hide, but there is nowhere they can go where they are not going
to be picked up.
Apparently, a lot of them are planning on moving to Brazil.
They do have this sort of militarized nation within Brazil. It's sort of like a separate nation-state.
It has a 12-mile perimeter, all militarized perimeter stuff with a little green zone inside where they all
have these houses.
A lot of them have apparently moved all of their stuff there already. They are expecting this thing to
happen any time.

IT IS FRUSTRATING THAT WE HAVEN'T HAD RESULTS YET

I've been hearing this over and over again. It is like the boy who cried Wolf.
It upsets me because I'm out there defending the Alliance. I don't get to talk to anybody directly.
It's all on a need to know basis. And I'm not apparently at a level where I need to know who these
people are yet.
Corey is meeting with them regularly, and so I'm getting a lot more specific details now.
I'm able to ask questions. I'm able to interact with them.

IT'S ALL COMING TO A HEAD IN THE NEXT SIX MONTHS

I ask them something and they give me the information.
And what they are telling me is, For Gods sake, David, get off your ass. Hurry the F___ up.
Do as much as you can to release this stuff as fast as you can, because it's all coming to a head very,
very soon.

Somebody said that they want new information.

One of the most juicy things I was just told is that where we are going to be six months from now
apparently is very different from where we are right now.
Everything is going to accelerate to warp drive over the course of the next six months. That's what
I'm hearing.
So I hope it's true. I'd love to see that it comes true.

DREAMS OF BEING FAR MORE PUBLIC IN THE FUTURE

You know, I have all of these dreams telling me that I'm going to be extremely public, extremely
exposed.
Already when I go out in public, people spot me a lot of the time.
I still can reasonably go through life without having everybody wanting to talk to me and take a
selfie.
Apparently in the future it is not going to be like that. I'll be like a Snowden. Everybody is going to
know who I am.
I'll probably have to have security and just, you know, not leave the house basically just stay home
all the time.
But I certainly do not live in a militarized compound. (Laughs)

THE FAMOUS POP STARS GOT THAT WAY BY BEING TALENTED -- IN PART
JC: Well, I can live without Lady Gaga, but I kind of like Katy Perry.
DW: Yeah. These people earned the right to be famous by being talented.
And, again, they are being tortured. They're victims.
JC: Right. Right.
DW: They're being raped. They're being abused. They are not happy people.
That's why you've got guys like Kurt Cobain killing themselves. It's horrible to have a career [in these
industries.]
It's funny, because you'd think, I want to be famous. I want everybody to know my name.
If you do it through film acting or you do it through being a music star, good God. It's not the life you
thought you were going to have.

THOTH WOULD BE AN EXAMPLE OF THE BLUE AVIANS

JC: Right. Right. Its sounds like you were describing Thoth [with the Blue Avians] too. Were you?
DW: Yeah. Well, that is an earlier example of these same beings, yeah. Absolutely.
JC: Very interesting. Very interesting.
DW: They came back. They were back there during the time of ancient Egypt.
You see cave paintings of these humanoids with bird heads. And they came back.
They are here to make sure that this whole thing goes smoothly. They brought in these 100-plus
spheres.

THE SPHERES ARE HERE TO HELP STABILIZE US THROUGH THE TRANSITION

[The spheres are] basically energy balancers.
They make sure that our solar system isn't going to have a catastrophe. It modulates the energy
increase as it is happening and keeps everything smooth.
They are keeping this thing very carefully balanced.
The Cabal is not going to be allowed to do mass depopulation. They're not going to be allowed to do
mass atrocities.
They try and try and try. But they're not going to be allowed to do it.
JC: Thank you so much, David.
DW: My pleasure.

TWO MORE SHOWS TO SCHEDULE

JC: We've got two shows we've got to schedule. We've got a full music evening that we've got to get
to.
One thing that we've got to put on the front burner over the next couple of months, we've got to do
a Corey show.
And there's a timing with other stuff that you're working on that will be a necessity. We've got to get
that done.
And we need to make that commitment to the audience, because we dance . . . I don't know how we
blew past that time, but we did.

MORE INFORMATION COMING OUT

DW: Well, there's a lot of stuff that's coming out.

We are going to have Corey do a mini-series on Gaiam TV. Everybody who's a subscriber is going to
be able to watch that.
[DW: The first episode of this is going to be released for free, in addition to any in-house videos I
make from our original taping.]

PUTTING TOGETHER VIDEOS AND A HUGE BOOK OF NOTES

I've also got six hours of footage in the can. I don't know how much it's actually going to turn into
when I make it into videos.
I may actually do a series instead of just doing all in one, because there is so much stuff now that I'm
going through it. It's so frickin good.
It's going to be mind-blowing for people.
I'm also putting together a document that was 130 pages [of notes] when it started.
I would just type as Corey was telling me all this stuff.
I'm trying to arrange it into a linear order so that all the data he told me is in a book. And that's going
to be free.
Then that way, nobody can say I'm hiding anything or that I'm sequestering information. It's full
disclosure. It's all out there.
That's what the Alliance is telling us [they want.] I don't know why, exactly, because I'm not on that
need to know level.
They're saying, Get out as much of this stuff as you can as fast as you can, because the SHTF.
So there you go.

NO ILLUMINATI CUT-OFF THIS TIME!

JC: Thank you so much. We'll see you in about two or three days, man, Contact in the Desert in
Joshua Tree.
DW: All right, buddy.
JC: David Wilcock, everybody. Thank you so much, David.
DW: My pleasure. And I'll . . .
JC: Oh, man. I cut him off. That wasn't the Illuminati. That was me, David. Ha, ha. Thank you so
much.

We are up against it. I have got to roll credits. Thank you, David. That was not the Cabal. That was my
mouse.
I don't want anybody to freak out. Thank you, David. David Wilcock.
This weekend we'll be hanging out at Contact in the Desert and so should you. (Credits.)
(END TRANSCRIPT)

MORE ABOUT THE PROGRESS ON THE VIDEO

I did see some very, very nasty stuff that people have been writing about me on the internet.
Most people's lives are fairly "normal," stable and predictable -- which is good. I long for the relative
safety and comfort of those days!
Each time I do an event, a Gaiam TV taping or an Ancient Aliens taping, I put my all into it. One
hundred percent.
At the Contact in the Desert (CID) event alone, I had fully five different events, four of which were
lectures with complex and unique slideshows totaling 100 or more slides each.
I have people who go to every single public event I do, so I try to never repeat anything. And
somehow I manage to pull it off.
After the CID event, I had no time to relax. I immediately had to study for another complex Ancient
Aliens taping.
Since that time I have been trying to calm down.
The night before the Ancient Aliens taping, I unwisely agreed to do a cameo on Coast to Coast with
George Noory.
As a sign of the trouble I was in, I had the cordless right next to my head in bed. I slept right through
them calling me fully seven different times.

IT'S NOT AS EASY AS YOU MIGHT THINK

Now that we are starting off Season Two of my new show Disclosure by featuring Corey Goode, I can
relax with confidence that at least some form of video will get out there.
Gaiam did not think I should release the other video at all. The reason for this was that I did a lot of
talking, since Corey wasn't saying much.
We have discussed this and he will be a lot more expressive in our next round of tapings. The first
episode, at least, will be free for everyone to watch.
I do feel that the things I said were very valuable, and Corey agrees with me. I will try to take what
we have and make it into something good nonetheless.

Bear in mind that the vast majority of all this work is being done all by myself. I have had to learn a
staggering amount of new software to do this properly.
Furthermore, I have spent at least 45 hours just fixing ambient noise in the audio track due to having
a new microphone and not monitoring our audio.
The mic was constantly scratching against my shirt. I have fixed almost everything, but it has been
toweringly frustrating and difficult.

DECIDING TO "BUILD AS I LEARN"

From here on out, now that the audio is almost cleaned up (finally), I have decided that I will "build
as I learn" with the video.
That way, all the high-end techniques I'm working on will make their way into the finished product
instead of just being stored in my brain and in demo tutorials I have worked on.
This feels like the right move. My next course is a five-and-a-half-hour tutorial on integrating Adobe
Premiere Pro with After Effects in an editing / FX environment.
I have finally been able to get back into productivity in the last week and am excited about all the
things I'm learning.
In the meantime, Gaiam is planning on having our first episode with Corey out ASAP. It could be
some time in July but may take longer.

QUITE LONG... AS USUAL...

This has grown quite long, as usual, so it's a good time to end it here.
No matter how much time I put into writing an article, any audio of me that gets leaked out there
generates at least 10 times more traffic.
Any video I release generates at least 25 times more traffic than an article, on average.
So, the benefits in doing this on a high-end level (i.e. significantly better than the majority of
YouTube videos on the subject) makes very good sense.
That goal is finally coming into view. It will be a change in how I do what I do, and I am very much
looking forward to it.
We are hearing that everything is reaching a grand crescendo, and if I have the time and feel inclined,
I may finish and publish what I was already working on to illustrate the clues.
It is a wild and wonderful ride right now. The truth comes with pain, but in the aftermath of that
moment of suffering we will finally be free -- for the first time in thousands of years.
That is worth fighting for. That is worth dying for. The time for change is now. Get ready for the
Upgrade!

IT'S HARD TO IMAGINE WHAT DISCLOSURE WILL REALLY BE LIKE

Are we surrounded by multiple different groups of intelligent, humanlike ETs?
Have they been interacting with our planet throughout our entire recorded history?
For some, the answer has become "Yes, of course."
Disclosure will have an undeniably vast, revolutionary and unstoppable effect.
Once this becomes common knowledge, the effect on our civilization will be undeniably vast,
revolutionary and unstoppable.
The wait for an official disclosure -- for any type of formal acknowledgement of the truth -- has been
agonizingly slow and protracted.
It is easy to lose hope; to feel beaten down and defeated by seeing the same old games playing
themselves out over and over again.
However, the fact that "full disclosure" hasn't happened yet doesn't mean that it won't.
The forces preventing disclosure seem all-powerful to many who have studied this -- but bigger kids
on the playground have since arrived.

THE ALLIANCE IS ABSOLUTELY REAL

We have been fortunate enough to have direct contact with insiders who are working for a secret
alliance that is actively defeating the Powers That Were.
How did this happen? Part of it was the legacy: we have maintained an online platform since 1996,
and launched this website in February 1999.
The Internet was so new when we started that there were hundreds of paranormal subjects where
we were the only site that came up on keyword searches.
I do feel very blessed to be where I am. Working 14+ hours a day, 7 days a week on this stuff since
July 1998 has been a labor of love and service.
By May 2001 I had already written three full-length books on cutting-edge alternative science
entitled the Convergence series, and published them here for free.
The cool part about gaining the trust of insiders is the longer you last and the more of them you
know, the more likely you are to have new people show up.
One of those insiders has now come forward in video testimony we taped here at Divine Cosmos
headquarters, and will be releasing for free on YouTube once the massive scope of the project is
complete.

For those who are already clamoring for it, bear in mind that quality is much more important than
speed with something this significant.
With that being said, the Alliance is urging us to finish it as soon as possible. :)

"REMEMBER BACK IN THE OLD DAYS?"

The Cabal responsible for the cover-up is not going to stay secret much longer. We will soon have a
surprise that dwarfs any other event in recorded history.
Everyone's lives will be irreversibly altered once this event happens.
All prior movies, TV shows and media discussions will immediately become hopelessly outdated -like folksy black-and-white programs from "the old days."

Many aspects of our society, including popular movies and music, will be forever altered in the eyes
of the public.
We will learn that the same group has been covertly manipulating our society and creating wars
since at least the times of the Roman Empire.
There will be a tremendous amount of shock and surprise -- but also relief that the torture finally
came to an end.
The people who risked their lives to tell others the truth will suddenly go from zeroes to heroes.
The paparazzi will have a whole new slew of public figures to start shoving their cameras and
microphones at.
Additionally, once this process begins, it won't take long before we hear absolute proof that we are
"not alone."

THE ETs MUST FOLLOW A PRIME DIRECTIVE

There are innumerable, very strong reasons to believe that ETs do exist, and are following a "Prime
Directive."
They are not allowed to interfere with our history and reveal themselves to us openly until we are
ready for them to appear.
That time may be approaching much sooner than we think. Exposing and defeating the mind control
of the "Bad Guys" is a key part of this process.

In Part Two we will survey multiple, interlocking pieces of evidence in favor of near-term disclosure -far more dramatic than most people are expecting.
The rewards of this happening are so huge that it is well worth the effort to track the astonishing
evidence we see as it gets closer and closer.

You will also find a link to an epic, three-hour conference we just held a little over a week ago, on
April 26th, where these and many other data points were covered, forming a grand overview.
This conference was practically bursting with new information, slides and animations detailing this
coming event -- and was completely different from February's talk! The buzz has been tremendous.
Great risks were taken in doing this. As usual, we followed the protocol of leaking highly sensitive
new information live and on stage for our own protection.
This is the perfect sequel to "A Brief, Five Million-Year History of the Colonization of Our Solar
System," and is "required viewing" for all those who saw the original.
The video is now available for immediate viewing at streamingforthesoul.tv, under the VODs tab.
Specific instructions on how to navigate the site will be featured at the end.

DISCLOSURE WILL PRODUCE A GOLDEN AGE

Disclosure will bring many wonderful fruits -- such as free energy, anti-gravity, stargate travel,
healing technology and materializer technology.
It will also pave the way for open interaction with benevolent human ETs -- a dream that many
cannot even imagine ever actually happening.
This is not going to be some tear-jerking, sci-fi payoff ending that we revel in for a few precious
minutes, only to "wake up" and return to our normal, mundane lives.

Worldwide ancient prophecies describing a "Golden Age" -- remarkably different than what we have
right now -- will soon be fulfilled.

Our planet will become the peaceful oasis that we always wanted it to be -- without having to
indulge in increasingly escapist "wishful thinking" to imagine.
The universe is not built for intelligent civilizations to live in as much fear and pain as we have been
doing here.
That is a very transient phase that usually passes by quickly -- in the grand scheme of things.
Now it is almost time for us to leave the nest, and join a greater community of peaceful interstellar
explorers helping others.

YOU ARE PART OF THE SOLUTION

What if these epic prophecies don't just "come true" by some "universal law?"
What if we have to create the future we want to live in?
How you think, how you feel and how you act matters far more than you may realize.
If so, that means you are part of the solution. How you think, how you feel and how you act matters
far more than you may realize.
You are not just living in a bubble, watching some grand magic show that you are disconnected from.
We are active participants in a shared, co-creative reality.
There is abundant scientific proof that this is how the universe really works.
That data has been widely and ruthlessly suppressed.

FIGHTING FOR TRUTH THROUGH TELEVISION

We have fought vigorously to reveal the truth in our award-winning books and TV shows, Wisdom
Teachings and Disclosure.
Wisdom Teachings is the "Parallel University", where over 100 half-hour episodes focus on providing
scientific proof for Ascension -- and our living Cosmos.
Disclosure is our new show where I am interviewing many of the biggest names and greatest thinkers
in this field, and having spirited conversations.
When you become a subscriber for 99 cents in the first month, you can see everything, including new
episodes every Monday and Thursday -- and be of immeasurable help in keeping this mission alive
and thriving.
You can now get a Roku Streaming Stick for 39.99 or a Roku box for as little as 49.99, and watch our
shows in crystal-clear HD quality on your big-screen TV.

It is amazing that I have been able to say and do whatever I want on these shows, with no restrictions
except for avoiding gratuitous sex or violence.
I am actually naked in every show, but this is not considered gratuitous -- as so far it has always been
underneath my clothes.
Thanks to streaming technology, the whole "user experience" is exactly the same as watching
anything else you would like to see on cable TV.
Roku also has Amazon Instant Video for 48-hour movie rentals, and a huge array of channels that
allow you to cut the cords to cable and still watch what you want.

So yes. You can now binge-watch Wisdom Teachings and Disclosure on the couch for an entire month
for 41 bucks, and have Roku forever even if you cancel.
We won't pop the popcorn, but we'll certainly keep your brain cells firing in amazement.
If you have a Playstation or Xbox, you don't even need to buy any additional equipment -- you are
good to go. Or you can watch it on your laptop, tablet or smartphone.
And if you need sex and violence, mixed in with a healthy dollop of covert Luciferian propaganda,
(LOL), just watch a movie or Game of Thrones episode in between.

ONLY A SMALL GROUP STANDS IN THE WAY

A small group, dwindling in power by the day, is the only thing holding us back from a Star Trek-type
society that could literally be ours in a matter of months.
This group is in serious trouble. They are losing the war on every front. Mass defections have already
started, and have become much greater in recent weeks.
Multiple "factions within factions" are forming as everyone turns on each other -- including the very
highest levels betraying everyone below them.
Very high-level witnesses have already been taken to secure locations in advance of an epic series of
events that will soon unfold on earth.
These epic, civilization-defining events may come to be called the Illuminati Tribunals.

The Illuminati Tribunals will be the greatest, most watched TV event in the history of broadcast
media.
They will be extremely unexpected and revealing, and bursting with new information.
Some of the most famous faces on earth will be directly involved -- and we will see a side of them no
one ever would have expected.
Everything we thought we knew about our world -- as well as almost all of recorded history -- will
have changed instantly. Overnight.
Information will start coming at us so quickly that the "learning curve" will be staggering -- even for
those who thought they knew it all.
Absolute video proof that 9/11 was a staged, self-inflicted wound by the American leadership
structure will only be the very beginning of what we see.

NO ONE REALLY EXPECTS IT UNTIL IT HAPPENS

Much like any other political upheaval in history, most of the planning is done in the strictest of
secrecy until the change actually appears.
This is even more necessary when standing up to a group that has access to almost universal
surveillance of all forms of communication.

The clues of an epic change are out there, and have become increasingly obvious -- but for many, no
level of proof will ever convince them.
It will only be once the mega-event starts happening -- probably every bit as jarring and unexpected
as 9/11 in the early stages -- that most people will be forced to acknowledge it.

The trigger for these epic changes will apparently be a major economic upheaval, including Uncle
Sam asking to steal your wallet so he can pay for his Rolls-Royces.
"Bail-ins," where the government forcibly robs your bank account to pay off its own bad debts, will
likely be the final spark that leads to the Tribunals.

There are plans in place to restore and greatly improve the financial system, so this "all is lost"
moment would be extremely frustrating, but also temporary.
No one within the Alliance is going to "flip the switch" on the final stage of this plan until the public is
angry enough that they want to see it happen.
Update: Please bear in mind that we cannot solve this problem by ignoring it. This will be a very
positive change. We will get our money back, and much, much more.
The rest of Part One is material the Alliance has specifically requested that we share with you, as it is
utterly essential that we all "wake up" and see the truth in order to heal.

THEY ARE SHOVING UNWANTED IMAGERY IN OUR FACES

If you have read Financial Tyranny or done similar homework, you already know there is an elite
"ruling cabal" that actively practices occult spirituality.
This means many pop music performances, television shows, video games, public events and movies
are, in a very real sense, spiritual ceremonies.
Just as Hitler said, if you tell a big enough lie, no one will believe it, because they themselves could
not handle keeping such a vast secret in their own lives.
The sad and hilarious fact is that this group is shoving Luciferian imagery in our faces constantly -particularly through the music industry and Hollywood.
We covered this thoroughly in Financial Tyranny, particularly in the chapter on Madonna's elaborate
Super Bowl halftime ritual, seen by 111.3 million people.
In this one picture alone, you see the horns, the bat-wings, the All-Seeing Eye on her belt, Sumerian
iconography in the helmet and Egyptian hieroglyphics on the throne.

Yeah. If you haven't seen this before, your first impulse is probably the same one I had. What the f-?
And wait till you see the pictures of Nicki Minaj or Katy Perry in flat-out Luciferian rituals, complete
with licking flames and Baphomet-horned dancers.

Sidebar from Daily Mail Describing Nicki Minaj Grammys Ritual With Childish Glee

Nicki Minaj Levitating Amidst Flames and Hooded Dancers at the Grammys, Seen by Almost 40M
People

Katy Perry Performing "Dark Horse" at the Grammys A Year Later. Look Familiar?

Kesha in Her "Die Young" Video -- Which She Said She Was "Forced" To Do

THE ENDGAME PLAN IS FOR "INFORMATION SATURATION"

So much information is flooding the internet about this subject now that everyone, and particularly
the millennial generation, is talking about it.
In fact, now that the Cabal cannot stop the leaks, their end-stage "damage control" plan is for
Information Saturation.
This means they flood the Internet with so much content, including highly intricate disinformation,
that everyone gets caught up in the minutiae.
Your willingness to face the truth will directly help save the lives of others.
Their hope is that there are so many gripping stories to explore, with their staggeringly involved
details, that no one can put the "Big Picture" together.

One example is to create an ongoing series of violent events, and cover up what really happened so
everyone rushes to investigate them.
Then we are in this constant cycle of analyzing new atrocities, and getting buried in the details,
instead of putting together a Grand Overview.
Update: Your willingness to face the truth, and accept that the Universe is still a loving and positive
place, will directly help save the lives of others.
Hyper-powerful angelic presences have appeared, particularly in the last three years, to guarantee
our safety. The Cabal has been utterly shocked by this.
We will reveal astonishing new specifics about the nature and power of this "Divine Intervention" in
Part Two, as well as many links revealing imminent ET disclosure.

WILLFUL DENIAL IS USED TO OVERLOOK UNSETTLING FACTS

An ever-increasing amount of willful denial is required for people not to look at what the Cabal is
doing -- particularly at these huge public ceremonies.
Another classic game all of us have played in order to avoid facing sickening and depressing
information is "Attack the Messenger."
Yet, I believe that the truth will set us free -- and we all have to go through this experience of
accepting what is really happening in order to heal our world.
This group has formed a cohesive identity around a Luciferian belief system, much like sports fans
loyal to their team.
This group has formed a cohesive identity around a Luciferian belief system, much like sports fans
loyal to their team. They do not believe it is negative.
This group believes Lucifer is the good guy -- the bearer of light and knowledge -- and the Christian
God is evil, supressing freedom, sexuality, science and spiritual power.
Like any fervent religious believers, they believe they are God's Chosen, and everyone who doesn't
believe the way they do is the enemy -- an expendable non-person.
Also like any religious extremists, they believe almost everyone will jump over to their belief system
once they have had enough exposure to it.
They have no problem with the deaths of "unbelievers" along the way. That is a perfectly acceptable
loss as they work to create a New World Order.
Go ahead and laugh if you want to -- but I would definitely not let yourself descend into fear and
panic about this. They are about to be exposed and defeated.

WE HAVE BEEN FIGHTING THE GOOD FIGHT

I would highly recommend reading last October's Cosmic Perspective on the Defeat of the Cabal for
our most recent major information release on this subject.
Despite this being a literally deadly business, not to mention extremely draining to the body, mind
and spirit, we have continued to fight.
Without the very real spiritual protection granted to those who truly follow the positive path,
including avoiding countless temptations, this work would never have been possible.
In Defeat of the Cabal, we revealed that the iconic image of the Ebola virus used by almost every
media outlet was in fact a Luciferian symbol known as TUBAL CAIN.
Obviously the similarity is not 100-percent exact, but it's about as close as they could get with a
picture of a real virus.

Literally the day after we exposed this, the whole Ebola campaign mysteriously and suddenly came to
an end.
No one outside of the original (and deliberately) infected areas died. It was over... just like that. It
was as if the "spell" had been broken.
This was tangible proof that this group can be successfully opposed. Our voice was one of many that
were exposing the truth of this designer-made weapon.
What may surprise you is that the "Illuminati" is no longer hiding. Madonna actually came right out
and wrote a song about them late last year.
An unexpected, high-level hacking caused the song to surface earlier than was intended -- and
created genuine turbulence.
We have been sitting on this story until the right time. It recently became obvious that the time is
now.

MADONNA WRITES A SURPRISINGLY DIRECT SONG DEFENDING THE ILLUMINATI

Madonna suffered a premature leak of songs from her upcoming album Rebel Heart late last year,
leading her to pre-release six of them.
One of these leaked tracks was called... you guessed it... Illuminati.

As you are about to see, the lyrics for this song openly acknowledge the existence of the Illuminati -and defend it!
Why would Madonna bother to write a song like this if she were not defending a group that really
exists?
And why would she go to such great lengths to denounce "conspiracy theories" about the Illuminati - while doing very little to say what, exactly, it really is?
As a bonus, she had a cage-like mesh over her face on the album cover, in the shape of the pyramid
with the All-Seeing Eye, and then superimposed it over classic heroes' faces.

Her ad campaign for this album placed this cage-like Illuminati symbol over the faces of great civil
rights leaders such as Mandela and Martin Luther King.
And notice how she is obviously responding to the hundreds of thousands of anti-Illuminati videos
out there, many of which have millions of hits.

THE LYRICS TO MADONNA'S SONG "ILLUMINATI"

Madonna Lyrics from "Rebel Heart" Album: "Illuminati"
http://www.azlyrics.com/lyrics/madonna/illuminati.html

It's not Jay-Z and Beyonc

It's not Nicki or Lil Wayne
It's not Oprah and Obama
The Pope and Rihanna
Queen Elizabeth or Kanye
It's not pentagrams or witchcraft
It's not triangles or stacks of cash
Black magic or Gaga
Gucci or Prada
Riding on the Golden Calf
The All-Seeing Eye is watching tonight
That's what it is
Truth and the Light
The All-Seeing Eye is watching tonight
Nothing to hide

The secret's inside

It's like everybody in this party's shining like Illuminati
It's like everybody in this party's shining like Illuminati
It's the Enlightenment that started it all
The Founding Fathers wrote it down on the wall
And now the media's misleading us all
Turned right into wrong
It's time to dance and turn this dark into somethin'
So let the fire burn, this music is bumpin'
We're gonna live forever, love never dies
It starts tonight
Behind the curtain of the New World Order
It's not platinum encrypted corners
It's not Isis or the Phoenix
Pyramids of Egypt
Don't make it into something sordid
It's not Steve Jobs or Bill Gates
It's not the Google of United States
It's not Bieber or LeBron
Clinton or Obama
Or anyone you'd love to hate
The All-Seeing Eye is watching tonight
That's what it is
Truth and the Light
The All-Seeing Eye is watching tonight
Nothing to hide
The secret's inside
It's like everybody in this party's shining like Illuminati
It's like everybody in this party's shining like Illuminati
You know that everything that glitters ain't gold
So let the music take you out of control
It's time to feel it in your body and soul
Come on, let's go
We're gonna dance and turn the dark into somethin'
So let the fire burn, this music is bumpin'
We're gonna live forever, love never dies
It starts tonight

It's like
It's like
It's like everybody in this party's shining like Illuminati
It's like everybody in this party's shining like Illuminati (6x)

QUITE ASTONISHING
Seeing the lyrics in writing makes the words seem a lot stronger than if you hear them being sung.
Clearly this song makes an effort to name as many of the top targets of Illuminati expose' videos and
articles as possible.
Most of the artists she name-calls have done so many Illuminati propaganda videos and
performances that people have every reason to suspect something.
The term "Illuminati" is definitely being used in a favorable context here, to indicate a group of
people she feels have attained spiritual enlightenment.
If we simply re-arrange a few of the lyrics, we can deduce the message of what exactly she is saying:

Behind the curtain of the New World Order, the All-Seeing Eye is watching tonight. That's what it is.
Truth and the Light. Let the fire burn. Nothing to hide.
It's the Enlightenment that started it all. The Founding Fathers wrote it down on the wall. And now
the media's misleading us all, turned right into wrong.
It's time to dance and turn this dark into somethin'. So let the fire burn, this music is bumpin'. We're
gonna live forever.
It's time to feel it in your body and soul. The secret's inside. Everybody is shining like Illuminati.

MOST OF THE MEMBERS OF THIS GROUP FEEL ENSLAVED, AND WOULD GET OUT IF THEY COULD
Never before has there been such an in-your-face, direct admission of the existence of the Illuminati
by a major talent who has been advertising their existence, through symbolism, for years now.
Yet, the controlled mainstream media did not touch this story with a ten-foot pole. The whole thing
just went right on by.
The vast majority of the people in this group would leave it if they could.
There are references to "turning the dark into something" and "letting the fire burn" while dancing,
which could be nods to ritual ceremonies.
Also, the statement "We're gonna live forever" suggests that Madonna feels the all-seeing eye of the
New World Order will continue to dominate our planet indefinitely.

I do want to point out that I fully support personal and religious freedom. If such a group were not
trying to harm others, I would have no problem with them having unusual beliefs.
There is also tangible evidence that of the millions of people involved in this, many, if not most of
them would love to get out if they felt they could.
We will review that proof a bit later. My point is that we should never go into a genocidal, "kill 'em
all" mentality and repeat the atrocities of history.

HOW DID SHE EXPLAIN THIS?

Madonna was questioned about these lyrics in an interview with the Guardian.
Illuminati members are very well-trained in using lies, trickery and deception to mask what they are
doing, so this was naturally very interesting to read.
As long as "the truth is sandwiched between two lies," they feel they have played by "the rules" and
will be allowed to do what they want, by Universal law.
So Madonna can say whatever she wants in an interview, as long as the song itself contains the keys
to the deeper message -- as we just read.
When considered in context of her Super Bowl halftime ritual, far more information is conveyed than
what she gave in this interview, which was published on the ceremonial Mayan Calendar date of
December 21st / Winter Solstice:

12/21/14: Madonna Gives a Brief Explanation of "Illuminati" Song Lyrics

http://www.theguardian.com/music/2014/dec/21/madonna-album-hack-living-state-terror

The six songs from Rebel Heart released thus far do not shy away from controversy: one, Illuminati,
mocks the various conspiracy theories on the internet that implicate a variety of entertainers
including Jay-Z and Lady Gaga in membership of a shadowy ruling elite.
Theres a lot of talk in pop music right now about people saying, Oh, this persons a member of the
Illuminati, or theyre Illuminati, or youre Illuminati, and peoples idea that theres a group of
entertainers or very wealthy people, theyre referred to as the Illuminati.
"They work behind the scenes and they control things and theyre very powerful, and theres possibly
a reference to something dark, or black magic, or something like that.
"And I have to say I laugh at all of those things.
I think there are some people who dont mind being referred to as that, but I know who the real
Illuminati are, and where that word came from.
"The root of the word is illuminate, and that means The enlightened ones.

"It came from the Age of Enlightenment, when a lot of arts and creativity flourished, from
Shakespeare to Isaac Newton, to Leonardo Da Vinci, Michelangelo: the philosophers, artists,
scientists were all engaged in a kind of high level of consciousness through their work.
"They were enlightening and inspiring people around the world. And those are the true Illuminati.
"So the purpose for writing that song was really in a way, So, if you think Im the Illuminati, then
thank you very much.
"[That is] a compliment, because I would like very much to be part of that group, the real Illuminati,
and this is what its not.

THE ALLIANCE MAY HAVE HACKED MADONNA'S COMPUTER TO SPEED UP THE EXPOSURE PROCESS
The Alliance I have been referring to includes many high-level defectors within the military-industrial
complex and governments around the world.
Each person is an individual with complex emotions. Many Illuminati members have already left and
are now working to protect the rest of us.
There are many others who were never in the Illuminati to begin with, but worked for intelligence
services or military, and are now fighting for freedom.
The Snowden leaks were part of a much larger team that Snowden took the blame for. He himself
was unaware of how comprehensive it really was.
So, it is interesting that Madonna's hack was done on such a sophisticated level that she was really
freaked out by it, as this part of the interview reveals:

Madonna "Living in a State of Terror" After Computer Hacking

http://www.theguardian.com/music/2014/dec/21/madonna-album-hack-living-state-terror

But Madonna suggested the leak of her demos differed from previous security breaches frequently
traced back to employees of record companies or recording studios because other non-musical
material appeared online at the same time.
It wasnt just music, she said. Images were coming out that Id never seen before. It was then I
started to think ok, whats happening? What is the source of the leak?
"Its not just one person, or someone sitting next to me in an office, or someone in a recording
studio. Ive had leaks before, a couple of weeks before an album was released, a lot of other artists
have too, we all have to deal with that.
"But to have songs in the earliest demo form, from last March, thats extremely disturbing to me.

The singer said that the leak had forced her to reconsider her working practices, and, in the wake of
the Sony Pictures hacking scandal, posed wider questions for the entertainment industry as a whole.
You have to rethink your approach to making music, how to get the information back and forth to
people, how to work in a more secure environment. Its alarming."

EPIC SYMBOLIC EVENT WHILE MADONNA IS SURROUNDED BY LUCIFERIAN SYMBOLISM

The 57th annual Grammy Awards took place on February 8th, 2015. Madonna's performance was the
grand finale.
In the immediate aftermath of her song extolling the virtues of the Illuminati, she did a performance
that was cleverly laced with a double meaning.
The group toned it down a bit this time, and decided not to surround Madonna and the dancers in
flames as they had done in previous years with others.
On one level, you could say she is simply wearing a matador's outfit and has "men dressed as bulls,"
complete with horns, dancing around her.
This is the angle that Huffington Post took when posting a since-removed video of her isolated vocal
track from the performance:

2/13: Madonna Grammy Performance: Surrounded By Blank-Faced Baphomets

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2015/02/13/madonna-isolated-vocals-grammys_n_6678482.html

The singer's rendition of "Living for Love" found her being handed off among a mosaic of men
dressed as bulls, destroying some '80s-throwback choreography and still hitting every word during
the six-minute performance (atop a recorded vocal track, of course).

Bulls would not normally have blanked-out masks over their faces like these dancers did. This next
image is from a subsequent performance at the Brit Awards:

Yes, these could be nothing more than men dressed as bulls. However, this is also very clearly
demonic / Luciferian imagery. It could easily be both.
The "blank face" is a well-known Illuminati motif, seen in many music videos, referring to people
suffering the effects of deep, trauma-driven hypnosis.

These people can be used as a "blank slate" and not be aware that they are under any sort of
programmed influence.
Sadly, once you start investigating the Illuminati, you find out that everyone in the lower and middle
levels -- i.e. the vast majority -- has to go through this.
The Illuminati also believe they have done this to all of us -- by "hiding out in the open" and using
fear and terror to obstruct us from seeing the truth.
The "epic symbolic event" I am referring to only occurred seventeen days later, in a repeat
performance of this routine at the UK's own Brit Awards.
Update: This symbol was an undeniably powerful, easy-to-understand synchronicity, telling us that
the "New World Order" plans of this group will not succeed.

MADONNA INVOLVED IN AN EPIC "GEOSYNCHRONICITY" EVENT

Please understand that I respect Madonna as an artist and a human being. She may be fiercely loyal
to the Illuminati, but I believe that loyalty is misplaced.
Since she enjoys a high position, she may have no idea how much the middle and lower-level
members have suffered, or what the group's full plans really are.
I held off on covering this story for a long time because I do not feel any sense of satisfaction or
pleasure in writing about it.
However, given that she put herself out there as the most public Illuminati apologist yet, this next
event cannot be seen as simply a coincidence.
I believe this was another example of "Geosynchronicity" -- an epic synchronicity event whose
symbolism is seen by much of the world at once.
Typically these events are striking, easy to understand and help to convince even the most skeptical
people that a greater meta-message is being conveyed.
My most recent published book, now in 15 languages, is entitled The Synchronicity Key.
It presents scientific proof that synchronicity is very real, and is used to convey messages to us from a
greater (and ultimately positive) spiritual reality.

MADONNA TAKES AN EPIC FALL AT THE BRIT AWARDS

While Madonna was performing this same routine at the Brit Awards, she got pulled down an entire
flight of stairs after her very long cape refused to detach.

This was obviously a painful accident and I am glad she wasn't seriously hurt. She appears to have
landed safely on her left leg and buttock.
The comments sections in the articles about this performance neatly divide between strong believers
in the Illuminati, and mocking "haters" who vehemently disagree: "They're just bulls!"
Bear in mind that matadors do not come out wearing long, dark capes that look like something worn
by the evil Emperor in Star Wars: Return of the Jedi.
This was yet another of many hundreds of examples of a public ceremony -- an Illuminati ritual.
However, it did not work out as it was intended to.

THE LYRICS REFER TO "FALLEN ANGELS" AS WELL

Madonna's Sith Lord-like cape was supposed to be pulled off in a grand reveal. Instead, it wasn't
untied enough, and she took a towering fall down the stairs.
I can't help but see this as symbolic of the overall defeat of the Cabal that is taking place right now. I
do believe the universe communicates in symbolism this way.
As we see in this next excerpt from the Hollywood Reporter, the geosynchronicity was further
enhanced by the lyrics of the song she was singing when this happened:
2/25: Madonna Takes Violent Fall During Brit Awards (Video)
http://www.hollywoodreporter.com/news/madonna-fall-video-brit-awards-777806

Madonna took a nasty spill during her performance on the U.K.'s Brit Awards Wednesday evening.
The singer was accidentally pulled backward down a flight of stairs. It appears that a dancer was
trying to remove her cape.
The performance of her song "Living for Love," off her new Rebel Heart album, was the big finale at
the end of the awards show.
Funny coincidence, the song contains the lyrics, "lifted me up and watched me stumble" and "took
me to heaven and let me fall down."

Madonna dropped her mic as a result of the fall and missed a few subsequent lines. Once she got
back up, she looked visibly upset, but continued the song without further disruption.
This was Madonna's first Brit Awards performance in 20 years. Her appearance was hyped several
times throughout the awards broadcast.
Shortly after the performance, Madonna blamed her cape for the mishap, writing on Instagram, "My
beautiful cape was tied too tight!"

THE IDEA OF "FALLEN ANGELS" IS MORE THAN A MYTH TO THIS GROUP

The Cabal / Illuminati do very much believe they are "fallen angels" -- the descendants of human
extraterrestrial visitors to Earth. More on that in Part Two.
Also see this Daily Mail article for additional content and images from this event, and the greater
awards show in general:
2/25: Madonna is Pulled Down Stairs in Illuminati Dance Routine
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/tvshowbiz/article-2969176/The-moment-Madonna-56-fallsBACKWARDS-set-steps-pulled-dancers-BRIT-Awards.html

TAYLOR SWIFT WEARS "RED DRAGON" DRESS AT THE SAME EVENT

Notice that Taylor Swift came into the awards show wearing a black dress with a fire-red dragon
down the back.
This could well have been an intentional move by her employers, who were wishing to further push
Luciferian imagery upon their audiences:

Seen alone, then yes. It's just a dress. You have to look at the overall context of the song Illuminati,
the performances and the symbolism that was conveyed.
I do not feel we should hate or blame Taylor Swift or anyone else for advertising these symbols. I
want to help these people get free, not hurt them.

Based on credible insider testimony, as we are about to review, these people have been tortured and
threatened in ways most of us could never imagine.

KANYE WEST CONNECTED WITH "ILLUMINATI" THE MOST

When Madonna's song Illuminati was first leaked, it was openly revealed that Kanye West had
produced it with her.
12/23: Madonna Collaborates With Kanye West on "Illuminati" Song
http://www.axs.com/news/madonna-talks-collaborating-with-nicki-minaj-and-kanye-west-andpossib-34346

Madonna collaborated with Kanye for "Illuminati." She said that she wrote the song because people
kept saying that she was a part of the Illuminati, without fully understanding what that means.
She said that when she played some songs for Kanye, "Illuminati" was the song that connected with
him the most.
Madonna revealed that Kanye was so excited that he was actually "jumping up and down on the
soundboard" and "literally stood on top of the mixing board."
She said that he "elevated the lyrics with the music," which she loves.

KANYE'S "YEESUS" TOUR FRAMED HIM AS BLANK-FACED ILLUMINATI MESSIAH

In Kanye's 2013 "Yeesus" tour, he wore no less than four different blank-faced masks, again
symbolizing the use of hypnosis and mind control.
This was explained away as an "avant-garde fashion statement" -- but for even the casual observer,
the whole thing was very, very strange.

CONTROLLED MEDIA SHOUTS "PRAISE YEEZUS!"

Notice the giddy tone with which this next article promotes the images in his show that were tailormade to anger and traumatize Christians.

Also notice the surprising 7X repetition of the word "fashion" -- which may be a technique known as
"psychic driving" to try to convince you that this is all it is:
Gossip Columnist Gushes Over Kanye's "Yeezus" Routine
http://stylefrizz.com/201310/kanye-west-hides-faces-shows-underwear-new-tour/

You do remember that Kanye West has haute fashion ambitions, right? In order to achieve his
fashion superstar status, he has to make some controversial choices, pull some stunning style aces
from his fashion sleeves and turn into a fashion fairy overnight....
But Yeezus is his own fashion enigma and as such, he decided to collaborate with one of fashions
most emblematic houses, Maison Martin Margiela, on a special edition of stage outfits designed for
his Yeezusness.
Ah, yes, Im talking about the Face Masks. Of which he worn no less than four as reported by people.
Four bedazzled face masks worn by Kanye while hell perform the concerts in his tour until December
7 (his last concert this year, in Huston). How hes seeing and singing through those things, is simply
beyond my understanding.
But theres only one Yeezus, so I guess everything goes for him: dancing with his mask on, showing a
Jeesus lookalike on stage, singing atop of a mountain, jumping up and down and ripping his leather
fancy pants Even marrying Kim Kardashian.
Hes the fashion redemption, hes the style knowledge and the couture master!

I shouldn't even have to say this, but the way Kanye is shrouded in beams of light, much brighter
than the Jesus figure, clearly shows the religious beliefs being espoused here.

7/7/14: KANYE GIVES A VAGUE, PROFANE ANSWER TO "WHY ARE YOU WEARING THE MASKS?"
On July 7, 2014, Kanye was continuing to wear the full-face masks in his performances -- and was
asked about it in an interview.
It is entirely possible that he has suffered traumatic hypnosis and was trained, on a deep level, to
believe that hiding his face under the masks was a good thing:
7/7/14: Kanye Responds to Why He Wears Masks: "F-k My Face!"
http://cthagodworld.com/2014/07/07/kanye-explains-wears-bejeweled-mask-concert-fck-face/

"Thats why I got this f-cking mask on. Cause I aint worried about saving face. F-ck my face! That
sounded wrong. Pause. They finally got a headline.
But f-ck whatever my face is supposed to mean and f-ck whatever the name Kanye is supposed to
mean. Its about my dreams!
Its about anybodys dreams. Its about creating."

KANYE WEST DENIES MUSICIANS ARE IN THE ILLUMINATI

Recently, on the symbolic date of 4/20, Kanye came out, openly mentioned the Illuminati, and
denied that he or his fellow pop celebrities were involved in any such group.
The magazine he did this in, Paper, was also where his wife Kim Kardashian, a constantly-promoted
media figure, attempted to "break the internet" by posing nude:

4/20: Kanye West Denies Music Celebrities Are In The Illuminati

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/femail/article-3047461/Kanye-West-slams-perception-musicianscontrol-society-like-Illuminati-covers-magazine-wife-Kim-broke-internet.html

Kanye West has revealed that he is sick of the notion that celebrities are controlling society as
members of the secret group The Illuminati, in an essay that he penned for Paper magazine's
American Dream issue.
Less than a year after his wife Kim Kardashian posed nude for the magazine, the 37-year-old rapper
stars on Paper's latest cover....
In the April issue, Kayne explained his 'world dream' and noted that if there was an actual Illuminati,
'it would be more like the energy companies' - not Hollywood stars.
'I am tired of people pinpointing musicians as the Illuminati. That's ridiculous,' he said.
'We dont run anything; were celebrities. Were the face of brands.'

To me, this is a strong sign of how close we are to the end -- where the cover-up collapses and the
truth comes out.
For Kanye to say all of this, and have it picked up by the mainstream media, it sure looks like a
bonafide case of "damage control."

BUT WAIT, THERE'S MORE!

In this same article, Kanye goes on to reveal that "we have to compromise what we say in lyrics so
we don't lose money on a contract."
Ka-BOOM! That is a huge admission. Kanye is telling us, flat-out, that he and his fellow musical
celebrities are pawns in a greater game, being told what to say and do.
It is no wonder there are so many fewer musical celebrities these days. Who would want to live this
way? Fame ends up being terrible for most people anyway.
If you read between the lines here, you can very clearly see that he is echoing similar sentiments
expressed by Ke$ha, who stood against the Illuminati very vigorously last year.

4/20: Kanye West Denies Music Celebrities Are In The Illuminati

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/femail/article-3047461/Kanye-West-slams-perception-musicianscontrol-society-like-Illuminati-covers-magazine-wife-Kim-broke-internet.html

After it was announced last month that Kanye, Madonna, Beyonce and other famous musicians were
all co-owners of Jay Zs new Tidal streaming service, rumors began to swirl online that everyone in
involved in the project is a member of the the top-secret Illuminati.
Kanye noted that musicians don't have that kind of power.
He explained that celebrities don't even get the freedom to say and do exactly what they want, let
alone 'run anything':
'We have to compromise what we say in lyrics so we dont lose money on a contract.
'Madonna is in her 50s and gave everything she had to go up on an award show and get choked by
her cape,' Kanye added, referencing Madonna's recent fall at the Brit Awards in February.
He went on to say that the 56-year-old legend even gets 'judged for who she adopts', adding: 'F***
all of this sensationalism.'

THE COMMENTERS WERE NOT BUYING THE APOLOGETICS

This comment from "Ionian Cat 21" succintly (and fairly politely) expressed what the vast majority of
the commenters were saying -- by the hundreds:
Comment:
ioniancat21, NYC, United States, 8 minutes ago

While I can agree that most of Hollywood are not the political elite, they are their propaganda tools
certainly.
If Kanye doesn't recognize that all the television and it's increased nudity and sex have played a role
in putting the average American into a coma that makes them unaware of real important decisions,
then he is living in a fantasy land.
Second, Jay-Z and Kanye both display many occult gestures in their merchandise and in hand
gestures they display such as the all-seeing eye, so he has in essence created the Illuminati storyline
he is now so upset about, what an ignorant fool he is.....

LET'S BE CLEAR ON SOMETHING

As Madonna and Kanye's co-authored song revealed, there is indeed a group calling itself the
Illuminati. Madonna openly acknowledged it in interviews.
We have now seen how both stars are using the "blank face" motif in their performances, coupled
with anti-Christian / Luciferian imagery.
Do people in the Illuminati believe themselves to be evil? Not at all. Madonna's song lyrics are a
precise indication of how they actually feel.
With that being said, Illuminati defectors have repeatedly emphasized that the members of this
group are horribly tortured and traumatized.
Illuminati members know there is some big, dark problem in their lives, but they may not even realize
what it is.
They themselves suffer the effects of trauma-based hypnosis. They know there is some big, dark
problem in their lives, but may not even realize what it is.
Drug addiction is a very common way of masking the constant pain and anxiety that this creates, and
many celebrities have suffered from it.
They are heavily brainwashed to be loyal to the group above all else, through a variety of techniques
-- and to believe that they are doing the right thing, no matter what the cost.
We are not going to get into any of the graphic details, which can be upsetting -- but we should
definitely review what the top whistleblower has said.
By this point, you might be saying, "Why is he doing all this Illuminati crap? I thought this was about
exposing the Space Program!"
The Secret Space Program is the Illuminati's greatest secret. It's also where all of our money has
gone. The two are fundamentally intertwined as one entity.

READ THE WORDS OF TOP ILLUMINATI WHISTLEBLOWER SVALI

In the early days of the Internet, back before most people had any idea what the Illuminati was, a
woman named Svali came forward.
She wrote an entire book detailing the methods of trauma-based mind control -- which is extremely
disturbing -- between October 24th and December 14, 2000.
We are not going to cover any of the details of this. Compared to what many others have written,
this will be a very light treatment of the subject.
From December 18, 2000 to July 12, 2001, Svali granted a series of groundbreaking interviews for the
Centrex News website, run by HJ Springer.
I was on the edge of my seat for each new update, having found her work late in 2000, right as it was
all starting to be written.
I had already been reading about the Illuminati since 1994, and was particularly impressed by New
World Order: The Ancient Plan of Secret Societies by William T. Still, which I read in 1995-96.
There are countless stories of synchronicity in how I was led to certain books and certain topics at
certain times. I am very glad to have had a "head start."
Anyone who reads Still's book with an open mind has to conclude that the Illuminati is very real. Fear
is what stands in the way of it being more widely accepted.

ARCHIVE.ORG STILL HAS THE ORIGINAL RECORDS SAVED

All along, one of the secret weapons against the Cabal "disappearing" material off of the internet has
been archive.org.
Here is the archived page for March 2nd, 2001, after the first 13 of Svali's interviews with Springer
were posted and made it to the front page.
Archive.org Link to CentrexNews.com With 13-Part Svali Interview Headline, March 2nd, 2001
https://web.archive.org/web/20010302001646/http://www.centrexnews.com/

Here is a link that takes you to the first complete version of the Svali archive page, where all of her
material was located:
Archive.org Link to Complete Svali Article Collection on CentrexNews.com
https://web.archive.org/web/20020806014222/http://centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/archive.ht
ml

Be aware that the top article on this list is very upsetting. I would skip it and start with the first part
of the interview series, and then work backwards up the list from there, since it is in reverse order.

THIS IS STILL ONE OF THE BEST RESOURCES -- IF YOU HAVE THE STOMACH FOR IT
Everyone who wants to investigate, explore and publicize the secrets of the Illuminati would be very
well served by studying the Svali material thoroughly.
Bear in mind, however, that in order to do so, you have to take it in small sips, and balance yourself
out with positive, uplifting material.
In order to learn about the Illuminati, it is best to take it in small doses and balance it out with
positive material.
No matter how motivated you might be to learn everything, you will quickly find yourself depressed
and paranoid if you try to take it too fast.
The descriptions of ritual abuse and what the Illuminati do to their people can be very triggering -- no
matter how tough you think you are.
Most people are not strong enough to go through this material. They typically read a little bit, get
very freaked out and drop the whole thing. This is a perfectly normal and acceptable defense
mechanism.
I will spare you from discussing any of the things that were so upsetting in the material -- but they
are there if you go looking for them.
Nestled in amongst some very upsetting stuff is an incredible treasure-trove of disclosure -- which is
more relevant and needed now than ever.
I did the work back in 2000 and 2001. By the time 9/11 came along I was not at all surprised. It fit
right in with the plans I was reading about.

THIS CAUSED SERIOUS DAMAGE TO THE CABAL

This interview series was her most revealing of all -- but she also wrote far, far more than just what
we see in the archive.
A friend of hers has integrated the majority of all her written materials together into the site
svalispeaks.com, which is an excellent resource.
The only things missing from the site, as far as I can tell, are the interview sections above Part 13 in
the above list.
New insiders recently revealed that the Svali disclosures were tremendously damaging to the Cabal,
forcing them to change a variety of things to adjust.

One new high-level insider told me he knew there had been "some big leak" during this time that
forced many changes, but was never told what or where it was.
Centrex News was a robust, fascinating site that mysteriously disappeared from the internet in 2003 - and Svali's testimony was the strongest part of it.
So let's break the juiciest bits down piece-by-piece. Wherever possible, I am linking to the Svali
Speaks site that is still online and available through search engines.
I already had empirical research in hand, such as through Still's book, to back up many of these
claims -- and found much, much more as the years went by.

THE HEADS OF THE ILLUMINATI ARE RUNNING THE FINANCIAL SYSTEM

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Run the Financial System
https://svalispeaks.wordpress.com/category/interview-with-svali-the-illuminati-in-america/

Once again, these [Illuminati] leaders are heads in the financial world, OLD banking money.
The Rothschild family in England, and in France, have ruling seats. A descendant of the Hapsburg
dynasty has a generational seat. A descendant of the ruling families of England and France have a
generational seat. The Rockefeller family in the US holds a seat.
This is one reason that the Illuminati have been pretty untouchable over the years. The ruling
members are very, very, very wealthy and powerful.
I hope this information is helpful.
How do I know this? I was on a local leadership council (a head trainer), but I talked to those on
regional.
Also, every Illuminati child is taught who their leaders are, and told to take an oath of allegiance to
them and the New Order to come....

IS THE ILLUMINATI A RELIGION?

Svali tells us that even though the Illuminati would not consider themselves to be practicing a
religion, they do have a very strong spiriutal faith.

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Practice A Lucifer-Based Faith Known as

"Enlightenment"
https://svalispeaks.wordpress.com/category/interview-with-svali-the-illuminati-in-america/

Q: Svali, I think our readers are wondering Is the Illuminati a religion, secret society, satanism or is it
a combination of it, or something different all together, or more sinister?
A: The Illuminati is a group that practices a form of faith known as enlightenment.
It is Luciferian, and they teach their followers that their roots go back to the ancient mystery religions
of Babylon, Egypt, and Celtic druidism.
They have taken what they consider the best of each, the foundational practices, and joined them
together into a strongly occult discipline.
Many groups at the local level worship ancient deities such as El, Baal, and Ashtarte, as well as
Isis and Osiris and Set....

WHY DO THE ILLUMINATI DISLIKE CHRISTIANITY SO MUCH?

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Believe the Christian God is a Fraud
https://web.archive.org/web/20020815083111/http://www.centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/200
1/03/Q_A.html

Q: Do they consider the Christian God real, but a liar?

A: The Illuminati believe in the deification of men through knowledge.
They know that there are supernatural beings who help them in this process, but they don't
necessarily divide things into "good and bad", rather "enlightened" or "unenlightened".
They believe that the Christian God is real, but that adherents of Christianity are one step short of
enlightenment, that they do not know the "full picture" as they do.
They see Christians as sheep who follow a nice story created to help them feel better, because they
are "too weak" to want to know the "full truth".
(This is what an Illuminist would say in describing the difference).
They tend to be cynical towards the Christian God, to see him as a placebo for the weak.

UPDATE, NEXT MORNING: GUYS, THIS IS NOT A JEWISH CONSPIRACY

Though these comments rarely make it onto the website, we always get a share of virulently antiSemitic submissions... and they lined right up as soon as this was published. And yeah. Wow.
Most of these commenters, if they are even real people, seem to think that somehow all Jews share
this evil hive-mind where they are secretly plotting in unison against humanity.

Svali had some very interesting things to say on this, which I will now include since hardly anyone has
seen her perspective on the relationship between Jews and the Illuminati.

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Hate Israel

https://svalispeaks.wordpress.com/category/interview-with-svali-the-illuminati-in-america/

Q: What are the plans of the Illuminati for the Middle East and how will it affect the rest of the
world? Will we see WWIII?
A: The conflict in the middle east is only to the advantage of the Illuminists. They HATE Israel, and
hope one day to see it destroyed, and are biding their time.
One of the olive branches offered by the UN when it takes over is that they will prevent war in the
middle east, and this will be greeted with joy by many.
At the same time, the Illuminati covertly supply guns and funds to BOTH sides to keep the conflict
fueled. They are very duplicious people.

THE ILLUMINATI HAVE CALLED THEMSELVES THE "FOURTH REICH"

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Have "Fourth Reich" Programming

https://web.archive.org/web/20020815212621/http://centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/2001/01/s
vali08.html

Q: The way you describe the Illuminati it sounds like the Third Reich Revival. I can certainly see the
Nazi traits in their behavior and goals.
It seems like Germany is taking the lead, yet again, in uniting the EU, we see the setting up of a
European Army, the Rapid Reaction Force, and a World Court.
How is this ultimately going to play out?
A: Actually, they have a name for the New World Order. One of the synonyms used is the "Fourth
Reich". I'm serious.
Lots of Illuminists have Fourth Reich programming inside.
Yep, Germany, and the EU, will dominate the world economy. The US economy will go down for
awhile, then restore with the help of Europe.

Interestingly, Germany, France and the UK have now overthrown the Cabal in their governments at
the highest levels -- in some cases partially and in other cases almost completely.
More on that later.

THE ILLUMINATI DESPISE THE JEWS FOR OPPOSING THEIR GODS

Now in this quote we really get to the heart of the matter. Some people think the Illuminati is run by
Jews, and is a Jewish conspiracy, but this is not at all what Svali said.

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Despise The Jews For Fighting Against Their Gods
https://web.archive.org/web/20020802045832/http://www.centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/200
1/04/svali14.html

Q: I've received some Neo-Nazi-white power-invitations through e-mail.

I've read some of the stuff and (to put it short) they argue with considerable elegance - backed up
with historical "facts"- that the Illuminati, of course, is a Jewish Conspiracy, and that Hitler was "on to
them."
We all know what happened next. My simple question: Is the Illuminati a JEWISH conspiracy?
Svali: My answer: absolutely not.
In fact, Hitler and his people (especially Himmler and Goebbels) were top Illuminists.
The Illuminati are racist in the extreme, and as a child, I was forced to play "concentration camp"
both on my farm in Virginia, and also in Europe in isolated camps in Germany.
The Jews historically fought against the occult (see Deuteronomy and the Old Testament for how
God through the Jewish people tried to cleanse the land of the occult groups that were operating
there, such as those who worshipped Baal, Ashtarte, and other Canaanite and Babylonian gods.
Since the Illuminati trace their roots to these ancient fertility deities, they also have an inground
antithesis to the Jewish race.
Also, I would never trust literature sent to me by Neo-Nazi or any extremist hate groups, since they
are founded on the tenets of racism, egalitarianism, the concept of a master race, and other things
that are also espoused strongly by the Illuminati and many other occult groups.
Simply put, this group was lying to you, and counting on your not knowing that Nazism was founded
by German Illuminists.

THE GERMAN BRANCH IS MORE RACIST

In this next key quote, we find out that the Illuminati does need to cooperate with non-white races in
order to try to ensure that their plans will succeed.

The German branch of the Illuminati is more racist than the other branches.

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Need the Cooperation of Non-White Races
https://web.archive.org/web/20020613030858/http://www.centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/200
1/04/Q_A2.html

Q: Are the non-German Illuminists not Nazis, racist white supremacists, or genocidal maniacs?
And, if the leadership in all countries is Illuminati, that must mean they're of all races, which seems to
mean the white supremacists oppose the non-white Illuminati. Is this right?
A: Not all Illuminist groups are as fanatically anti-racial as the German branch is, although many are.
These people are racist in the extreme, but they are also very practical, and realize that world
domination is not possible without the aid of non-white races.
That is why loyal figures in these countries are being promised leadership positions for their area,
under the supervision of Illuminist commanders.
They also view Orientals differently than other nonwhite races, because of the long history of occult
mysticism in many countries (such as Tibet, for example), the long history of culture, and the high
intelligence.
This is why the Oriental branches are highly regarded, even in Europe. But they do believe that
Europe will be the center of world government and leadership.
Even in non-white countries, the top leadership is still white, or nearly so.
For example, in South America, the top leaders are European in descent, with less of the mestizo
mixing.
In Africa, many of the leaders behind the scenes are whites, although there are local black leaders
who have demonstrated extreme loyalty.
They are using them, though, since these members will never be able to hold top leadership in the
world. (Those positions are already taken).
All this said, I believe that the racist and hateful policies of the Illuminati are despicable in the
extreme.

One of my biggest quarrels with leadership was this position, among others. I hope this has answered
some of your questions.

DO THE ILLUMINATI TRUST THEIR OWN GODS?

If the Illuminati have such a mocking and cynical attitude about Christianity and Judaism, then how
do they see their own gods? The answer is very revealing.

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati See Their Gods As Granting Them Wealth and Power
https://web.archive.org/web/20020815083111/http://www.centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/200
1/03/Q_A.html

Q: Do they consider their own god a liar, even if for "good"? If so, how do they trust their god?
A: They do not consider their gods (they have several) as liars. These "gods" have given them power,
wealth, status, and everything that they have asked for.
Yes, at a price, a horrible price, but they believe that nothing comes cheaply, and the higher the price
they have paid, the more they value the gift.
It is hard to explain this type to thinking to someone outside the group, because mainstream society
wants to see them as evil satanists, and opposed to Christianity.
They themselves wouldn't put it quite that way. Oh, they will mock and downgrade Christianity, but
only because they want its followers to see that they are the 'deceived ones".
The god of this world has truly blinded their eyes. Do they "trust" their gods? As much as they trust
anything.
Remember, trust is not a concept in this group, where "betrayal is the greatest good" is a maxim
taught since childhood.
If you asked them, do you "trust" your deity, they would look puzzled, and say, "Only a foolish person
trusts what they cannot know," or some other maxim.

HOW DO THE ILLUMINATI DISTINGUISH BETWEEN LOVE AND HATE?

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Cannot Distinguish Between Love and Hate
https://web.archive.org/web/20020815083111/http://www.centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/200
1/03/Q_A.html

Q: If they use torture and terror on those they love who are of lower rank, how do they distinguish
between love and hate?
A: They don't. They tell their children as they are torturing them, "I am doing this because I love you."
To them, the greatest love is to make a child strong, and fit to lead or to move higher in the group, by
whatever means it takes.
If a leader sees a child, and wants it as a prostitute, the loving parents will give it away, happy that
their child will rise in status.
Also, again, they view betrayal as the greatest good. They will do set up after set up to teach their
children to never openly trust others.

WHAT IS THE ILLUMINATI'S VIEW OF THEIR ROLE IN HISTORY?

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Claim to Be The Secret Occult Powers Behind European
Monarchies
https://web.archive.org/web/20020815083111/http://www.centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/200
1/03/Q_A.html

The Illuminati teach their children that powerful occultists who were enlightened have been secretly
behind the thrones of Europe, and down the ages behind the kingdoms of this world, since time
began.
True or propaganda? I don't know.
They teach their children that underneath Stonehenge there is a great room filled with the skeletons
of sacrifices.
Fact or fiction? I don't know, and cannot fund the archeological expedition it would take to verify this
or not.

HOW OLD IS THE ILLUMINATI'S DREAM FOR A NEW WORLD ORDER, ACCORDING TO THEIR
TEACHINGS?

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Claim to Be Descendants of the Roman Empire
https://web.archive.org/web/20020802045832/http://www.centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/200
1/04/svali14.html

Q: The dream of someone wanting to rule the world is nothing new, obviously.

History is littered with failed attempts to conquer the world and subjugate the population. How old is
the dream for the 'NEW WORLD ORDER' per se, by the Illuminati?
Svali: The Illuminati themselves teach that they have been around for centuries and centuries, even
during Roman times.
[They also teach] that Alexander the Great was one of their "prototypes" in the ancient world, as was
Hitler in modern times.
But the Illuminati as we know it today was formed in the 17th century (out of Catholic roots, ie. the
Templar Knights and Rosicrucianism).
The idea of a modern 'One World Order' became popular in the 1700's with the ideas of [Adam]
Weishaupt and others, and they have been working towards this goal since the mid-18th century.

Here, Svali echoes what other insiders have said -- namely that the most extreme elements of the
Illuminati overtook the group as a whole, beginning in the mid-1700s and particularly in the 1800s.
There were many elements within the older groups that were far more moderate and peaceful, and
did not want to hurt others.
There is a huge resurgence of this sentiment now -- particularly in the younger members of the
group. More and more of them are diverging from the script.

HOW FAR BACK DOES THEIR HISTORY STRETCH -- AND DID THEY OPERATE UNDER DIFFERENT
COVERS?
Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Claim to Be Descendants of the Roman Empire
https://web.archive.org/web/20020802045832/http://www.centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/200
1/04/svali14.html

Q: Did the Illuminati manipulate societies throughout history, such as the Egyptian, Roman, British
Empire, etc.?
How far back does the history of the Illuminati stretch? And were they always known as the
Illuminati, or did they at times operate under different covers with the same goals?
Svali: The Illluminati SAY they date back to ancient Babylon on the Fields of Shinar around 3,900 B.C.,
give or take.
But this is probably cult programming and boasting.
They state that they are founded on the occult base of all ancient mystery religions and occult
practices.

But they actually seem to be descended from the Knights Templar during the medieval ages, and the
Rosicrucians who were also founded back then.
I myself have trouble knowing how much of the "cult history" I was taught as a child by my
scholarship teachers was merely programming, and how much is accurate truth, so I cannot really be
an objective source of information.
Like any group, they tend to want to "idealize" their roots.

HOW COULD ANY POWER GROUP LAST MORE THAN ABOUT 200 YEARS?
Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Claim to Have Manipulated History for 2,000 Years
https://web.archive.org/web/20020802045832/http://www.centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/200
1/04/svali14.html

Q: Being as intelligent as they are, the Illuminati must know that empires and societies throughout
history only lasted about 200 years, on average.
Is this a natural life cycle, or was that duration and final downfall of empires coordinated?
In other words, were the Illuminati responsible for failed empires?
Did they purposely destroy societies and create new ones with the intention of securing a tighter grip
on future governments?
Svali: During historical ''set ups'' that I saw as a child, [that were] used to teach the history of the
group, supposedly behind the throne of all ancient and modern monarchies, [there] were Illuminist
advisors and financing.
They CLAIM to have manipulated history for the past 2,000 years.
But I also believe that people have free choice, and that no one person or group can truly take into
account the unpredictable: human nature, and how they will respond.
I don't really believe they did all that they have claimed to.
At the same time, in the last 200 years, they have certainly had a profound influence at the
international and governmental level, based on what I saw and heard when in the group.

HOW DO THE ILLUMINATI CONTROL A PARTICULAR NATION OR AREA?

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: The Illuminati Control Us Through Money, Government, Law and
Media
https://svalispeaks.wordpress.com/category/interview-with-svali-the-illuminati-in-america/

The Illuminati believe in controlling an area through its:

1. Banks and financial institutions: (Guess how many sit on banking boards? Youd be surprised.)
2. Local government: Guess how many get elected to local city councils?
3. Law: Children are encouraged to go to law school and medical school.
4. Media: Others are encouraged to go to journalism school, and members help fund local papers.

Elsewhere on this same page, Svali says there are six branches to the Illuminati, each forming a key
part of their plans to control society:
The Illuminati have 6 chairs on their ascended masters council, [which are also the six branches of
the group]:
Sciences, Government, Leadership, Scholarship, Spiritual, and Military.

BREAKING THE CHAIN

For a much more comprehensive breakdown of the Illuminati power structure, click here for a
mirrored version of Svali's introduction to "Breaking the Chain."
If that link goes down, you can also access it, again in reverse order, starting from the very bottom of
the page, at the Archive.org link.
Archive.org Link to Complete Svali Article Collection on CentrexNews.com
https://web.archive.org/web/20020806014222/http://centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/archive.ht
ml

The really upsetting stuff doesn't come until the chapters on mind control programming, beginning
with Chapter 4.
Again, you might think it's no big deal, but the key is to take your time. If you read too much of it at
once you will get overwhelmed.
This is where you will be able to help others once the Illuminati Tribunals get started. It will be a very
difficult "growing up" experience for everyone.
However, by collectively moving through this grief process, we will be healing our planet and paving
the way for an amazing new Star Trek reality.
The Illuminati is the secret group that has been holding all this advanced technology and information
back from us, because they feel we are unworthy.

Almost everyone will be dazzled by the scope of the cover-up once it is revealed, as it will completely
dwarf the Snowden NSA disclosures.

TV SHOWS, MOVIES AND POP MUSIC? REALLY?

Svali also indicates that TV shows, Hollywood movies and widely-advertised popular music is also
used to help advance the Luciferian agenda in the "Media" category.
This is vastly more obvious now than it was when she first wrote these words in 2001. I listed many
specific examples of Cabal movies in Financial Tyranny:
Illuminati Whistleblower Svali on TV Shows and Hollywood Movies Pop Music Programming
https://web.archive.org/web/20020815224335/http://centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/2001/04/s
vali15.html

Q: What are some of the major Illuminati inspired shows running on TV, or the ones carrying an
Illuminati message and what clues identify them as such?
Svali: The media is so infiltrated, a better question is which ones DON'T promote their agenda?
[snip]....
I personally don't watch much TV, for this very reason.
I might watch a National Geographic special once in awhile, or rarely a movie on the Comedy
channel, but otherwise, I avoid it.
I heard too many discussions during leadership meetings and with other behaviourists in the group
about how it was being used to subtly influence the masses without their even suspecting it.
I choose to step away from this influence. Look at what TV depicted in the 1940s and 1950s, and
what is accepted now as okay, to chronicle the slow moral decline of our society.

WHAT SPECIFICALLY DO YOU THINK IS GOING ON WITH POP MUSIC?

Here, Svali clearly spells out that pop music is used by the Illuminati to put forward symbols and
concepts they feel are helping to advance their agenda.
Illuminati Whistleblower Svali on Pop Music Programming
https://web.archive.org/web/20020815224335/http://centrexnews.com/columnists/svali/2001/04/s
vali15.html

Q: How about the influence of pop music? Does it pose a danger, is it used as a mind-control
medium?

I believe Cathy O'Brien, a CIA mind-control slave and survivor, implicated the country music scene
and a number of singers as being mind-control slaves, and names Nashville, Ten. as the center.
Svali: Country music may have some, but the rock music industry is much more heavily controlled.
I once watched some MTV and could NOT believe what was on it. My mouth fell open from shock.
There is a song/video that is very popular right now by CrazyTown, that shows butterfly tattoos all
over the people (a sign of Monarch mind control) while he sings "Come my butterfly"... later he sings
about her escaping to a better world, etc.
This song is FILLED with programming images.
I believe that Brittany Spears, Eminem, and others are being used by them to sing lyrics they like
(ever notice that he wears a Neo-Nazi look and sings hate lyrics? This is NOT by chance).
In fact, many of the top pop singers come from an internship with the "Mickey Mouse Club" (yep,
good old Walt the Illuminist's Empire.)
I believe they are offered stardom in exchange for allegiance or mind control.

IS THIS GROUP CONNECTED TO ADAM WEISHAUPT'S "BAVARIAN ILLUMINATI?"

Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: Weishaupt Was Just a Figurehead, The Group Did Not Die Along With
Him
https://svalispeaks.wordpress.com/category/interview-with-svali-the-illuminati-in-america/

Q: Is this the same Illuminati that was created by Adam Weishaupt in Germany?
A: Weishaupt did not create the Illuminati. They chose him as a figurehead and told him what to
write about.
The financiers, dating back to the bankers during the times of the Templar Knights who financed the
early kings in Europe, created the Illuminati.
Weishaupt was their go fer, who did their bidding.

WHAT IS THEIR OVERALL AGENDA?

This section briefly mentions some of the most upsetting aspects of this group, such as pedophilia. It
also reveals more of how they work to control society.
Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: What Is The Overall Illuminati Agenda?
https://svalispeaks.wordpress.com/category/interview-with-svali-the-illuminati-in-america/

Q: Take the lead and tell me about issues you may not have covered in your articles or in this
interview. perhaps some issues I have missed in regards to the New World Order/ global
government and such
A: 1. These people are pedophiliacs, they abuse and torture small children and teach them under
duress to become perpetrators themselves from earliest infancy. This alone means they should be
stopped.
They run the porn industry, along with other groups such as the Mafia.
They make enormous amounts of money from drug smuggling, gun running, and human slavery (oh,
yes, the buying and selling of human beings is alive and well in the 21st century).
They are involved in evil and money making in the extreme. If a profit is being made off of human
suffering, you can trace the chain back somewhere to these people.
2. They have money and lawyers that could blast anyone confronting them out of the water.
3. They have infiltrated our government, and the governments of every country in the world, and
well as the judicial and legal systems.
4. The media as well.
5. They run our financial institutions.
6. They are ruthless, ambitious, and will not stop at killing those they oppose. They invented MKUltra with the help of the CIA.
Still want to take them on? Sorry, just letting you know what they are like.
7. They are working towards bringing in a new leader, who will usher in a Luciferian reign of joy,
prosperity, and rewards to the faithful. Almost an Elysian-type paradise.
Of course, the brutality would continue, and those who oppose his reign are to be hunted down and
converted or destroyed, but the followers will be so happy and content that they believe these
holdouts will want to come over to their side.
Sounds unbelievable, but true....

WHAT IS THE ILLUMINATI'S ENDGAME PLAN FOR CREATING A NEW WORLD ORDER?
Remember that what you are about to read was written back in early 2001. At the time, the idea of a
"Greater Depression" was almost unthinkable.
Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: How Do The Illuminati Plan on Creating a New World Order?
https://svalispeaks.wordpress.com/category/interview-with-svali-the-illuminati-in-america/

Want to hear the end of the world scenario the Illuminati taught me? It was cult propaganda, but this
is how they believed the New Order would be ushered in:
There will be continued conflict in the mideast, with a severe threat of nuclear war being the
culmination of these hostilities.
An economic collapse that will devastate the economy of the US and Europe, much like the Great
Depression.
One reason that our economy continues limping along is the artificial supports that the Federal
Reserve had given it, manipulating interest rates, etc.
But one day, this wont work (or this leverage will be withdrawn on purpose) and the next Great
Depression will hit.
The government will call in its bonds and loans, and credit card debts will be called in. There will be
massive bankruptcies nationwide.
Europe will stabilize first, and Germany, France and England (surprise) will have the strongest
economies, and will institute through the UN an international currency.
Japan will also pull out, although their economy will be weakened.
Peacekeeping forces will be sent out by the UN and local bases to prevent riots [i.e. martial law].
The leaders will reveal themselves, and people will be asked to make a pledge of loyalty during a
time of chaos and financial devastation....

Interestingly enough, a counter-coup against the Illuminati has now occurred in Germany, France and
a good part of the elected government of England.
These countries have not yet officially sided with BRICS (Brazi, Russia, India, China and South
America) and their Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB), but they soon will.
This is why we are seeing massive disclosures of pedophilia within the British ruling elite, among
many other intertwining elements.
Recent plane crashes, such as Germanwings, were only one part of terrorist efforts used to punish
the leaders of these countries for defecting from the group.

WHAT ARE THE ILLUMINATI'S GREATEST WEAKNESSES?

I do believe this plan is doomed to fail -- and we are now watching this happen right in front of our
eyes. You reading this article is part of the positive change.
In this final excerpt, Svali gives us a burst of good news -- revealing what she feels are the most
important vulnerabilities of this group.
Illuminati Whistleblower Svali: What Are The Illuminati's Greatest Weaknesses?

https://svalispeaks.wordpress.com/category/interview-with-svali-the-illuminati-in-america/

Now, the other side of the picture.

1. They are arrogant, and this could be their downfall. They view the common man as sheep with
no intelligence.
They are full of pride, believe they are invulnerable... and that any press about them is the equivalent
of a gnat to be swatted.
Arrogant people make mistakes, and they are becoming more blatant and open in recent years.

2. They believe they can overcome God, which is a huge mistake.

God can stay the hand of history, and has so far, in the hope that more from this group will get out,
because He is merciful.

3. Most of them are wounded, abused victims, who dont realize that it is possible to leave the group.
There is a lot of discontent in the ranks, and there would be a mass exodus if the members believed
it were really possible to get out (and live).
Many of the trainers I knew (I know, wicked, torturing pedophiles) were NOT happy with what they
did.
They would whisper quietly, or give a look, to show that they disagreed with what they had to do.
They would resignedly do their jobs, in the hope of advancement.
Know what one of the biggest carrots offered to those who advance up in the group is?
That you dont have to hurt people anymore, and that you cant be abused.
(Its true: only those higher than you in the group can abuse you, so everyone wants to move up,
where the pool of candidates becomes smaller).
Of course, people can choose to abuse anyone beneath them, and that motivates some (but not all!)
to move up.

"THERE WOULD BE A MASS EXODUS IF THE MEMBERS BELIEVED THEY COULD GET OUT"
Number 3 in the above list has haunted and fascinated me ever since I first read this back in 2001. A
mass exodus.

At the time, there was no clear evidence that a major opposition group had formed against them.
Now it is very obvious that there is.
I spent tremendous time and energy laying out the proof of this in many prior articles. One early
example was Part 3 of Disclosure Endgame, from 2009.

ALSO CHECK OUT WISDOM TEACHINGS EPISODES 82 THROUGH 97

Beginning with the same material I revealed in Disclosure Endgame, I created a 15-part miniseries of
half-hour episodes on my Wisdom Teachings TV show about all of this.
These episodes are vastly more comprehensive and fascinating than anything I can compress into this
one article.
Here is a snapshot from the Wisdom Teachings page, showing all but the last of these episodes in
reverse order.
This was what started Season 3, as we are calling it. Since then, I have gone back to focusing on the
science of Ascension and the living Cosmos:

Some people have asked for suggestions on what to watch or where to start. If you are after this sort
of exposure material, start with Episode 82 first.
I wouldn't at all be surprised if some of these episodes are far more widely seen once the arrests take
place. The truth is very liberating and the info is quite fascinating.
In some ways I wish these were all free videos online -- but in order to run this service we have to
charge for it.
OK, yes, it is not free, but you can see it all for 99 cents over the course of a month.
So come on. Everybody cool is doing it!

WE ARE FINALLY GOING TO SEE JUSTICE

Now it appears that we are finally about to see some major action -- after all these years of hard
work.
When Svali was in the group, Russia was still in the hands of the Illuminati -- but as we have discussed
in Disclosure Endgame and in episodes 82 through 97, a resistance column has existed since the late
1700s.
The resistance was eventually able to overthrow the Cabal-controlled Russian government.
Vladimir Putin waged a brilliant campaign to kick the Cabal out of Russia and is a key figure in the
Alliance.
Vladimir Putin is the central political figure who made this possible.
Therefore, it is no surprise that the Western media is constantly trying to make him look bad -- even
as official Russian media increasingly discloses the truth.
Russia Today (RT) has put out so much disclosure that the break between Russia and the Cabal is
undeniable.
Russian television made two three-hour specials out of our epic Financial Tyranny, which I starred in,
and each was seen by well over 20 million people.
Russia has also worked with BRICS to create an alternative to the Cabal-controlled Federal Reserve
banking system.

YOU CAN STILL HEAR SVALI'S ONE SURVIVING RADIO SHOW FROM 2006
I contacted and befriended Svali after reading her material, through participating in her online
discussion forum, Lion and Lamb Ministries.
At the time I did not have a radio show, nor the ability or financing to generate one.
So when she said she wanted to come forward in December 2005, I worked as a producer and got
her hooked up with a popular radio talent at the time.
The radio show was called Arctic Beacon and the host was Greg Szymanski. I introduced him to Svali
and she agreed to go on his radio program on January 17, 2006.
When you listen to this show, you can tell that you are hearing the words of a truthful person, not a
phony. That's what makes it so revealing.
This is still one of the most powerful recorded insider testimonies about the Illuminati to ever see the
light of day.
I appear as a call-in guest on the show towards the end and thank her for her bravery. I deliberately
misspelled my own last name when typing up the transcript to make it less obvious that I had helped
orchestrate this.
http://divinecosmos.com/Illuminati_Defector_Svali_Speaks.mp3

Svali never again made a public statement after this show aired in January, 2006. We thought she
was alive but no one has heard from her for years now. She did reveal to a friend that she was
severely tortured for doing this show.

UPDATE, NEXT MORNING: THE ILLUMINATI ARE ALLOWED TO HURT US, TO SOME DEGREE
Another point of clarification needs to be raised based on the tone of some of the most sarcastic,
mocking and hateful comments that people try to post here.
The Illuminati's plans have been consistently opposed by benevolent ETs, or what many would refer
to as angels and archangels.
Nuclear weapons have never been permitted to be used on any large scale.
Hiroshima and Nagasaki were the only two examples ever allowed, and those weapons were much
smaller than what was later developed.
Furthermore, our new insiders revealed that the Illuminati have been fighting this whole time to try
to get plans to work, and have been consistently opposed.
The reason why they have not been entirely stopped, up until now, is the Prime Directive.
The benevolent ETs have not been allowed to stop them completely. The Illuminati are allowed to
interfere with us as much as our collective free will permits them to.
The "good guys" in our script, on the angelic level, gave us the world's great religious and spiritual
teachings to urge us to focus on love, peace and forgiveness.
Since this is ultimately a loving Universe, we are granted the free will to make our own decisions.
Negative events are allowed to occur to help trigger our mass awakening.
Thankfully, it appears that enough people have awakened now that the torture, pain and fear is
almost over.

BUCKLE YOUR SEATBELT FOR PART TWO!

By now, if you haven't already been well-informed enough about the Cabal, the truth should be a lot
clearer.
We are dealing with absolute facts here. A group of people powerful enough to control Hollywood
and the music industry are promoting Luciferian imagery.
The only way you can even attempt to fight this fact is by pulling the old Three Monkeys routine,
shouting loudly and attacking the messenger.

Here, let me help you, since we've heard the same thing for 20 years: Oh my God, David is making
MONEY! And what a HUGE EGO he has!
It is true that we make enough to pay a small crew of staff, rent a house and have one old car. And it
is true that I talk fast and am confident on stage.
I also have an offbeat sense of humor and sometimes like to make crude jokes to show people that I
am not trying to come across as something I'm not.
However, I was so hypnotized by seeing these types of comments, over and over again, that I did not
protect myself, and was repeatedly taken advantage of.
The amount of humility I have had in my personal life has led to profound suffering at the hands of
others again and again, as well as major financial losses.
It has been quite a learning curve for me to be able to set healthy boundaries. I absolutely agree that
humility is important -- and so is self-acceptance and self-preservation.

AND NOW, FOR THE ILLUMINATI'S GREATEST TRICK...

Is this Luciferian imagery just a "hip" and "trendy" thing to do? Or are the words of Svali, the top
Illuminati whistleblower, actually true?
It can seem difficult, at first, to believe that this is what is realy going on. It certainly makes our lives
on Earth a lot more interesting and dramatic.
If the Cabal could go into space and build stuff, then why wouldn't they?
As I revealed in Financial Tyranny, this group pulled off an epic, worldwide bank robbery in the 20th
century -- but that is not their greatest trick.
By far, their biggest secret of all is the UFO cover-up -- and what they did with the technology they
gained from it.
Roswell happened 70 years ago. They got the crashed discs and back-engineered them. The majority
of people already believe and know this to be true.
Don't you think they would go into space once they had the ability to do so?
And then once they got there, wouldn't they have built some stuff?
Were they then all alone, or did they find out that there were some other folks out there too?
That is what we are going to be discussing in Part Two.
I was going to drop this all at once but it is taking longer than I thought, so we will publish this section
first. Ideally the second part will emerge within days.

CHECK OUT THE VIDEO!

In the meantime, there have been huge shockwaves created by the three-hour conference I gave a
week and a half ago at the New Living Expo.
Already people are writing comprehensive articles about what was disclosed, trying to put all the
pieces together.
I have been flooded with excited emails from people saying this is "the best thing" I have "ever
done."
The April 26th Space Program disclosure conference has created huge shockwaves and high acclaim.
As I said earlier, it is a completely separate work from what I did in February at the Conscious Life
Expo, with all-new slides and content.
The audience was completely blown away by what I had to say, and I met and hugged hundreds of
people at the end, many of whom took pictures. It was quite a party!
In fact, so much new information was leaked in this one show that I have decided to back some of it
up with additional written details. That will be Part Two.
Then additional data will be released when we get our insider video completed. I have to finish Part
Two so I can then finish the video!
You can watch the whole event now for 45 dollars at streamingforthesoul.tv.
It is a three-camera shoot, with one camera on me, one on audience reactions and one on the
animated slides.
It's a combination of stand-up comedy, metaphysics, alternative science, UFOs, shocking new secrets
of the Illuminati and detailed descriptions of the Space Program!

SIMPLE STEPS
First, go to streamingforthesoul.tv and you will see this page:

The fastest way to get going is to click on "Create Login", and then fill out the information that comes
up on the following screen:

Then, after clicking "Register" you click the Login link, and fill in your email and password on the
following screen:

This pulls up the main window with the video player. Where the video will soon appear, you will see
this:

To the right-hand side, you see this window. Click on the VODs (Videos On Demand) tab.
Many different archived shows from the Conscious Life Expo and New Living Expo will then show up
in a long list that appears in the window seen here:

You have to scroll a little over halfway down to find my first talk, The Five Million-Year History of the
Colonization of our Solar System.

Scroll all the way to the bottom to find the sequel I just gave on April 26th. It is the third video up
from the bottom:

Once you purchase the video, you then have to scroll all the way back up to the top of the page. The
video-player window will now have the video in it, ready to start streaming.
Sit back and enjoy the ride! This is likely to become a "drop everything you're doing" situation, so
make sure you've got three hours!

CONTACT IN THE DESERT CONFERENCE COMING UP AT THE END OF MAY

I have multiple events coming up at the epic Contact in the Desert conference at the end of May.

I try to make all of my events unique and different from the others, so there is no repeated material.
Tickets are still available, and this is the only confirmed speaking engagement left on my schedule at
this point -- so don't miss it!
This event has an all-star cast of the biggest and brightest UFO scholars out there -- and the private
desert campus in Joshua Tree is beautiful and epic.

I have a total of five events at this conference -- all different and all amazing. Thousands of people
are expected to be there, so it's quite a party!

STAY TUNED FOR PART TWO!

Some of the intel I leaked in the New Living Expo conference will be in Part Two.
I also may use some of the footage from this and the previous "Five Million-Year History" shoot for
the insider video coming up.
We are working round-the-clock to get these things done, and your support of this work is sincerely
appreciated and urgently needed to keep this fight alive.
Your support of this work is sincerely appreciated and urgently needed to keep this fight alive.
Please be aware that posting audio or video of this event is stealing and could lead to the
termination of your YouTube account or website.
In this case it's not Robin Hood... there is no rich corporation here, just a grassroots effort to get the
truth out and try not to get whacked in the process.
Part Two is already 2/3rds of the way done, so I hope to have it up within less than a week -- and
then finish our video! So stay tuned. There are many great meals being prepared over the hot stove!
We are in a very unique and exciting time that may have some big surprises in store -- much sooner
than we think.
I have never been more excited than I am right now. Everything is reaching a grand crescendo and
new plot twists occur almost on a daily basis.

The Law of One series is the spiritual foundation of everything we do here. On April 1, 2015, the
woman who offered herself as the "instrument" for the Law of One material graduated into larger
life.

Perhaps as a final testament to the power of synchronicity, her own witty personality and the reality
of life after death, she left her physical body on April Fool's Day.
Even more intriguingly, the logo for her surviving organization, L/L Research, is a sketch of Don
Quixote, the classic "fool" in literature and music theater.

This notice is not intended to share grief and pain, but rather to celebrate the light and life of this
highly gifted soul and the work she helped to create.
Since I lived and worked in her house for two years and on her land for another year after that, it is
also a very personal story for me.
The Law of One has gotten much more interesting in the last five months, and we are only just
starting to share all the details of what is going on.
Carla's transition has become another facet of this continually-evolving storyline. We are happy that
she is finally free of the pain she was suffering from.

Carla Lisbeth Rueckert McCarty, 1943-2015

THE LAW OF ONE IS THE STANDARD BY WHICH ALL OTHER CHANNELING MUST BE JUDGED
The Law of One series (1981-84) is arguably the platinum standard by which all other modern
channeling must be judged.
Carla Rueckert was the "instrument" for this work -- a series of 106 question-and-answer sessions
with a Ph.D. physicist, Don Elkins, and Jim McCarty as the transcriber.
Carla was completely unconscious as her body spoke the words on behalf of a positive, spiritual
presence. She did not remember anything she had said upon awakening.
In her everyday life, she was a devout Christian, attending services and singing in the choir at the
local Episcopal church in Anchorage, Kentucky.
The source itself claimed to be an entire planet worth of people like us that had fused into a "social
memory complex" and was now in "sixth density", as opposed to our own 3D reality.

THIS SOURCE WAS OF KEY BENEFIT TO THE EARLY EGYPTIANS, AND THEIR WORK WAS THEN
DISTORTED
The source named itself as Ra. They explained that they gave positively-oriented esoteric material to
the Egyptians that was quickly distorted to the negative.

This was a terrible misunderstanding that bound this group to the earth in service -- and
inadvertently created what we now call the Illuminati.
Many of the Illuminati symbols we now see, including the All-Seeing Eye, were originally given to us
by Ra, and were intended for positive purposes.
The All-Seeing Eye represents the pineal gland or "third eye" that I discuss in The Source Field
Investigations and my classic video 2012 Enigma.
There is nothing inherently negative about the pineal gland. It is our body's own physiological
stargate -- an organ that opens trans-dimensional portals.
The "priests and peoples of the era" quickly distorted the positive message that Ra had given us,
which also included the construction of the Great Pyramid.

A QUOTE FROM THE FIRST SESSION OF THE LAW OF ONE

Ra began explaining what happened in the very first session of the Law of One, from January 15,
1981. It was in response to the fifth question Don asked.
1.5 Questioner: Could you give me a little more detail about your role with the Egyptians?
Ra: I am Ra. The identity of the vibration Ra is our identity. We as a group, or what you would call a
social memory complex, made contact with a race of your planetary kind which you call Egyptians.
Others from our density made contact at the same time in South America, and the so-called lost
cities were their attempts to contribute to the Law of One.
We spoke to one who heard and understood and was in a position to decree the Law of One.
However, the priests and peoples of that era quickly distorted our message, robbing it of the, shall
we say, compassion with which unity is informed by its very nature.
Since it contains all, it cannot abhor [hate] any.
When we were no longer able to have appropriate channels through which to enunciate the Law of
One, we removed ourselves from the now hypocritical position which we had allowed ourselves to
be placed in.

IT NOW APPEARS THAT THE RA GROUP AND THEIR ALLIES HAVE RETURNED
Dramatic, even astonishing new developments have appeared, just since December 2014, suggesting
Ra has returned to help us defeat this "negative elite" or "Cabal."
My own dreams asked me to personally take on the fight against the Cabal in a very public way since
October 2011, earning numerous death threats.

This included writing a full-length, free online book, Financial Tyranny, exposing their deepest
secrets, with 1,926,160 unique views and 17,119 Facebook Likes as of this writing.
Financial Tyranny included the seemingly "unimaginable" idea that the same secretive group of Wall
Street bankers owned and financed both sides of World Wars I and II.
Their purpose, apparently, was to create a "New World Order" where we would all serve them as
mindless, robotic slaves -- with a much smaller population.
A year after Financial Tyranny was published, I was invited to star in two different three-hour Russian
documentaries based on this same material.
These shows had estimated audiences of 23 million people each, and were very popular throughout
all the Russian-speaking countries.
Some people know me predominantly for this work. Some wish I would do more of it, whereas
others want me to stop doing it altogether.

WE HAVE A GOLDEN AGE TO LOOK FORWARD TO

We can all look forward to a "Golden Age" of peace and prosperity -- a literal transfiguration of what
it means to be human -- once we get through this change.
This evolutionary leap was precisely spelled out in the Law of One series, as well as a timeline that
focused around the year 2012 as the transition point.
The Mayan Calendar end-date was not mentioned. They also said this was only an approximate date,
and until "it" actually happened, estimates were meaningless.
Furthermore, we are dealing with a 25,920-year cycle. A five-year 'error' would only be 0.01 percent
of the entire length of the cycle.
Based on everything that we now know, the "quantum leap" they were referring to has not yet
happened. Yet there are incredible signs that we are building up to something profoundly significant.
According to insiders working in classified programs with access to advanced scientific knowledge,
such an event may occur in 2017 to 2018, if not before then.
There has been a remarkable convergence of insider data, from people working within highly
classified "government" programs, and the Law of One.
We will have more on that a bit later.

THE LAW OF ONE HAS BEEN EXTENSIVELY VALIDATED SCIENTIFICALLY

The scientific and cosmological model presented in this five-volume series is so vast, and so filled
with advanced but verifiable information, that it formed the center of gravity for both of my New
York Times best-selling books -- The Source Field Investigations and The Synchronicity Key.

A combined total of over 1,700 documented academic references, between the two volumes, fleshes
out the Law of One model in extensive, user-friendly detail.
The books are available in 12 different languages, making it far more accessible than anything we
have ever written on this site.
There are now over 100 episodes of Wisdom Teachings, a half-hour-a-week TV show, that explore
these Law of One concepts even further, presenting a variety of data that is unavailable anywhere
else.
A second show recently launched on the same network, entitled Disclosure with David Wilcock,
where I am interviewing top scholars in ancient civilizations, UFOs and conspiracy analysis such as
Graham Hancock, John Anthony West, Robert Bauval and Andrew Collins.
You can sign up now and watch as much as you want for 99 cents for the first 30 days, with no
cancellation fees. New episodes appear every Monday and Thursday.
It then goes up to 9.95 per month if you decide that you like it. This provides us with critically-needed
funds and your support is greatly appreciated.
The collection of videos on Gaiam TV is ever-increasing and now numbers well over six thousand,
including a new "Seeking Truth" section. Subscribers have access to everything!

TELEPATHIC CONTACT
I appear to have received contact from this same Law of One ET group throughout my life, as have
many others who are receptive to their messages.
By the time I read the Law of One material, I'd already lived an entire childhood and adolescence
studying and preparing for the information.
I began writing my dreams down at age 19, on September 21, 1992. This was the morning after I
finally decided to get sober and go to AA meetings.
We have an unbroken 23-year journal of dreams from almost every morning since then, beginning
with a stack of spiral-bound notebooks.
I began writing the dreams into the computer as of mid-November 1996, and broke the journal into
two sections a month. On April 1st, 2015 I hit section 440.
Using Jungian concepts as well as data from a variety of other dream-analysis books, I was able to
learn their language and understand the messages.
Many astonishing future prophecies came through -- including dreams predicting my car would break
down the same day it did, and showing me what to do.
There are so many examples of this that it cannot be explained by any "skeptical" view. I learned to
trust in the process over the years.

IT TURNED INTO A SPOKEN CONTACT

Four years after this daily dreamwork started, it developed into a spoken deep-trance contact as of
November 11, 1996.
I had already been hearing distant-sounding chatter in my mind when I would first wake up for years.
I also had extensively studied the protocols of remote viewing. Classified government programs could
train people to become 99-percent accurate remote viewers.
In these cases, people could accurately describe the characteristics of a location that neither they nor
their guide knew anything about, other than a series of random numbers associated with it -- entitled
"coordinates."
I began reading the Law of One material in January 1996 and was studying it for at least two hours a
day, every day.
My own contact started eleven months later -- right around the time that I finished working my way
through the entire series of Law of One books.
This was of invaluable assistance in "tuning" my thoughts, emotions and actions to a level that was at
least starting to approach what was presented in the Law of One.

JOE MASON AND THE "DREAM VOICE"

On the night of November 10, 1996, a friend I met online named Joe Mason told me you could write
this morning mind-chatter down.
He said it would carry encrypted information that could be deciphered and prove to be useful.
Joe called it the Dream Voice. The next morning when I woke up, I could hear what sounded like his
voice talking. It wasn't all clear but I could make some of it out.
I started writing it all down, using the remote viewing protocols to the best of my ability. Most of
these deal with avoiding any analysis or emotional reactions.
Although much of it was so encrypted as to be almost incomprehensible, a wide variety of amazing
things started happening.
There was a line that said "One of our women, Theresa, a sibling, inoperative. The Christian,
psychically."
Just a few days later, Mother Theresa had a heart attack.
Soon after this initial session, I had "tuned" myself enough that far more intelligible sentences
started coming through.

ANYONE CAN DO IT

This material started to give me remarkably clear and unambiguous future prophecies, as well as a
huge amount of spiritual advice, coaching and mentorship.
Unlike many other stories I have read of people claiming to have this ability, it was not all light and
love. I was chastised when I did not live up to the teachings.
This included being criticized in later sessions if I interfered with the flow of information and started
inserting my own words into what the source wanted to say.
One of the important points my source made in the early days was that with the right training and a
pure, loving heart, anyone could receive this type of a contact.
I had already read over 300 books on UFOs and ancient civilizations by the time this happened. Day
in and day out, I was a seeker, with very consistent focus.
I was told that this is a skill just like learning to play the piano.
The main reason more people aren't doing it is that they don't believe it is possible, and there is very
little training available on how to do it properly.
Our thoughts are extremely powerful -- far more than most of us realize. Once we harness the
awesome potential of the mind and heart, we can achieve incredible feats.
Time is non-linear in the greater spiritual reality around us. Nonetheless, I am still very impressed
when the future is predicted accurately.

EVERYTHING CHANGED
It is easier and less intrusive for most people to simply write this off as BS and think I am lying or just
trying to profit off of this.
However, doing this work full-time instead of a "regular job" caused me to suffer extreme poverty for
many years.
I never once took a credit card, fearing unpayable debts. As a result, almost every month I got hit
with unexpected 30-dollar bank bouncing fees.
Despite the financial difficulties involved, I was so captivated by the desire to help others, through
sharing what I was learning, that I kept on going.
I had read books on channeling, such as the Jane Roberts volumes featuring Seth, and realized that I
was now experiencing a similar phenomenon.
There are at least five full-length books' worth of this material in the Readings section of this website.
Much of it was posted in 1999 -- and there is a variety of prophetic data from that time that is only
starting to come true now.

I DID EVENTUALLY MOVE IN WITH CARLA AND L/L RESEARCH

Ultimately I lived with Carla and L/L Research for three years in 2003-2005, and have continued to
help promote their material ever since.
This was as close as I could possibly get to the material I knew and loved so well -- to actually move in
with the people who helped to facilitate its creation.
By the time I had arrived there, I had already been a scholar of the Law of One for seven years, and in
contact with my own "higher self" for six years.
Admittedly, it was quite profound to finally meet the people behind the work, after all those years of
only dealing with the Law of One as a hyper-complex written text.
Carla often said that people expected some sort of savior or Godlike figure when they met her. I
went in with some degree of a similar feeling.
I discovered that Carla was very much a "real person", with strengths and weaknesses like we all
have. And in a way, that was very freeing.
It gives the readers of the Law of One permission to be themselves, and to have that be enough. Each
of us is ultimately the Creator, exactly as we are now.
Nonetheless, to me, losing Carla is the spiritual equivalent of losing one of the Beatles.
So bear with me as I gather my thoughts in the wake of this sad and pivotal event in my own life and
the lives of Law of One scholars worldwide.

I WANTED TO WALK AWAY FROM THE WHOLE "CHANNELING THING" TO GAIN CREDIBILITY
After living at L/L and becoming far more public online, I spent many years trying to act like I had
never done any channeling.
I hardly ever even thought about it unless I was on the air with George Noory, who would invariably
bring it up every time I was on his show.
Certain people I trusted had told me I should try to build myself up strictly as a scientist and scholar,
and ditch the channeling entirely.
This advice became much stronger once I moved out to Los Angeles to begin work on a filmic
adaptation of my scientific investigations.
Now I have appeared in almost every episode of Ancient Aliens on History Channel over the last two
and a half years.
As is the case for TV in general these days, the pay for being a talking head on the show is surprisingly
low.
My other two shows help make up for that, but when attackers say I am making lots of money from
doing this work, they are mistaken. No one in this field is.

I think most of our audience understands that, but the attackers continue to recycle the same tropes
we have seen online for the last 20 years.
The sad irony is that many of the strongest "haters" are actually paid government trolls who make
more money than the people they are attacking.
In one of his earlier jobs, our new insider Luke helped set up the facilities in which these paid stooges
would do their work infiltrating comments sections and forums.

YOU HAVE TO BE IN THE RIGHT PLACE

In later years I have done less and less channeling as my life got ever-increasingly complicated and
stressful, including serious death threats from the Cabal.
I experienced extremely vicious "trolling" ever since going public online in 1996, and it became
increasingly difficult to bear as the volume kept going up.
Although this is only about one percent of the audience, when a few million people are following
your work it becomes a non-stop onslaught of negativity.
I have always felt it is important to preserve the integrity and clarity of my intuitive work above all
else, whether I am actively doing it or not.
If I am not in a very clear, refined and pure psychological space, it is not appropriate to attempt
channeling. Negative influences can disrupt the work very easily.
In some ways I long for the far simpler and more peaceful days when no one knew who I was, I was
in daily contact with cosmic beings, and was breathlessly inspired about the marvels of this living
Cosmos.
Much of my life in the last decade seems to have gone by in a flash, working tirelessly, 14 hours a
day, 7 days a week, with hardly any breaks or vacations.
As is the case for almost everyone these days, life is still a struggle. You fight to pay the rent each
month and hope you're going to make it.
Jim from L/L had just started needing to mow lawns in order to pay the bills when I arrived there in
2003.
I contributed 601 a month in rent and 25 percent gross of all my online profits, and also pitched in
with cooking, cleaning and other chores to help them out.

PROTECTING MYSELF FROM THE NEGATIVITY

I finally had to protect myself from seeing any and all hateful online messages as of August 2013. This
was an isolating but necessary experience.

I have since had to spend a great deal of time healing from the damage the preceding 18 years of
battle had caused me.
Carla's transition has added additional melancholy energy to the strange ups and downs of the times
we are living in these days.
However, considering she had a severe degenerative condition that weakened her over many years, I
am glad that her pain has finally ended.
Jim would always write about every new health challenge in a very positive light, as if Carla's healing
was right around the corner.
At times this made it even harder to read, since her steady decline was increasingly obvious with
each new development, particularly in the last year and a half.
The details are not important, other than to say that reading of how much she was suffering was a
truly heartbreaking experience.
The group had asked that I not publicize this process, for their own peace and privacy, so it was
something I lived and dealt with alone.
A dream told me she was about to go. I emailed Jim and said "Tell Carla I love her very much." A few
hours later she was gone.

MY OWN READINGS HAVE RECENTLY STARTED UP AGAIN

So yeah... death threats, having buddies actually die, and taking on the most negative group on earth
can definitely bum you out.
It also appears that at least one group of Alliance people from the military got identified and killed
because of my overzealous leaking of too much intel too fast.
At the same time, there are plenty of positives we can focus on. It's all about the discipline of seeing
the silver lining. That's what Carla was always about.
I did manage to work through enough healing to begin pulling in new intuitive readings as of October
2014 -- coming from a deeper level than ever before.
Most of this material still needs to be transcribed, and is sitting there in digital MP3 files on the SD
card in my recorder.
We did publish the first of these new readings in "Cosmic Perspective on the Defeat of the Cabal,"
from October 27th, 2014.
The best thing I can aspire to in this work is to be a clear messenger -- meaning that I pass along what
I am being given without screwing it up.
Remarkable new insiders appeared almost at the exact same time I published the new reading. The
story has since gotten vastly more interesting.

Part of why I am spelling this all out is that our work is changing dramatically. This article is partly
intended to help usher in our next phase.

THE NEW INSIDER "LUKE"

A new insider, who we have been calling Luke, sent his first contact letter to Benjamin Fulford and
me, simultaneously, on October 13, 2014.
The subject heading was "Ben/David: I worked at the Federal Reserve W/Black Sun Order Members,
Have been involved in the SSP w/ET "AI" issue."
I wrote him back briefly after reading it. I found out that "SSP" meant Secret Space Program.
After my initial October 13th reply, Luke got distracted and didn't write me back until the day after
"Cosmic Perspective" was published -- October 28th.
The beginning of his response letter was as follows:
"Hello David, Sorry I haven't returned your email. I have been quite wrapped up in my post surgery
physical therapy, doctors appointments and some issues related to this recent release of
information. I am sure you can relate."

THE ADVENTURE GOT MUCH MORE INTENSE

In the same letter, he sent me a series of links to material he had already published in discussion
forums. This was when I really "got it."
I was amazed by the quality and depth of the information, leaking things I had heard privately but
never shared. The "rabbit hole" suddenly got very, very deep.
So, less than 24 hours after I came forward and published new channeling after a very long absence, I
suddenly found myself thrown into a stunning new adventure.
All of the insider info I had gathered over the preceding 22 years had come together -- brilliantly and
unexpectedly.
Knowledge and information I had kept very quiet was suddenly flooding back into my mind as each
new topic of discussion arose.
This one guy knew almost as much as all the others had told me combined.
Like anyone who talks about this stuff online, he has already had some very strong detractors. I can
personally vouch for the authenticity of his information.
At the time, he had absolutely no intention of ever coming forward. I would never have broken his
confidentiality, since I have always protected the free will of others.

A WORLD OF NEW INFORMATION

I learned many, many new things in addition to hundreds of refinements and enhancements of things
I already knew.
Dozens of completely frustrating areas, where I had hit "brick walls" with other insiders, like "What
the heck are we actually DOING out there," became clear.
On multiple occasions I was able to finish his sentences, or drop code names of things that had never
been published online -- causing him extreme fascination.
Similarly, he said so many things I had already heard privately, but had never published, that I knew
he was almost certainly telling me the truth.
The idea that all these different people could have been lying to me, over 22 years of time, was far
more preposterous than the idea that they were telling the truth.
My goal has been to gather and compile as much of this new information as possible before going
fully public with it -- but we're almost there, and the leaks have already begun.
We have already had people co-opting this information and mixing it with their own ideas that have
nothing to do with what's really going on.
I had warned that this would happen as soon as we started releasing it last year. It sure didn't take
very long!
The Law of One is indeed the focal-point for all of this information. Everything keeps coming back
around to validate what was said even more.

THE UNIVERSE IS ALIVE

The ultimate point we take away from the Law of One model is that the universe is alive. There is a
singular mega-identity that formed all that we see, including ourselves.
We are ultimately holograms of a far greater intelligence that created the universe. Separation is an
illusion created for the purpose of the Creator knowing Itself.
We stumble about in ignorance, fear and pain, all of which is ultimately caused by our lack of
knowledge of the truth.
Consciousness interconnects all things. If we do not perceive ourselves as truly being one with
everything and everyone, we are still living in "the illusion."
It can take many, many lifetimes, through multiple dimensional levels or "densities," to fully shake off
the amnesia and remember who and what we really are.

A BIT ABOUT THE LAW OF ONE PHILOSOPHY

The Law of One teaches us that we live in a reality where we must choose a path -- service to others
(positive) or service to self (negative).
Or, if you are clever enough to find door number 3, you can just decide to go live in Uruguay, or a
small militarized base in Brazil.
[Kidding... just kidding.]
The level we currently live in, "Third Density," is then followed by fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh -the so-called "true color" densities of green, blue, indigo and violet -- before returning to "intelligent
infinity" once more.
These colors are not physical colors, but represent vibrational frequencies that actually create
habitable planes of existence that overlap with our own.

DENSITIES ARE NOT DIMENSIONS

Each density has its own three-dimensional space. Multiple densities can co-exist in the same 3D
space. We are only now able to perceive three of them.
Our own universe of physical matter, including the Earth and all that we see on it, is only at the
"yellow" level. We can also see red and orange as mineral/ elemental (1D) and plant-animal life (2D).
Sentient human life exists in third density. We can interact with second-density beings but they do
not have the degree of self-awareness and intelligence that we do.
The higher densities are all around us -- and as we increase in "vibration", we become capable of
seeing and living in them as well.
Here is a passage from the Law of One that illustrates this phenomenon in regards to the Earth:
http://www.lawofone.info/results.php?s=62#29
62.29 You must see the Earth, as you call it, as being seven Earths.
There is red, orange, yellow, and there will soon be a completed green color vibratory locus for
fourth-density entities which they will call Earth.

THE GRADUATION
Our earth is now very, very close to its own "graduation" into fourth density -- an event the Law of
One series referred to as Harvest.
Before I ever found the Law of One material, for years I had been having remarkable dreams about
some sort of mega-event happening on Earth within my lifetime.
This was always phrased as a profound spiritual metamorphosis, changing who and what we are in
an instant -- very much like the Biblical concept of "Rapture."

This was also invariably associated with some sort of spectacular, unexpected light phenomenon that
seemed to emanate from the sun.
These repeating visions led to me researching the subject of "Ascension," and eventually discovering
that many different ancient cultures predicted that an event like this would happen.
I first learned of this worldwide prophecy while reading Fingerprints of the Gods by Graham Hancock
after its epic release in 1995.

THE SAME GROUP SEEDED THESE PROPHECIES WORLDWIDE

These cultures were invariably given these prophecies by "the Gods," who appear to be ETs with
advanced scientific knowledge.
According to the Law of One, this was done by a unified group of benevolent ETs they called the
Confederation:
6.24 Questioner: Do any of the UFOs that are presently reported come from other planets here at
this time, or do you have this knowledge?
Ra: I am one of the members of the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator.
There are approximately fifty-three civilizations, comprising approximately five hundred planetary
consciousness complexes in this Confederation.
This Confederation contains those from your own planet who have attained dimensions beyond your
third.
It contains planetary entities within your solar system, and it contains planetary entities from other
galaxies.
It is a true Confederation in that its members are not alike, but allied in service according to the Law
of One.

NOTHING COULD BE MORE IMPORTANT

By the time I started reading the Law of One material, I already had done a lot of research -- and was
amazed at the depth of new information it provided on this topic.
If something like this "Golden Age" is indeed about to happen -- and I do believe it is -- then nothing
else could possibly be more important for us to focus on.
All of the efforts of the "Confederation" -- a group of ETs who serve and protect our planet -- are
geared towards ensuring that as many of us as possible are ready for this Graduation when it finally
occurs.

CHANNELING IS FRAUGHT WITH DIFFICULTY

The Law of One clearly spells out that channeling is very easily tainted. Without proper training and
discipline, negative entities can manipulate the words.
For this same reason, it is very important that we exercise discernment at all times, and throw away
anything that doesn't agree with what we feel is right.
The Law of One series refers to the negative group as the Orion Confederacy. Space program people
call them the Draco, though other groups are part of it as well.
The Draco do have several outposts on planets around some of the stars in Orion, which are right
nearby us -- hence the Law of One's classification.
One of my favorite quotes Carla used to say is "It is very, very easy to do channeling. It is very, very
difficult to do channeling well."
Here is where this pivotal discussion began in the Law of One series:
12.15 Questioner: Is it possible for an entity here on Earth to be so confused as to call both the
Confederation and the Orion group in [an] alternating way, one, then the other, [inaudible] back to
[inaudible]?
Ra: I am Ra. It is entirely possible for the untuned channel, as you call that service, to receive both
positive and negative communications.
If the entity at the base of its confusion is oriented towards service to others, the entity will begin to
receive messages of doom.
If the entity at the base of the complex of beingness is oriented towards service to self, the
crusaders, who in this case, do not find it necessary to lie, will simply begin to give the philosophy
they are here to give.
Many of your so-called contacts among your people have been confused and self-destructive
because the channels were oriented towards service to others but, in the desire for proof, were open
to the lying information of the crusaders who then were able to neutralize the effectiveness of the
channel.

WHY IS PROOF SUCH A BAD THING?

Wait a minute. You're saying that wanting proof opens up the possibility of negative influence?
Yes. Absolutely. Don Elkins was frequently criticized by Ra for asking too many "transient" questions.
For a source of this caliber, the only thing they really care about is reaching us at the deepest
spiritual level, where we are One.
This means that the main thing they want to discuss is the Law of One, and the philosophy of how we
can achieve that understanding.
These teachings are ageless and timeless. Therefore, the same answers will be just as valuable in
10,000 years as they are today.

Once you start wanting to get into all the details of cosmic battles and warring ET factions, you
quickly open yourself up to negative influence.
In fact, if you focus too much on this type of information rather than just spiritual growth philosophy,
the positive beings are required to let a negaitve entity take over.
Once this happens, the negative entity will "masquerade as positive" while putting out as much "fear
porn" as possible. Prophecies then fail, discrediting the channel.

THE "GUARDIANS" HAVE TO ALLOW FREE WILL TO PLAY OUT ON EARTH

New students of the Law of One invariably want to know why these positive ETs don't just show up,
kick ass, take names and kick-start the Golden Age.
Although this is exactly what has started happening lately, a great deal of negativity has been
allowed to occur along the way.
What very few of us realize is that the balance between negative and positive events is very precisely
managed here on earth by an overseer group called the Guardians.
16.6 Questioner: Then this... balancing prevents the Guardians from reducing their positive
polarization by totally eliminating the Orion contact through shielding. Is this correct?
Ra: I am Ra. This is partially correct. In effect, the balancing allows an equal amount of positive and
negative influx, this balanced by the mind/body/spirit distortions of the social complex.
Thus in your particular planetary sphere, less negative, as you would call it, information or stimulus is
necessary than positive due to the somewhat negative orientation of your social complex distortion.
16.7 Questioner: In this way, total free will is balanced so that the individual may have an equal
opportunity to choose service to others or service to self. Is this correct?
Ra: I am Ra. This is correct.
16.8 Questioner: This is a profound revelation, I believe, in the Law of Free Will. Thank you.

INCREDIBLE INSIGHTS INTO "WHO'S WHO IN THE ZOO"

Although much philosophy was presented, Ra did allow a great deal of technical information through
-- phrased in the highest Law of One context possible.
The scientific portion of the Law of One material, and the discussion of the Ascension event, was only
a sub-set of a much greater collection of information.
Remarkably detailed information was given about the extraterrestrial life surrounding us -- both
positive and negative -- and the war being fought between them.
We are the main target within this war. Both sides are trying to steer us into a direction they see as
being more favorable.

Once that aspect is introduced, and we get into the notion of why the negative is allowed to do what
it does, we are back on track with useful wisdom teachings.
Most importantly, the negative will not be allowed to win this war -- but they certainly can do
damage.

ALL PART OF A COLLECTIVE AWAKENING

All of the negativity is permitted to occur as it helps usher in a collective awakening. We are seeing
this happen right in front of our eyes.
Just last week, as a vicious case of poison oak had started destroying my neck, I started up
conversation with two drunk people on a hiking trail.
Both of them started talking about the Illuminati at the same time after I brought it up. They both
wanted me to listen to them and were overtalking each other.
I tried to explain that I not only knew what they were talking about, but I knew a lot more. Neither of
them could stop long enough to listen.
The irony was that in their intoxicated state, neither of them made it possible for the other one to be
heard. It was all quite comical.
I did my best to try to listen to both monologues at the same time. Chemtrails, Federal Reserve, the
Constitution -- it was all there.
A similar event happened on a shuttle bus at the Denver International Airport the last time I flew in
to do my shows, but in this case there was no overtalking.
A teenage kid was going on loudly, at great length, about the Illuminati. Everyone was listening to
him. No one ridiculed him, though they did laugh at times.
These are just two of many events showing me that this formerly-obscure and secret information is
becoming ever-increasingly mainstream.

THE LAW OF ONE FITS PERFECTLY INTO WHAT THE INSIDERS KNOW
The main thing that hardly any Illuminati scholars realize is that this same group has extensively
colonized our solar system. That's where all of our money has gone.
Since the 1930s, our governments have been ever-increasingly involved with a far-ranging cast of ET
characters.
Preparing for an eventual disclosure of the truth, they have been leaking information and
disinformation in movies and TV shows all along.

I have been astonished, many hundreds of times, to find out that deeply-placed insiders in UFO and
space-related "black projects" have firsthand knowledge of a remarkable number of specifics from
the Law of One series.
In fact, I recently found out that the group behind the secret space program, i.e. the "Cabal",
military-industrial complex or "Illuminati," is very well aware of how accurate the Law of One really
is.

ANOTHER NEW INSIDER NAMED "HARRY" REVEALS THE LAW OF ONE IS UNDER CONTINUAL ATTACK
Luke identified another very high-level insider we have named Harry. They have information that
overlaps as well as unique things the other one does not know.
Recently Harry was threatened with death if he continued talking to me, so our connection has
effectively dried out. Luke is still talking.
Harry revealed that there has been an ongoing effort, ever since the 1990s, to disinform the public
about the Law of One material.
They want to make it appear to be negative and threatening. Certain books and websites have been
put out to confuse and terrify the public.
They also apparently have rigged search engines to make it much harder to find anything substantial
about the material.
In order to help counteract that influence, I will tell you that you can order the books at the Law of
One group's website, www.llresearch.org.
You can read the entire series for free and search for keywords at www.lawofone.info. This is now
my go-to place for any needed references.
The Space Program also asks people to read the first volume of the Law of One as a sort of entrance
exam, since it is so precisely descriptive of the truth.
If people's imagination is not expansive enough to take it in or understand it, they are not invited to
proceed any further in the program.

A DESCRIPTION OF FOURTH-DENSITY LIFE

One of many astonishing connections between the Law of One data and what I was hearing from
insiders who worked in UFO-related "black projects" concerns extraterrestrial life.
The Law of One series explains that if a fifth-density entity appears before us, it will take on a
"thoughtform" that is geared to look like what we are familiar with -- a conventional human form.
However, fourth-density entities will be human-like (hominid) in appearance, but can appear as a
blend between a human form and any of the various forms of life we see in the animal kingdom here
on earth.

That means you could see beings that evolved into humanlike form out of various types of insects,
fish, mammals, birds or reptiles.
Most often, this means you will have beings with two arms and two legs but a head that looks similar
to an insect, fish, mammal, bird or reptile.
This phenomenon is well known and widely experienced within the space program. There are
countless numbers of humanlike ETs out there for us to meet.
Years before I ever heard about what ET life actually looked like from insiders, this prophecy was
already waiting to be discovered in the Law of One series.

PROGRAMMED EVOLUTION IS RESPONSIBLE

This phenomenon is due to the fact that evolution is intelligently scripted, not random, and follows
similar patterns throughout our own and neighboring galaxies.
Although this may sound impossible to believe for most people, the scientific evidence is extremely
voluminous -- available on my shows and in both books.
Our galaxy's goal is to produce intelligent life in a hominid form. This is how consciousness
experiences apparent separation and individuality for its own growth.
Depending upon the planet, these intelligent hominids can evolve out of any of the types of "second
density" life we already see here on earth.
Most of the ETs that people are meeting with in the space program are "fourth density," which is
very similar to our own third density in its matter state:
90.5 Questioner: You stated previously that fifth-density entities bear a resemblance to those of us in
third density on planet Earth but fourth density does not.
Could you describe the fourth-density entities and tell me why they do not resemble us?
Ra: I am Ra. The description must be bated under the Law of Confusion.
The cause for a variety of so-called physical vehicles is the remaining variety of heritages from
second-density physical vehicular forms.
The process of what you call physical evolution continues to hold sway into fourth density.
Only when the ways of wisdom have begun to refine the power of what you may loosely call thought
is the form of the physical complex manifestation more nearly under the direction of the
consciousness.

WHY DO 5D ENTITIES LOOK MORE LIKE US?

As this excerpt goes on, Dr. Elkins tries to find out why these fifth-density entities look more similar
to us than those from the fourth.

The answer is that they can project themselves into whatever form they choose, and therefore
appear in a way that gives us the greatest comfort:
90.6 Questioner: Well, If the population of this planet presently looks similar to the fifth-density
entities I was wondering why this is?
If I understand you correctly the process of evolution would normally be the third density resembling
that from which it evolved in second density [the ape] and then refining in fourth and then again in
fifth, becoming what the population of this planet looks like on third....
Ra: I am Ra. Your query is based upon a misconception. Do you wish us to comment or do you wish
to re-question?
90.7 Questioner: Please comment on my misconception if that is possible.
Ra: I am Ra. In fifth density the manifestation of the physical complex is more and more under the
control of the conscious mind complex.
Therefore, the fifth-density entity may dissolve one manifestation and create another.
Consequently, the choice of a fifth-density entity or complex of entities wishing to communicate with
your peoples would choose to resemble your peoples physical-complex, chemical, yellow-ray
vehicles.

HOW SIMILAR ARE THE OTHER FORMS OF INTELLIGENT LIFE OUT THERE?
As our quote goes on into the next question, Don starts asking for specifics about how many others
are out there who look just like us.
90.8 Questioner: I see. Very roughly, if you were to move a third-density entity from some other
planet to this planet, roughly what percentage of all of those within the knowledge of Ra would look
enough like those entities of Earth so that they would go unnoticed in a crowd?
Ra: I am Ra. Perhaps five percent.
90.9 Questioner: Then there is an extreme variation in the form of the physical vehicle in third
density in the universe. I assume this is also true of fourth density. Is this correct?
Ra: I am Ra. This is so.
We remind you that it is a great theoretical distance between demanding that the creatures of an
infinite creation be unnoticeably similar to oneself and observing those signs which may be called
human which denote the third-density characteristics of self-consciousness.
[This includes] the grouping into pairs, societal groups, and races, and the further characteristic
means of using self-consciousness to refine and search for the meaning of the milieu.

90.10 Questioner: Well, within Ras knowledge of third-density physical forms, what percentage
would be similar enough to this planets physical form that we would assume the entity to be human
even though they were a bit different? This would have to be very rough because of my definition
being very rough.
Ra: I am Ra. This percentage is still small; perhaps thirteen to fifteen percent due to the capabilities
of various second-density life forms to carry out each necessary function for third-density work.
Thusly to be observed would be behavior indicating self-consciousness and purposeful interaction
with a sentient ambiance about the entity rather than those characteristics which familiarly connote
to your peoples the humanity of your third-density form.

OUR OWN "LOGOS" AND SEVERAL NEIGHBORING ONES CHOSE THE HUMAN FORM
Skipping ahead now from question 11 to question 12, we are told that our own local planetary
system [Logos] and several others nearby chose the ape body as the template for conscious soul
evolution, instead of other types of second-density forms that then reached a hominid appearance.
It is up to each star, or Logos, as to which second-density creature it will "invest" with sentience, and
upgrade into the hominid, third and fourth-density form.
The source then speculates as to why the ape body may have been chosen for this locally:
90.12 Questioner: Was there a reason for choosing the forms that have evolved upon this planet and,
if so, what was it?
Ra: I am Ra. We are not entirely sure why our Logos and several neighboring Logoi of approximately
the same space/time of flowering chose the bipedal, erect form of the second-density apes to invest.
It has been our supposition, which we share with you as long as you are aware that this is mere
opinion, that our Logos was interested in, shall we say, further intensifying the veiling process by
offering to the third-density form the near complete probability for the development of speech
taking complete precedence over concept communication or telepathy.
We also have the supposition that the so-called opposable thumb was looked upon as an excellent
means of intensifying the veiling process so that rather than rediscovering the powers of the mind
the third-density entity would, by the form of its physical manifestation, be drawn to the making,
holding, and using of physical tools.

THE LAW OF ONE AND THE CAYCE READINGS: TRULY REVOLUTIONARY INTUITIVE WORKS
This is all pretty mind-blowing stuff -- and it took nearly twenty years of scholarship for me to
discover how accurate it really is for people in the space program.
The Law of One also has many, many points of "direct contact" with the Edgar Cayce Readings of the
early 20th century, which is arguably the most documented and validated intuitive work in modern
history.

Edgar Cayce (1877-1945) went into a deep, unconscious trance state and spoke with seeming
ominiscience when he performed "psychic readings."
Over 14,000 of these readings are on record, where he was able to diagnose people's medical
problems and prescribe treatments with nothing more than a name and address.
Like Carla, Cayce was unaware of anything that he had said when he woke up -- but the work was
extremely effective.
There was a strong focus on the power and presence of Christ, but with interesting twists -- including
the notion of reincarnation and Atlantis.
Cayce often wrestled greatly with whether his work was genuinely positive or not. What kept him "in
the game" was the fact that it was helping people.

A BRIEF HISTORY OF THE LAW OF ONE

Cayce died in 1945 and the contact of the higher forces was temporarily shut off -- but only for about
seven years.
It resurfaced again in 1952, and ultimately paved the way for the Law of One material, after 20 years
of highly focused scholarship by Dr. Don Elkins into the field of UFOs and metaphysics.
Don had come across the impressive work of Wilbert B. Smith in the 1950s. Smith was a Canadian
engineer who had access to classified information about UFOs.
Smith performed the only official, government-sanctioned study into the "global grid" / vortex
phenomenon, known as Project Magnet.
Smith was also lucky enough to get a piece of wreckage from a crashed extraterrestrial spacecraft. It
was super-lightweight but extremely strong and could not be bent or burned.
Smith was given access to Canadian government files about what was going on -- including the reality
of the Roswell crash.
Much of these documents can be found on Grant Cameron's impressive website,
presidentialufo.com, in the Wilbert B. Smith section.

INDIVIDUALS WERE CONTACTED

Beginning in 1952, certain ordinary people were contacted by UFOs and the intelligences behind
them, and messages began coming through.
Back in those days, many contactees were literally being picked up and "taken for a ride" by UFOs in
their own backyards -- including George Adamski and George Van Tassel.
As we now know, very similar contacts were occurring during the same time in Italy in "The
Friendship Case," where additional fertile ground had been found.

The third of the "three Georges" in Law of One history, George Hunt Williamson, wrote a book about
the UFO contacts surrounding Smith and certain others.
The ETs used Morse code, broadcast over ham radio, to communicate messages to people who they
felt were of the right "vibration" to listen to them.
According to Williamson's debut book The Saucers Speak, twelve different groups were contacted
this way by the ETs.
All but one of them, apparently, were identified and intimidated into silence by government stooges
intent on keeping UFO secrecy alive and well.
Smith and Williamson first wrote about what happened in 1956, and it caused a sensation. Smith's
identity was hidden in the original book but later came forward in 1958 at a Canadian UFO
conference.

THE RESULTS WERE EXTREMELY PRECISE

As Smith's research continued, he found various channels around the US and Canada who were all
saying the same things.
This information validated what he was hearing in government documents -- and gave him far more
information than his "need to know" basis allowed for.
In this case, usable technical gadgets were also created -- including a torsion-field generating
"Caduceus coil" and a torsion-field detector.
Furthermore, a great deal of philosophical information was conveyed, including prophecies of a
massive shift in our solar system.
I wrote all of this up in detail, including an extensive PDF file with scans of some of the original
materials, in 1950s ETs Prepare Us for Golden Age.
I also have entire TV show episodes where I delve into this material on Wisdom Teachings.

THE LAW OF ONE EVENTUALLY CAME ABOUT

Carla and Don got together in the 1960s. Thanks to Smith's work, Don knew channeling was the best,
if not the only way to get accurate information about ETs.
Carla eventually decided to play along and learn how to channel in the mid-1960s.
She was able to get "tuned" to the loving consciousness of the ETs by reading the results of the
channeling Smith had identified.
This produced a wealth of material throughout the 1970s.
Their contact was upgraded to a much higher level only a couple of weeks after Jim McCarty moved
in to help them in December 1980.

Although many people have successfully contacted 4D and 5D beings, true 6D work like the Law of
One series is exceedingly rare and precious.

THE EDGAR CAYCE CONNECTION

I started doing my own readings in November 1996. By October 1997, they had convinced me to
move to Virginia Beach, the home of the Edgar Cayce group.
The same night I arrived there, people started recognizing me as the spitting image of Edgar Cayce
when he was my same age.
This created quite a sensation, since I looked almost identical and was doing very similar work.

Furthermore, we were only three months away from 1998, when Cayce's own readings had
predicted that he would return to Virginia Beach.
I asked my readings if this was true and was told the answer was yes. By this point I'd had over a year
of trust built up with them, and it was very upsetting to hear.
I did not want to reveal myself as a reincarnation of someone else. Yet I was told it would be a
"spiritual felony" if I refused.
Even worse, my readings urged me to contact Cayce's organization, the Association for Research and
Enlightenment, which I eventually did in May 1998.
The senior staff excitedly photocopied and distributed my astrological chart combined with Cayce's,
which showed many astonishing overlaps.
In fact, I was born on the single best year, month, day and hour in a 127-year period after Cayce's
death to have a precise alignment with his astrology.
Several of my closest family members and friends were also precise reincarnations of Cayce's
associates.
I wrote this all up here, in the inaugural article for this site: Intro to the Wilcock / Cayce / Ra
Connection.

DON QUIXOTE MAKES IT EVEN WEIRDER

I was not treated very respectfully by the organization for making this claim. I was told that
"someone comes in here every week thinking they're Cayce."
I did meet his surviving son, Edgar Evans Cayce. He admittedly had a very hard time accepting that
this might have happened.

He refused to look me in the eye, at all, throughout our entire conversation. He hunched forward and
kept his hand over his eyes the whole time.
He bombarded me with questions and then refused to let me answer them. As soon as I started to
answer, and he saw I had a good answer, he'd just ask another.
However, he did tell me that I had a far, far better case than anyone else he had ever met who was
claiming to be Cayce's reincarnation.
Only the highest levels of the A.R.E. had a problem with this. Everyone at the middle and lower levels
who found out about it was thrilled, as were others I met.
The only offer I was given by the higher levels of the A.R.E. was to volunteer to sell candy bars at all
12 showings of Man of La Mancha, their play that was about to debut.
I didn't find out until years later that L/L Research had chosen a stylized illustration of Don Quixote as
their logo.

CHRIS VAN CLEAVE WAS THE MAIN TALENT

The A.R.E. leadership wanted to "gently introduce" me to the public by putting me out there as this
seemingly anonymous snack-food vendor.
The idea was to "see if people recognize" the similarity I had with Edgar Cayce. And indeed a variety
of them did.
As I went through showing after showing, I was feeling increasingly disrespected and denigrated.
Cutting and humiliating statements were being made.
This always felt the most uncomfortable when I was at the candy bar table during the showings
themselves.

Chris Van Cleave played Don Quixote, the main character with lots of singing parts, and he was really
great.
The above photo is a younger version of how he looked at the time.
Chris Van Cleave Bio Page
http://www.vancleavemusic.com/biography-new/bio-web/home.html

SHAVE THAT 'STACHE

At one point a young adult character in the play had half of his fake mustache fall off during the live
show, in front of a packed audience.

Chris took his harmless stage sword and put it near the actor's face, saying he will "shave the rest of
that 'stache clean off", working it beautifully into his existing lines.
This was a great source of entertainment for everyone there and got huge laughs.
Later, when Chris had to move out of his house very suddenly, I put in a full day of back-breaking
labor to help him out.
Other guys broke a huge sweat lifting the heaviest stuff and had to quit early. I managed to put in
about 12 hours in one day.
Chris asked me why I did it. I told him "I just love your work, man, and I want to repay you
somehow."
I joked that I might have screwed him over somehow in a past life. Once you get into the Cayce stuff
you find out hardly any relationship is "new," and there is always karma.

THERE ARE SOME ONLINE TRACES OF THIS PLAY YOU CAN TRACK DOWN
Some people might think I made this all up, so to help settle the score, I did some research.
Virginia Beach Sun Announcement of Man of La Mancha 12-Performance Run
https://archive.org/stream/Virginia_Beach_Sun_1998-04/Virginia_Beach_Sun_1998-04_djvu.txt

Van Cleave will soon be seen as Don Quixote in "Man of La Mancha" for a 12-performance run at the
ARE beginning May 29.

6/9/98: Virginian Pilot Review of Man of La Mancha

http://www.highbeam.com/doc/1G1-68472787.html

The Association for Research and Enlightenment production of ``Man of La Mancha'' is one of the
better sung amateur theatricals of the sort that display scenery of crudely cartooned rock walls and
lighting that bisects featured players head to foot with sharp lines of shadow.
Whether one chooses to ignore details of staging is probably a matter of one's willingness to suspend
disbelief.
After all, the effort put forth by earnest volunteers may be more important than the easy legibility of
the words ``Harley-Davidson'' on vests worn by 16th century peasants.
The incongruity of gold wedding rings and other jewelry sported by destitute victims of the Spanish
Inquisition likewise may bother some viewers more than it bothers others.

THIS MAKES IT ALL THE MORE UNUSUAL

The weirdness and ever-increasing discomfort I was feeling from the A.R.E. reached a peak during
this time.
I believe the peak of it was when I was paternalistically told I should "get a job" while working there
for free to help them sell refreshments for profit.
I also started hearing back-talk and gossip about me, where the "consensus" was that I was not "pure
enough" as a person to be "useful" to them as Cayce's reincarnation.
They didn't like that I supported the Law of One and the Seth readings, which were "not of Christ."
They were even more upset by the fact that I was a recovered marijuana smoker -- 100 percent sober
-- and occasionally used cuss words when I spoke.
This was apparently "dirty laundry" that they did not want associated with the Cayce legacy. I was a
loose cannon and could not be trusted.
Nonetheless, I do not dislike the organization, and am proud of them for having preserved and
upheld the Cayce legacy all these years.
Sadly, they have adopted a policy of neither confirming nor denying my connection to Cayce -- no
publicity whatsoever -- ever since 1998.
Any effort I have ever made to be involved in any A.R.E. function has been scuttled by the main
management, even if a regional center wanted to host me.

THE DON QUIXOTE STORY WAS WOVEN IN WITH MY OWN

I did fulfill my commitment to do all of the shows out of a sense of honor, and went to the
triumphant after-party, but after that I hardly ever went back again.
This 12-show process meant that the story of Don Quixote, and the songs of Man of La Mancha, were
inextricably woven in with my own strange reincarnation story.
Every time Chris sang these lyrics they seemed to touch me at the deepest level:

Oh, I am I, Don Quixote, the Lord of La Mancha

Destroyer of evil am I
I will march to the sound of the trumpets of glory
Forever to conquer or die
Hear me heathens and wizards and serpents of sin
All your dastardly doings are past

For a holy endeavor is now to begin

And virtue shall triumph at last

Read more: Linda Eder - Man Of La Mancha (I, Don Quixote) Lyrics | MetroLyrics

I honestly didn't think a whole lot about this connection when I saw the L/L Research logo.
However, when Carla passed away on April Fool's Day, I couldn't help but feel like this was a
profound synchronicity linking our lives and work together even more.

GOOD ENOUGH FOR NOW

Unlike the A.R.E., which could not accept me for who and what I was, I found a home at L/L Research
with Carla, Jim and the others.
I will forever be grateful to them for opening their home and their lives to me in such an intimate
fashion.
I had spent five years in Virginia and another three in Kentucky, and would have stayed there if I
hadn't been pulled to Los Angeles to work in film and TV.
Even after I moved out to a house near Carla's farmland, to give her volunteers a base of operations,
I continued putting in one full day of labor on the land per week.
I was sad to leave the area. I liked living in the country. Nonetheless, in the fullness of time I am
happy where I am, as it has allowed many other things to blossom.
I feel both a sense of profound sadness as well as deep relief that Carla has finally transitioned and
her suffering is over.
I also am relieved that this article has finally reached a satisfying conclusion.
It's a good setup for the transcript of my most recent appearance on George Noory, which propels us
into the next part of our story.
I will try to get that out soon -- while also editing together the video of my interview with Luke after a
certain, very familiar group of avian ETs asked him to come forward publicly.

BRIEF UPDATE, EASTER SUNDAY: SYNCHS AND LINKS

There is a special link you need to use to watch Disclosure (on Thursdays) and Wisdom Teachings (on
Mondays) for 99 cents in the first month. Here it is:
http://www.gaiamtv.com/david99

I thought my other links defaulted to the offer now, but apparently not yet. This one definitely works.
I just tested it myself. I also replaced every link in the article I could find.
Furthermore, I had originally intended to get this entire article written the day after Carla passed on,
but I just wasn't fast enough.
Even with the poison oak raging (it has since gotten much less severe,) I took my dog for a walk and
went on a new and very beautiful trail I was guided to go to.
Right as I pulled into the parking spot, I was dazzled. There was a perfect four-digit alignment in the
car's odometer and a three-digit alignment in the clock at the same time.
I rushed for the phone to photograph it. I did catch it, but unfortunately not precisely at 5:55 -- only
one minute later. Argh! Here it is:

THIS WAS A SIGN THAT WE ARE LOVED

To me, this was another sign from Carla -- or the forces working through her -- that I was on the right
track, that "all is well," and that we are loved so very much.
There is a hidden order to the seeming randomness of our lives. Once we learn how to listen,
seemingly miraculous things begin happening more and more.
These things have been happening to me so long, for so many years, that it just completely defeats
skepticism. I did not plan this -- it just happened.
This was equally as powerful as the moment I asked if the beings Luke was in contact with were
indeed Ra. I was simply told "Go outside now."
There was a huge rainbow in the valley. I photographed it and filmed it. This was mind-blowing and
almost brought me to tears. We will save that story for later.
There is much more to come. Thank you again for your support and well wishes. I do very much
appreciate hearing them.

UPDATE: ANOTHER VERY PRECISE SYNC, SEEMINGLY AT RANDOM

As of 2:59 pm, I just got off the phone with my mother, partly for Easter and also for her to
congratulate me about writing this post.
She knows as well as anyone the horrible grief, threats and bullying I have been through. She said "in
this article David is back!"
I hit Refresh on this article as soon as we hung up to see where the hit counter was at. Boom.
Surprise, surprise... 11,333!

The timing for this to have worked was extremely precise. Just seconds later it had already gone up
to 11,345, but here it is:

I should remember the organizers of the two conferences I am speaking at as well.

New Living Expo is coming up on April 24-26th in the San Francisco area. Contact in the Desert is
happening in Joshua Tree on May 29-31st.
These are two of the biggest, best conferences out there -- truly remarkable opportunities to meet
people, network and hear great speakers.

ONE LAST UPDATE: FOR THOSE WHO WANT MORE

Some people have been asking where we can find out more about this new insider's story. It has
already created a wildfire in the UFO community.
So far the article that sticks out the most is by my friend and colleague Dr. Michael Salla, and
contains links with far more follow-up details:
http://exopolitics.org/whistleblower-reveals-multiple-secret-space-programs-concerned-about-newalien-visitors/
Bear in mind that according to Luke's own experience, other alleged whistleblowers mentioned in
the above article are passing disinformation.
Also, just as we finished this article, Luke / GoodETxSG finished his own brand-new website that will
be the new home of all the material:
http://spherebeingalliance.com/

I will, of course, try to get all of this out in my own way, on my own time -- but the "learning curve" is
extreme even for those who are very interested.
We do have over five hours of video footage "in the can" and I am in the process of preparing it for
YouTube distribution.
Both of us are getting inundated with interview requests about all of this but we've got to get the
video and Noory transcript out before anything else.
If you live in the Los Angeles area and are a whiz with Adobe After Effects and the top plug-ins, let us
know.
A REMINDER ABOUT INSIDERS

The interesting accounts I am about to share with you are the result of many ongoing, multi-hour briefings from
very highly-positioned insiders.
These are people who work for various "government" (military-industrial complex) groups in what they would call
the "Space Program."
These people have repeatedly proven their bonafides through a variety of means.
We have been compiling and cataloging their data, and scientificaly verifying it whenever possible, since this
website launched in 1999.
Our circle of trusted contacts keeps growing. There are many contenders who spout disinformation, but there are
genuine sources as well.
We have had two major new sources come to the forefront in the last four months, creating a dramatic expansion
in the knowledge base.
Hundreds of specific data points have been cross-verified -- information that had never been published on this
website or anywhere else, but that other vetted-out insiders revealed independently, over the last 20 years.
The truth is far, far stranger than fiction. For safety, we have held much of this back until the new data can be
absorbed, cataloged and integrated.

THINGS ARE GETTING EVER-INCREASINGLY WILD ON THE INSIDE TRACK

Right now there is a war going on in space, directly over our heads. It really heated up in mid-December of last
year and is ongoing.
That war is reaching a decisive tipping-point. It appears that it will turn out very favorably for the vast majority of
everyone on earth.
In fact, it appears that it is already impossible for the Cabal to win this. Time still has to play out before it is visible
to everyone, but the end is almost certain.
Many of the power elite groups on this planet are in a state of complete chaos and turmoil as a result.
Events unfolding on earth could be seen as a "proxy war" between groups of "good guys" or angels and "bad
guys" operating in, with and around Earth.
"Good" and "Bad" is obviously a question of your perspective. From the elite Cabal perspective, what is
happening to them is very bad.
However, the people who are fighting against the Cabal do very much seem to have humanity's best interests in
mind.
This alliance is a combination of earth governments, earth-based factions of the space program, and newlyarrived ETs who mean business.

CLOAKED SHIPS GETTING SHOT DOWN

It appears that major events are about to unfold on earth, involving the exposure and defeat of the Cabal.
This appears to be coming in the form of vastly greater disclosures from the Snowden documents than what we
have seen so far, among many other things.
The "good guy" ETs have now enforced a no-fly zone around the earth. Any high-level Cabal people who try to fly
out are being shot down.
Their ships are cloaked, but when one of them gets shot down, we hear about epic meteor sightings -- and then
the cleanup crews rush in.
There have been a number of very high-profile and unusual "meteors" lately -- including daylight-bright flashes of
light, sonic booms and the ground shaking for up to 15 seconds upon impact.

UPDATE, NEXT MORNING: THE CALIFORNIA "BIZARRE FIREBALL"

We've already got the "David Has No Proof!" comments coming in. Now that I've had a chance to sleep, here's
some of what we know.
One recent example from January 6th, covered

by the Daily Mail, was seen in California.

There was open speculation that this was "a UFO crashing, ejecting a miniature spacecraft."

Watch the video yourself. See how the second object doesn't fall down with gravity.
It shoots in the OPPOSITE DIRECTION from the meteor, at a good clip -- possibly even accelerating as it travels.
Basic laws of physics say this object should not have enough intertia to travel in a gravity-defying orbit -- in the
direct opposite direction of the "meteor."
What the hell was it, then?

1/6: Is This a UFO? Bizarre Fireball Splits in 2 Over California

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-2898667/Is-UFO-crashing-ejecting-miniaturespacecraft-meteorite-breaking-apart-Mysterious-glowing-orb-filmed-flying-fireballCalifornia.html

A mysterious glowing orb has been filmed breaking away from an unidentified meteorite-like
object as it streaked across the sky above California.
The unusual object can be seen moving through the sky leaving a long tail behind that is characteristic of
space debris or a meteorite burning up in the atmosphere.
But after a few seconds a second round object separates from the main fireball and moves off in
the opposite direction.
UFO hunters have claimed the bright orb may have been some sort of escape pod from a crashing ship.
However, others have said it is more likely to have been a meteorite breaking apart in the atmosphere.

UPDATE, NEXT MORNING: THE FLORIDA METEOR CASE

The Florida meteor case is one of the most recent ones, happening just last Saturday.
Whatever this thing was, it exploded so powerfully that the whole sky became as bright as daylight for a second.

2/24: Brilliant Fireball Wows Skywatchers, Rattles Windows in Florida

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2015/02/24/meteor-florida-boom_n_6743622.html

Skywatchers in northern Florida got a thrill on Saturday when a brilliant fireball streaked across the night
sky. And one Jacksonville resident who didn't get to see the bolide in person was lucky enough to catch
it on her backyard security camera (see video above).
"It's an awe-striking

situation when you can kind of see those things," Kandace Gaddie

told local television station WJXT after watching her video. "You feel like the little ant on the planet,
basically."
Over 230 people, from West Palm Beach to Augusta, Ga., reported spotting the fireball--and nearly 50
of those people reported hearing a loud

"window rattling" boom after seeing it,

according to the American Meteor Society.

The society believes the fireball was traveling northeast before crashing to the ground.
The fact that people heard sonic booms [means] it did survive down to the lower atmosphere," Robert
Lunsford, the society's treasurer, told the station.
"So there's a good chance that some small fragments may have reached the ground

about 50 miles west of Jacksonville.

probably

UPDATE NEXT MORNING: THE FASCINATING NEW ZEALAND METEOR CASE

As another key example so you know I'm not just "blowing smoke," this New Zealand "meteor" was particularly
interesting.
It slows down, speeds up, blows up, flashes light, creates sonic booms, drops straight down and shakes the
ground for 15 seconds upon impact.
If there was a war going on in space with cloaked vehicles, this is exactly the type of fallout we'd expect to see.

2/12: Low-Flying Meteor Explodes Over New Zealand

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2015/02/11/meteor-explodes-aukland-newzealand_n_6665924.html

An explosion

of orange, blue and white lit up the skies over New Zealand

Wednesday night, followed by a series of sonic booms.

Local experts agree that the blinding explosion was probably

a low-flying meteor, according to

The New Zealand Herald.

YouTube user Josh Sherbone captured the stunning flash on his car's dash cam in Tauranga, New
Zealand. In the video below, the explosion illuminates the night sky.

Shortly after the explosion, hundreds of eyewitness accounts of the blinding light began flooding news
stations and social media. WeatherWatch in New Zealand said that they were receiving reports

of the

flash from around the island country.

Auckland's Civil Defense sent out a tweet saying the flash was "definitely

not lightning, most

likely a meteor."
Fletcher Hodge was in the car with a friend in the city of Rotorua when they noticed the sky turning a
bright blue, he told The New Zealand Herald. "The

next minute it was practically at the

right-hand side. Like only 200 to 300 meters away.

It came in slow and then sped up. There were big bright blue flashes and then it went straight down
into a gully ... It was like looking out at a street light from your house and it looked closer than a street
light."

Seismologist Lara Bland of the research institute GNS Science told local news site Stuff that the meteor

appeared to shake the ground for about 14 to 15 seconds. At around 9:59 p.m.
she recorded a "small increase in higher frequency energy," she said.

THIS KEEPS HAPPENING

I have been quietly cataloging all of these events, or at least the ones that get publicity -- and will summarize them
in later postings.
We also had a major UFO crash occur in just the last few days in Canada, in another epic shoot-down. It is
considered a huge mess on the inside track.
Lots of disinfo is being put out about it, including all manner of Photoshopped images -- but the event itself was
very, very real.

UPDATE, NEXT MORNING: MORE ON THE CANADA CRASH

This event happened near Winnipeg, Canada on the night of February 18th.
People noticed the now-familiar bright flash in the sky. They also saw the military emergency clean-up crew come
in.
An official government retraction, blaming it on a classified aircraft, had to be issued to try to cover it all up -- but
it's not working.

2/19: Canadian Government Covers Up UFO Crash Near Winnipeg

http://www.cbc.ca/m/touch/canada/manitoba/story/1.2963994

Social media reports of a possible UFO sighting last night near Jackhead, Man., are not true, says the
Canadian Forces, which attributed the bright light people saw to an airplane from a training exercise.
On Wednesday night, several people said on Twitter and Facebook that they saw a bright light in
the sky, fuelling speculation that it may have been an unidentified flying object.
The rumour became stronger when photos were posted of Canadian Forces vehicles in the area, with
some people claiming the military was there to contain a UFO crash site.
But it was not a UFO at all, says Lt.-Col. Paul Davies, commanding officer 38 Territorial Battalion Group,
which is involved in an Arctic Response Company Group training exercise on Lake Winnipeg this week.

"There's no aliens, just my friends in the air force who are out there helping us on this exercise," Davies
told CBC News on Thursday.
"I have the commander of that air force contingent sitting right beside me and, you know, he assures us
that that was not a UFO, but that was him."
About 150 military personnel are taking part in Exercise Arctic Bison 2015, which includes the 38
Canadian Brigade Group, the 2nd Battalion of the Princess Patricias Canadian Light Infantry, the 4th
Canadian Ranger Patrol Group, and 440 Squadron of the Royal Canadian Air Force.
Davies said soldiers are training to deal with a plane crash and provide ground search and rescue support
in the Arctic.
The bright light that people saw, he explained, came from an airplane that takes off very quickly.
"From a distance it may have looked like it was going straight up in the air, but it wasn't," he said. "It was
just us out there playing our games."

SO WHAT EXACTLY IS GOING ON?

There are many secrets -- and many levels of the game that could qualify as the "biggest secret."
One level of "the biggest secret" is the simple fact that there are many different ET human or humanoid groups
working in and around the Earth every day.
Some of them look so much like us that they could walk around comfortably and no one would know the
difference.
Some of these groups would be positive, or service-to-others, while other groups would be on the negative, or
service-to-self spectrum.
The idea of "shapeshifters" is not true, at least in any biological sense. There are technologies that can do this
holographically but it is not biological.

PLAYING WITH THE BIG BOYS

Our worldly governments were largely kept out of this greater ET community, as per the ETs' own rules, up until
we developed the technology to take us into space.
The Germans achieved this first -- before they even officially became the Nazis in World War II.
All of our secret development of space has followed in the aftermath of this initial series of events.
Although the Nazis lost the war on earth, they did effectively win it in space.
They quickly discovered there were all manner of ETs out there who would attack and shoot down their ships.

In a very sad turn of events, the Nazis cut a deal with the nastiest ETs on the block for protection -- a group of
reptilian humanoids called the Dracos.
This group is known in the Law of One series as the Orion Confederacy -- and they do have several systems
under their control within that constellation.

THE SOLAR SYSTEM IS LITTERED WITH RUINS

Another level of the "biggest secret" is that our solar system has been actively colonized -- with super-advanced
technology -- for

at least the last five million years.

The Nazis found advanced ancient ruins in Antarctica, on the Moon and on Mars, and re-occupied them, building
them out with new construction while having a healthy head-start from what was already there.

Two and a half weeks ago now, I announced that I was going to be leaking a vast
treasure-trove of insider information on this very subject, live on stage at the
Conscious Life Expo.
I did not telegraph it until the day of the event itself, for security purposes.

SEISMIC SHOCKWAVES
The scope and depth of formerly-classified info that I revealed in that show has sent seismic shockwaves through
the insider community.
The event itself was wildly popular, with a standing-room-only crowd that stretched through five hallways in the
hotel before everyone was let in.
This was a tour-de-force of never-before-revealed insider info -- including two videos of "stasis beings" in their
sarcophagi and many pictures of likely ruins throughout our solar system.
We have already had one person get very aggressively threatened as a result of these leaks -- even though he
himself was not responsible for the majority of the information.
I also found out that some of this data was intended for "controlled release" in smaller packets, probably with
disinfo included, and this has thrown all of those plans into total disarray.
The streaming video, available now for 45 dollars, also has sold well -- and we anticipate some much-needed
funds from it soon enough.
I insisted that we have a hand-held cameraman for audience reaction shots, and he did a great job. We've never
had a live video come out this well before.

In the future we will open-source this information more and more, and tonight's show is the first step of that
process.
In the meantime, you can see the entire conference now by ordering it at

https://www.streamingforthesoul.tv/index.php?pageID=47&ref=278469.
The majority of revenue goes straight to helping this work, so if you have the means, please help us out and
contribute!

IN THE MEANTIME, TONIGHT'S SHOW...

For the many hundreds of people who have now seen the show (and the hundreds of thousands who listened to
illegal bootlegs that were pulled down from the net,) many questions have been raised.
70-foot tall "Progenitors." Stasis beings. The hidden history of the Illuminati. Extraterrestrial ruins all over our solar
system. And so much more.
That is what I hope to cover -- at least partially -- in tonight's show. Rather than just re-iterating the same data, we
will be expanding upon it.
This is all part of the Disclosure process.

UPDATE, NEXT MORNING: THREE HOURS OF INCREDIBLE NEW CONTENT!

The show went very well and is getting rave reviews. Here's a snapshot of the page on Coast where it is listed:

David Wilcock on Coast, February 25th: Ancient ETs & Spiritual Evolution

http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2015/02/25

Filmmaker, author and researcher, David

Wilcock, discussed a variety of topics including ancient

civilizations and ETs, the secret space program, Genesis & End Times, as well as spiritual information
about soul growth, ascension, and the evolution of consciousness.
According to his "insider" contacts, the secret space program has conducted missions not known by the
public, including a visit to the rings of Saturn, which are a kind of ruins.
What they found there were the remains of gigantic rooms made out of glass-like material that were
designed for people 70-100 ft. tall, he revealed.

The aliens that built these rooms, along with a massive ring-like project around Saturn, were descendants
of a prison colony that were banished to our solar system millions of years ago, he explained.
Their enemies became concerned that the rings they were constructing could be used as a resonancewave weapon to destroy any planet in the galaxy, so they ended up demolishing their project, Wilcock
continued.
Back on Earth, according to Wilcock's contacts, there are many covered-up mound builder sites in Canada
that contain secret research-- including stasis bubbles with 24 ft. tall beings, some of whom have recently
reawakened.
Further, Wilcock reported that around 100 enormous spherical ships around the size of Neptune have
recently come into our solar system.
It appears that four different types of beings from the ships have had contact with Earth's cabal, most
prominently the Blue Avians-- who are 8 ft. tall, have bird-like heads, and bodies covered with bright
feathers, he said.
Yet, Wilcock reported that intelligent alien life is essentially human, with their DNA differing at most 4%
from ours.

THE SNOWDEN DOCUMENTS -- NOT JUST A THUMB DRIVE

If what I am hearing is true, the Snowden documents are much greater than what we have been led to believe
thus far.
The problem is that the NSA had hacked everyone -- including all the alphabet-soup groups, all the military
groups, all the defense contractors and all the space program groups.
They committed the one great mistake of information security -- keeping everything in one place.
The actual amount of data is so vast that apparently it took three years of wireless satellite transfer, 24-7, at very
high bandwidth, to get it all.
The "USB stick" story is a pleasant distraction from the truth.
All the deeper data is being collated and packaged. It will apparently be dropped on the net. And it will quickly be
the end of the Cabal.
Although it may happen in stages, within this data will be epic disclosures about the "space program" that will
blow away almost everyone's data who has ever been in the public eye as a UFO researcher -- by leaps and
bounds.
Although people I care about could get hurt by my mentioning this at all, it does feel right to move forward and
share this with you.
Since "no one will believe it anyway," at least not until the documents come out, what difference should it make?

TONIGHT'S SHOW IS ALSO A VERY PROUD DEBUT

I am very proud to also be officially announcing my new show, DISCLOSURE,

on Gaiam TV.

There are already two episodes posted -- interviews I conducted with Graham Hancock and John Anthony West,
two of the top scholars in the field of ancient civilizations.

We've been developing this show and interviewing the best people for almost a year now -- but we had to wait
until everything was in proper position to launch.
We have interviews coming up with luminaries such as Robert Bauval, Andrew Collins, Laird Scranton, Rupert
Sheldrake, Rich Dolan and many more.
Now, if you are a subscriber to Gaiam TV, you can catch a new half hour of Wisdom Teachings every Monday,
and a new half hour of Disclosure every Thursday.
It takes a lot of work to host, produce and develop two weekly shows -- not to mention that I also star in almost
every episode of Ancient Aliens and contribute heavily in the research department.
In the future, if insiders want to come forward and be in the show, we now have a quality production that will allow
this to happen.

GAIAM TV HAS IMPROVED BY LEAPS AND BOUNDS

Millions have been spent getting Gaiam TV to be the best it can be as a streaming video network.
There are countless hurdles, and the field has become vastly more competitive, making it almost impossible to
succeed, since Gaiam got involved in 2011.
In the early days we had some problems with people needing to have Silverlight installed on their computers, and
also there were occasional buffering issues.
Now all of that stuff has been worked out, and it is a well-oiled machine. You can get
hundred 89

a Roku 3 box for a

bucks, new, and watch it on your big-screen TV.

All the "heavy lifting" for other devices, including smartphones and tablets, both Apple and Android, as well as
Playstation, Xbox and others, has now been done.

I now have a really cool "mothership" set -- a significant upgrade from the original -- and the picture quality is
excellent.
I have already transformed a significant amount of my very best conference material, that people used to pay 295
to see on a 16-hour weekend, into these 100-plus half-hour episodes.
I find it almost impossible to see a movie or TV show anymore that isn't painful, jarring and upsetting to watch -but I am very proud of the quality of these shows.

EXCLUSIVE OFFER FOR OUR DEBUT: WATCH ALL YOU WANT FOR A MONTH, SPEND ONLY A BUCK!
To help launch the show, Gaiam has created a one-time offer that works for everyone who clicks on this link:

http://www.gaiamtv.com/david99
If you sign up between now and Monday, March 2nd, you can watch as much as you want, for a month, and
spend only 99 cents.
There are no cancellation fees or hidden charges whatsoever. It is quick and easy to cancel if you decide to.
If you choose to stay on, the price is comparable to other streaming video services at 9.95 a month -- and that
gets you an all-access pass to everything.
It has been a wonderful thing for me to be forced to produce so much content to keep the show going -- and to
finally have a steady job!
It's a lot of work to produce two weekly shows, but I have been able to do it in a way that provides consistent
quality and amazement -- and have at least another year's worth of material ready to produce.
I have expanded way beyond everything I covered in my books and conferences as a result.
Many of the things I shared in passing are explained in much more detail. I really had to "drop the ego" and just
trust that it was OK to release all of this material at such a low cost.
It has taken time, but as the "tree" keeps shaking, a wealth of material is appearing as gift-wrapped presents, all
shiny and colorful!

TWO BIG CONFERENCES COMING UP

I am also happy to say that I

will be appearing at the New Living Expo in San Mateo,

California (near San Francisco) on April 24-26th.

This event will cover some of the same solar system history data that I revealed at the big event in Los Angeles,
along with the latest, greatest inside info.

Furthermore, pending a few final nips and tucks -- including deciding what exactly I am going to be speaking
about -- I am going to be speaking at the Contact in the Desert event as well.
This is a very fresh announcement, so it's not on the website yet -- but I did send in a signed contract today, so
we're almost there!
This event will take place on the weekend

of May 29th through 31st in Joshua Tree,

California.
In addition to visiting the website at contactinthedesert.net, you can email Crystal Fonoti at

crystal@jtrcc.org or call 760-365-8371 for more information.

Both of these events draw epic crowds and are excellent opportunities for socializing, networking and possibly
meeting your new partner. It happens!

TIME TO PREPARE FOR THE SHOW...

We go live in just a few hours. You can access the show on AM radio all across America or as a Streamlink
subscriber at coasttocoastam.com.
With a show that has such heavy info in it as this, we will probably get a transcript posted as well.
I worked very hard on Gaiam episodes for the last three months, and now finally have an oasis of three months to
relax, with nothing else on my schedule except for the two events above.
We can expect a lot more soon enough. I am very keen on increasing my participation all across the board.
This includes finally getting my Ph.D., which I have been offered but haven't had a chance to get, as well as our
new push into high-quality home-made YouTube videos with visual FX and lots of bells and whistles.
We also are on the verge of signing a new book deal that will explore these cosmic narratives in more detail.
Two books of "hard science" are enough. The skeptics will always be skeptical. Now it's time to create a vast
summary of insider data and connect all the dots!
I thank you for all your ongoing support. It's embarrassing not to have written much and I hope to change that as
the year goes on.
In the meantime, for a nominal fee there are plenty of ways to stay "plugged in" -- twice a week. If you don't like
Monday, just wait until Thursday... and so on!

UPDATE, NEXT MORNING: NUMERICAL SYNCHRONICITY DELIVERS AGAIN!

As I came in to post the new updates, showing the "meteor" sightings and crashes, once again we had a tripledigit number appear in the hit counter.

This time it was in the article right before this one -- in the editing window for this site as I came in to do the work.
Exactly 85,777 hits.
This happens time and time again when I am posting. No work is required -- it just shows up.
I do believe this synchronicity is intentional, and shows us there is "more going on here" than we usually think.
I wrote a whole book about it -- The Synchronicity Key -- now in twelve different foreign languages as well!
QUITE A MIND-EXPANDING BODY OF INFORMATION
Extraterrestrials have been visiting and settling on Earth for millions of years.
Functional portals have existed on earth, both natural and artificial, allowing ETs to visit earth humans at various
times. These legends have since become myths of phenomena like "fairy rings."
Our own people have had alliances with various ET groups for millennia -- but up until the 20th century it was only
a one-way street. They visited us but would not bring us home.
The Germans were the first to secretly develop space travel capability beginning in the 1930s, thanks in part to a
newly-minted alliance with certain ET groups that most would consider highly negative.
Once the Germans found out what kind of neighborhood it was, they wanted to side with the toughest kid on the
block for protection.

FIVE MILLION YEARS OF HISTORY

It was through this early effort that humanity discovered, firsthand, an incredible secret: Our solar system has
been repeatedly colonized by ET groups for at least the last 5 million years.
The oldest groups were the most advanced -- and stood at an astonishing 70 feet in height.
This was not only something we were told, it was something we were able to go out and see -- with the
technology we had been given.
Our solar system is littered with ruins of these ancient peoples, called names such as The Progenitors.
They primarily built beneath the surface of moons and asteroids for their own protection -- both against enemies
and natural cosmic events as well.
There is an astonishing wealth of highly advanced ancient tech everywhere we look. This is one of the great
secrets of our time.

THE "ILLUMINATI" CLAIM TO BE DESCENDANTS OF ONE OF THESE GROUPS

More and more people have come to realize that there is indeed a powerful, worldwide group that calls itself the
Illuminati.

Arguably, the greatest secret of the Illuminati is that they consider themselves to be the descendants of certain ET
human groups that arrived in the fairly recent past.
Originally, their descendants were the giants -- and the knowledge and scholarship on this subject is growing
exponentially thanks to the Internet.
The amount of evidence for giant skeletons -- ranging from a 9-foot group to a 12-foot group to a 25-to-30-foot
group -- is quite significant.
Much of it has been suppressed in order for this secretive organization to hide its true nature from the public.
However, thanks to a variety of new leaks, we are learning much more.

WE HAVE BEEN VERY BUSY

This has been a very exciting time. Years can go by with no new insiders of any real significance arriving.
I have always held onto a great deal of information that is not public in order to assess who is real and who is just
compiling what they have read online or heard from others.
Sadly, there are an ongoing number of people doing this, including in the present -- and some of them can be
quite convincing.
However, when someone starts saying exactly the same things we've heard from as many as five other people,
independently, and have never published, that catches our attention.
Once new insiders show up who pass the vetting-out process this extensively, we always feel an urgency to get
as much intel out of them as possible, as quickly as possible.
So, between feverishly learning visual FX for our upcoming push into video work, and absorbing as much insider
info as possible, we have been very busy. Not a minute's time has been wasted.

LEAKING IT ONSTAGE FOR PROTECTION

So here's what is happening. I am going to leak some of the story in front of a large audience at the Conscious
Life Expo for my own protection -- and for your enjoyment.
Once this is done, it will be safe to talk about this as the genie will now be about of the bottle.
In the future this material will find its way onto this site, but for now this is how we have decided to release it -- at
the keynote address I am giving at the Conscious Life Expo.
You can order livestream tickets and watch the event -- either while it is happening or for the next 10 days after
the fact.
If you can't afford this, remember that we have the number-one show on Gaiam TV, with well over 100 episodes
now in the can, and you can see any of them you want on a 10-day free trial at wisdomteachings.com.

I hope to get back to more regular posting and "long form" content creation in the near future!

A BRIEF FIVE-MILLION YEAR HISTORY OF THE COLONIZATION OF OUR SOLAR SYSTEM

Dramatic new insider testimony, from the highest levels of the classified world, has finally shed light on the
greatest mysteries of who we are, where we came from and how we got here.
After 18 years as a public figure on the internet, David Wilcock has built an extraordinary connection of insiders,
including those who worked for many years off-planet in the "Secret Space Program."
Through combining multiple, interlinking testimonials, combined with the groundbreaking history revealed in the
Law of One series, it is now possible for the first time to reconstruct the settlement of our solar system.
Learn the epic and incredible story arc that ultimately led to Earth being colonized by extraterrestrial beings -- and
the massive wars that wiped out all but a small number of their descendants, who lived on as 12 to 13-foot giants
until as recently as the 1700s.
Scientific evidence will be presented as often as possible -- including remarkable NASA photographs suggesting
where the ruins of these lost civilizations may still be found.

CLICK HERE TO ORDER THE LIVESTREAM!

[Livestream archived video available for 10 days after event]

MONDAY NIGHT EVENT AS WELL

If you are fairly local to the Los Angeles area, we are also having a post-conference event on Monday night.
Even more of the fascinating body of information we have gathered will be shared at this event -- regarding the
ever-controversial subject of Ascension, and whether it will be spontaneous or gradual.
This new insider testimony has very significantly increased the case for the spontaneous ascension model. This is
something I will be having far more to say about in the near future.
This event is not part of the Livestream "virtual conference" program.
Here is the description of the post-conference for those who are in the area. We will also be presenting more of
this material at the upcoming New Living Expo in San Mateo, California -- near San Francisco -- in late April.

YOUR ASCENSION CAN SAVE THE WORLD

What if there is a plan and purpose for your life? What if that plan and purpose is much more vast, supernatural
and fantastic than anything ever seen or heard in mainstream, consensus reality?

What if our world is a vast, spiritual illusion, inviting you to penetrate its mysteries and evolve into an entirely new
and higher form of life?
This is not speculation, nor superstition. Join double New York Times best-selling author David Wilcock
(divinecosmos.com) on a spellbinding journey of the mind and heart. Learn your true potential and unmask the
villains who have been working for thousands of years to keep you ignorant and terrified.
Over 30 ancient prophecies from around the world revealed that this time in our history is the culmination of a
25,920-year cycle. The events we are seeing on earth are all part of a structured, marvelous process whose
purpose is to springboard us into the next level of human evolution.
Quantum threshold effects could fundamentally change the nature of reality as we know it and the mystery
begins and ends with you. Simply exposing yourself to this living information can be enough to propel you into
the truth of who and what you are.

CLICK HERE TO ORDER POST-CONFERENCE TICKETS (LIVE AND IN-PERSON

ONLY)

HAVE TO DASH OUT THE DOOR

I have to leave right now if I'm going to make it there in time for the George Noory panel starting at 11:30, which is
always mobbed. Much more is on the way soon... and we thank you for your support!

UPDATE MONDAY AFTERNOON: ARCHIVED VIDEO AVAILABLE SOON

This event had record-breaking attendance even for the Conscious Life Expo. It was all pretty mind-blowing.
When I was walking in before the talk started, the line just for my talk literally stretched back through five
hallways. I have never seen anything like it.
How they even self-organized well enough to form a line that long, I have no idea -- but it really did happen.
I called for them to let people in at about 7:57, and almost everyone was in by 8:11, when I first grabbed the mic
and started talking -- which was remarkably fast.
We had so many people in the room that they actually lined the walls and floors in a horseshoe shape in addition
to filling every available seat in the room.
I feel very happy with the quality that I delivered -- and the video has plenty of audience reaction shots, giving it a
very nice professional vibe.

SORTING OUT THE DETAILS WITH THE ARCHIVE

This talk was received incredibly well and has created a huge buzz at the Expo. Many people are waiting to see
the archived version of the video.
Before the event started, a Livestream pass -- to watch it in real time as it was happening -- could be purchased.
Now, we are waiting for the AV crew to finish post-producing an archived version of the video.
I don't think they ever expected this much demand, so they are all a bit overwhelmed at the moment. I apologize
for that. They are working as fast as they can.
Once the video is up, you will be able to watch it whenever you want, within the 10-day period, if you have already
purchased it or if you buy it now.
Since there has been confusion around this, we will probably make another new post once we know it is up there
and available for you to watch.
The visuals and videos were sensational enough that many people are waiting to grab it once it comes out.
We are sorry about the delay. I thought the archive would be viewable as soon as the event was over, but it does
take time to process and upload it.

ANOTHER SYNCHRONICITY
Not surprisingly, when I came in here to post this update, the hit counter again had a set of repeating digits in it.
This is the classic "calling card" of synchronicity that has happened so many times here.
It always just occurs, without any conscious effort... but after all this time it still impresses me:

In the meantime I have to finish production work on tonight's talk on Ascension. This one is not going to be
Livestreamed or made available in the video archive but it will still be great.
It feels good to be "back in the saddle." I haven't done an event in a while -- not since October in Sedona -- and I
really enjoyed this one.

The new information is coming in fast and furious, and it's always exciting to take what I get and work it into public
talks like this. I hope you enjoy it!

SECOND UPDATE: TWO IN A ROW!

I just wrote and posted the above. Then I went back to re-read it -- and once again the hit counter had triple digits.
This was a controversial one -- ending in 666. In sacred numerology this is the number of the masculine.
The idea of 666 being an "Antichrist" number stems from the idea that our current problems stem from the
patriarchal, male-dominated society we live in.
It is not that the masculine must be defeated -- it is that it must be integrated with the feminine in order to reintroduce balance.

THE JIMMY CHURCH RADIO SHOW: ART BELL'S LEGACY CONTINUES

As you may know, back in the 1990s there were only about three radio shows where people in the
UFO field would have a platform to talk -- Laura Lee, Jeff Rense and Art Bell.
Of these three, the Art Bell show -- Coast to Coast AM -- was by far the most popular, pulling an
average of 20 million ( ! ) listeners per night and covering most AM radio stations in the country.
Art Bell stepped down from his years-long nightly work as the "host of Coast" beginning in the early
2000s, and was replaced by my good friend George Noory.
More recently, Art's webmaster Keith Rowland started the Dark Matter Radio Network. Jimmy
Church picked up the Art Bell genre and has a daily show in a prime-time nightly slot.
Jimmy, who was involved with the rock and roll music business in its prime, emailed us over the
weekend and asked me to do a holiday show.
It seemed like the right time... so I went for it.

FIRST OFF: WHY HAS IT TAKEN SO LONG?

Before we get rolling with the transcript, let me first apologize for how long it has been since our last
post here.
There is a LOT going on in the world right now. Events are continuing to happen so fast we can barely
keep up with them.

Whereas there used to be perhaps 3 highly noteworthy stories to track per week, and they would
nicely add up over a month's time into an obvious direction, that number is now up to 20 to 40 per
week.
Although each of these stories are vitally important, when seen as a whole they add up to something
much, much bigger.
We no longer have enough time to cover them all individually -- so it is necessary to synergize the
effort and look at the Big Picture.

DREAM GUIDANCE HAS BEEN SAYING THE SAME THING EVERY DAY
As you may know, I have been remembering and writing down my dreams every morning since
September 1992, and have found the guidance extremely reliable.
This includes an ongoing number of prophetic dreams that prove to reveal future events with
remarkable clarity and precision.
Well before I wrote our last mega-article, Cosmic Perspective on the Defeat of the Cabal, on October
27th, almost every morning I have been getting the same message:
"Drop everything and work on learning high-end video production. Do it now. Nothing is more
important. Go! Go! Go!"

WHAT DO YOU MEAN?

Beginning in fits and starts this past summer, I have essentially slammed myself through a course
curriculum that would normally take people 2 to 3 years to learn.
Particularly after writing Cosmic Perspective, I've been asked to do this non-stop. We're talking 16
hours a day, seven days a week, and every dream saying the same thing: "Keep going!"
The focal point has been Adobe After Effects, which is the most commonly-used program for highend visual FX work for TV and film.
The staggering learning curve for After Effects destroys most people way before they ever can do
anything with it but a few embarrassing tutorial runs.
Along the way, you end up having to learn Adobe Illustrator as well -- which is a whole science unto
itself. Photoshop is also a given.
These are not minor undertakings.
And, of course, Premiere Pro is the video editing platform most editors are now using. It is integrated
with After Effects and is yet another learning curve.

DON'T FORGET ABOUT THE PLUG-INS

Then, even once you get a basic working knowledge of After Effects, in order to do anything
significant you also need to learn and master the top plug-ins.
This includes classics like Trapcode Particular and Element 3D, as well as a variety of others. They all
require additional investment as well.

I am happy to say that after extraordinary effort, I am finally reaching a point where I am starting to
do great stuff.
I'm not going to go too crazy for the first video. The key is to get a sustainable workflow going -- and
post the results here for you to enjoy.
If this works the way I intend it to, it will be as if I got a mainstream TV deal -- but am doing all the
work here at our headquarters by myself.

WHY THE URGENCY?

If you are a Wisdom Teachings subscriber, you've continued seeing new half-hour shows out of me
every week for ten bucks a month.
Thankfully, we have a whole structure built to ensure that it shows up every Monday night, with no
glitches or interruptions -- and it does.
If I had the time to blog about the contents of each week's episode as it came out, things would be
very lively around here.
Recently I got a major upgrade to my set, giving it more of a UFO-type feel -- which I really like -- and
our subscribers are very happy with the content.

Currently there is an epic miniseries on disclosure going on that has been extremely popular -- with
many new and mind-blowing data points in each episode.
In fact, many things I probably should have written about here are in those shows -- I just haven't had
time to do anything else right now.
What I am planning on doing with my YouTube videos is high-end, rapid-reaction videos to
newsworthy events.

The intent is not to overshadow or replace my show on Gaiam, soon to become two shows in
February -- but to add to them, and stay extremely current.

Still to this day, when I am spotted in public it is usually because people have seen my YouTube
videos. They are at least 10 times more popular than these articles.
Then again... why the urgency? Why not do this at a relaxed pace? Why not take the time to even
write one article along the way?

SOMETHING BIG IS ABOUT TO HAPPEN

The reason I seem to be getting, by combining all the data in these very highly intense dreams with
the equally intense insider data, is "something big is about to happen."
And by "something big," I mean that a secret group of power elites who have seized control of
Western institutions, including the financial system, governments, militaries and media, is finally
being opposed successfully.

This opposition is occurring from a vast international alliance -- which I discuss in the show -- as well
as a huge coalition of benevolent ET humans.
We were one of only very few sites talking about the terrestrial side of this effort, and facing lethal
threats to leak critical data about it, long before it became as obvious as it is now.
There are so many complex, multifaceted and interconnected storylines here that it is absolutely
mind-boggling. This radio show touches on a few of them.
Additionally, it has never been more dangerous to discuss this subject than it is now -- since it seems
that a major police action is imminent.
Our first home-grown video with all the new bells and whistles should be out fairly soon -- and it
should be awesome.
In the meantime, let's hit the ground running as I pulled away from the editing desk long enough to
do this show with Jimmy Church -- just in time for Christmas.
This is about as deep and cosmic as my material ever gets... so if you like sci-fact that reads like sci-fi,
this should be right up your alley!

LISTEN TO THE SHOW AS YOU READ THE TRANSCRIPT

As we go to "print" here, the official audio version isn't out yet -- but here are some unprocessed
bootleg versions of the show thanks to Kauilapele:
MP3s (each part 25 min., 11 MB)
Part 1 Part 2 Part 3 Complete show (1:15, 34 MB)
I will also say that Jimmy read a ten-year-old bio of me that did not include any of the more recent
data -- the books, Ancient Aliens, et cetera -- but it's all good!

INTRODUCING DAVID AND HIS WORK

Jimmy Church: David Wilcock is a professional intuitive consultant who, since reading Richard C.
Hoaglands The Monuments of Mars in 1993, has intensively researched UFOlogy, ancient
civilizations, consciousness science and new paradigms of matter and energy.
He is the author of the critically-acclaimed trilogy of scientific research works known as the
Convergence series, which gives definitive support to the idea that a change in matter, energy and
consciousness is now occurring on the earth -- and throughout the solar system.
He has appeared on broadcast television, lectured throughout the United States and Japan,
published a variety of magazine articles and has appeared on numerous talk shows, just like this one.
I would like to welcome back to the show our good friend David Wilcock. David, how are you tonight,
sir?
D: That sounds like some pretty interesting stuff.
J: Yeah! All focused right at you. (Laughs)

HOW IS THE GUITAR GOING?

Hey, really quick, before we get things started, I'm just going to go here between us. How's the guitar
going?
D: Excellent. I've been working on a couple of songs.
I've been working on "Misunderstanding" by Genesis, which has a pretty interesting chord
progression.
[This video is the definitive version, in my opinion -- where Phil Collins' vocal is significantly improved
over the studio version.
They did re-cut the vocals in the studio after the live version you see here to improve them in various
areas before releasing the album version.

I have written my own acoustic guitar arrangement of the song that I am very proud of -- and sounds
terrific.]

JIM CROCE: "I'VE GOT A NAME"

And, Ive been working on some Jim Croce stuff, including Ive Got A Name, which has a really
interesting double hammer-on and pull-off in the beginning done by his right-hand man Maury
Muelheisen.
[This song is extremely difficult to get up to performance speed. I'm about 3/4s of the way there now
and will make a video when I feel confident enough to pull it off.]

J: You know what? Hes one of the unspoken guitar greats. You know, the thing about Jim Croce, he
was unbelievable when you watch him Oh man
The thing is about Croce, and we don't have to spend a lot of time on this, but youre hitting me right
in my heart right now.
The songs are so good, and they are so singable. That's because theyre well written.
What you don't realize is that what's going on underneath that, as far as guitar goes, is about as
complicated as it gets.
You are biting off the big one right there, man. That's tough.

MODERN CLASSICAL
D: It's modern classical as far as I'm concerned.
J: Absolutely. You know, I'd rather learn some Randy Rhodes! (laughing) It's easier than Jim Croce
stuff!
I went through a Jim Croce phase and I almost gave up. This is almost too much.
And then when you go and watch some of the old Jim Croce videos, those guys are singing and
playing at the same time, and getting it done.
That's some rough stuff. Good for you.
D: That's what I'm doing, buddy. And I'm playing Maury's parts, not Jim's parts.
J: That's what I'm talking about! (laughing) Oh man! Impressed, man, I'm impressed, I'm impressed.

D: Thank you. It is very difficult. Ill spend countless numbers of hours on one song, just working it
out.
J: One song, one chorus. Countless hours on one chorus!

THANK GOD WE GOT RAIN IN LOS ANGELES

J: So It's the season, man, are you wound up? Are you ready? It's Christmas.
D: Well it's Los Angeles, so it doesn't really feel the same. There's no snow. I went into a couple
stores and heard some Christmas songs, and I'm like, "Oh yeah, that's right."
J: I remember when I was doing all of that with my daughters when they were really young.
I was in Sherman Oaks, hanging up stockings on the fireplace, and I was like "It just doesn't look right.
"I don't know if they get it, but right now, those stockings on the fireplace just don't look right."
(laughter)
One block from Ventura Blvd., you know what I mean?
D: I am just really happy we had rain. That was our big Christmas gift here.
J: Yes, it certainly was.
D: I had a bucket outside and I got 3 or 4 inches. Then I dumped it. Then I got 6 or 7 more inches and I
dumped it again. Then I got another inch. It's awesome.

CAN WE JUST MIND-WIPE 2014, PLEASE?

J: We only have so much time together tonight. As you know, this is an open ended conversation,
and I haven't talked to you in awhile, but it's also timed.
We're at the end of a pretty crazy year, 2014.
I'm just going to throw this -- there's a lot of stuff to talk about, but going into 2015, I just asked
Micah Haines this question.
Now we're going into 2015. I really feel that 2014 was a pretty dramatic year on so many fronts.
Every single week something was going down, but we got through it. Somehow we got through 2014.
D: That's true. Darn right, buddy.
J: What can we do and what are you going to do, going into 2015, to change things and make 2015
a better year?
D: I think the first thing I'm going to do is mind-wipe 2014 and just act like it never happened.
(laughter) Just erase my brain.

J: Defrag the drive? (laughter) I'm with you.

WE'VE GOT TO GO DOWN THE RABBIT HOLE REALLY FAST TO ANSWER THE QUESTIONS
J: I just said this to Micha. It's really true. I think ten years from now we're going to look back at 2014
as being a pretty crazy, significant year for us all.
We have a lot of unanswered questions going into 2015.
D: Youve got to understand the full scope of what is truth, what is knowledge and what is happening
to us to really grasp why things are so bizarre and why everybody is suffering.
In order to do that, we've got to go down the rabbit hole really fast and really deep but I know your
listeners can handle that.
J: Yep. Absolutely, absolutely.

THE PLANETARY ELITE ARE BEING MANIPULATED BY EXTRATERRESTRIALS

D: So here's the deal: If you want to call them the Illuminati or the planetary cabal, they're not
running this game.
They are being manipulated by extraterrestrials. And those extraterrestrials need fear as a food
supply. They call it "loosh".
So the closer this cabal gets to being exposed and defeated which is happening, and there's more
and more signs of that, which we can talk about there is more and more pushback from the
spiritual realms.
These negative entities do have the ability to mess around and do things.
Everything is reaching this point of crashing drama, because these bad guys do not want to lose. So
they're fighting with everything they've got.
They're trying constantly to create new wars and new problems for us.

LIONS AND TIGERS AND FRICKIN' EBOLA!

J: We have so many examples of that this year. Not only in the domestic sense with what is going on
with race and Ferguson and our police, and that infrastructure.
D: And frickin' ebola!
J: Right, we have Ebola, we have MH17, MH370, Crimea, Russia, North Korea.
D: Israel bombing the Palestinians.
J: Yes. Are these all examples of us not allowing it to get crazier?

DIVINE INTERVENTION IS STOPPING THE CABAL FROM ACHIEVING MASS "DEPOPULATION"

D: There are so many things that could have spiraled out of control and didn't spiral out of control.
If you look at, as I'm sure your listeners know, the Georgia Guidestones, it's a Stonehenge-like
monument of 14-foot-tall gigantic granite blocks in Georgia.
It has a series of "guidelines" on it, so to speak, in all these different languages.
The number 1 guideline is that whoever did it wants to keep the population of earth under 500
million people.
Nobody has ever taken these down, and they are protected.

THE CRYPTO-CUBE
One of the big things that happened this year was that a cube was put up there that was on the top
of the stone that's in English.
The cube had a cipher in it that described that these guys who built it, which I do believe is the cabal,
intended to achieve their goals in 2014.
We can discuss how this cube was deciphered, but it gave us 2 dates.
One date was the day that the government shut down in 2013 the exact date that it shut down.
The second date was the exact day that the Ferguson riots got their most violent.
[We have about three recent episodes of Wisdom Teachings you can see now, on a free trial, where I
break this all down.]
So when you see that the cube was dated 2014, it seems clear that they were hoping to create largescale riots and a government shutdown.
That was the symbolism of the cube. Yet, we're now through 2014, there's only a week left, and
those goals did not happen.
J: Who stopped it?

THIS IS A SPIRITUAL BATTLE

D: Ultimately we're dealing with a spiritual battle. If you only look at it in terms of who's here on
earth, you're not going to really get what's happening.
There are ET's all over the place. There's a whole lot of interest in our planet right now.
There are all kinds of new people out there that are not usually the people that hang out in our solar
system.

There's a whole lot of very interesting stuff going on if you have contact with the type of insiders I
do.
Unfortunately, very, very few people are in contact with these guys. I'm one of the only people that
can actually leak this kind of information to the public.

LOTS OF POTENTIAL GEOPOLITICAL FLASH-POINTS

J: When it comes to the confrontations that were going down, we were right on the brink there with
Russia for a minute, with Crimea.
And certainly we're dealing with ISIS too, which could spiral out of control at any second.
We're also dealing with North Korea.
With Russia, that was a pretty scary thing. It went right up to the brink.
Who is dealing with Putin and Obama to chill out that situation before it spiraled out of control? It
was right there.
D: Well, again, I have to speak in terms of what I really know.
I'm not going to dumb it down for you, because that's disrespectful based on what I do know.

A PROXY WAR IS BEING FOUGHT BETWEEN VARIOUS ET AND TERRESTRIAL FACTIONS

You have to understand that this is essentially a proxy war that we're seeing on earth.
For example, the Korean war was really US vs USSR, but the USSR was supporting the Koreans and
the US was supporting the other side.
Afghanistan was another example. The Afghanistan war was essentially a US versus USSR proxy war.
What we're seeing on earth, like between the US and Russia, is ultimately a proxy war between
factions of extraterrestrial groups that are providing intel, actual strategy, and even intervention and
battle actions.
It's rather complicated to explain, but there's all kinds of stuff going on behind the scenes right now.
If the average person knew about it, it would completely be the taking the red pill approach.

WHAT CAN WE DO ABOUT IT? THAT IS THE KEY QUESTION

J: What can we do as a civilization, both positive and negative? What can we do?
D: That is THE question.
A lot of people do talk about this secret space program, and the spiritual aspect.

You have to remember that the universe is not built to be staggeringly complex. The answers are
simple.
The good guys are ultimately working off of a cosmic free will principle. That means that what really
matters is how we choose to think and act towards others.
That allows the positive guys to do more when we act more positively.

THE MEDITATION EFFECT IS THE MOST IMPORTANT EXAMPLE

For example, this is why when you look at the meditation effect, you can have 7000 people
meditating together and the amount of crime and terrorism worldwide will decrease by 72%.
This group of people under one roof somewhere in the world, it doesn't matter where they are, (can
make this happen).
If they're in the right state of consciousness, they have this severely disproportionate effect on the
amount of hostilities and fatalities in the world.
By the way, this has been scientifically proven in over 39 documented studies, so it's indisputable. All
other variables were ruled out.
Our consciousness is so much more powerful than we realize.

THE BAD GUYS ARE USING PREDICTIVE PROGRAMMING

The bad guys are constantly trying to use (the awesome creative power of our consciousness) against
us, by such things as predictive programming.
This is where they put out a movie, like the latest Dawn of the Planet of the Apes movie, (with
intentional messages in it.)
The very first scene in the film is a global apocalypse caused by some sort of Ebola type of virus.
J: Mmm hmm.
D: You take it for granted that as soon as you watch this movie, within the first two minutes, almost
everybody has died of ebola.
Then the whole movie has scenes where you see these FEMA zones where everybody was
quarantined before they all died.

Now the FEMA zones are all overgrown by tress and vines and stuff, but they show you this
throughout the whole movie.
They show you houses that have X's on the windows because the people in there were dead but it's
all long gone now.

FALSE FLAG EVENTS ARE USED TO FIRE EMOTIONAL ENERGY INTO THE VISUALIZATIONS THEY CREATE
So what they're doing when they put stuff like that out there is predictive programming.
They want you to load that hologram in your mind and believe this is what's going to happen.
Then they fire emotional energy into it when they create false flag events.
The false flag events create trauma, which make people think about the things they saw like in
those movies.
Then when we start putting our creative power into those thoughts and believe them, that allows
the negative to accomplish more of these goals.
It's very important for us to focus on positive outcomes, and really emphasize what we can do to
create harmony in our own lives and for others.
As I said with the meditation effect, that has a very strong effect on people's free will and on how
things turn out on earth.
I do believe that's why we haven't seen any major wars or massive fatalities this year.

WHY DON'T "WE" MAKE A POSITIVE MOVIE THAT REVEALS THE AGENDA?
J: I agree with you on that. I'll tell you something else that's interesting, that I would like your answer
on.
We have so many films that always show the apocalypse, the end whether its a zombie or ET
movie.
How come, or maybe we should Why don't we make a movie that shows how we're being fed the
lifelike hologram of the apocalypse that is being fed?
The one singular movie that comes out that lays it out in that respect
D: Well, Amy Berg tried to release a movie that was documenting pedophilia in Hollywood.
She got one premiere showing in New York, and we haven't seen or heard anything more about that
movie ever since.

You've got to be very careful about the term "we" here.

The word "we" implies that it's a democratic process where anybody can get a film financed and
made.
It doesn't work that way.

SO ALIENS INVADE THE EARTH, RIGHT, AND THEN...

J: And that's my point. That's exactly my point. Why can't that film get made?
Even if you look at something like Pacific Rim or Transformers, it's all the same thing. It's always the
end of everything.
D: I remember somebody talking about Tom Cruise being interviewed for his movie "Edge of
Tomorrow," which I actually really liked, but its taken for granted.
He's in an interview and he goes, "So the premise of the film is, aliens are invading the earth" And
he just zooms right through that.
Aliens are invading. Boom. Lets go on from there.
If you looked at the number of alien invasion films vs. positive extraterrestrial films, it's unbelievable.

THERE ARE A FEW FILMS, BUT NOT MANY

J: I don't know of one. I don't know of a "positive" one.
D: Well there's one recently that came out, a low budget indie flick called "Earth to Echo." It's pretty
good but there's really not very many.
[This film targets millennials and uses the home-video-shot-as-a-movie concept to tell the story.]

J: Right. What was the one with Keanu Reeves? The remake? Oh, The Day The Earth Stood Still.
D: Even that film had some very upsetting and disturbing images.

WITH ALL THESE FALSE FLAG EVENTS, ARE WE JUST PAWNS IN A GLOBALIST CHESS GAME?
J: Back to the point that we were making earlier, all of the events over the last (century) All of the
seminal events.
Whether it was the kickoff of World War I, World War II, the events that led up to that, the Korean
War, the Gulf of Tonkin, Cuba, going into Iraq the first and the second time, Syria
Everything seems to have some kind of crazy false flag event tied into it.
It goes all the way into Crimea, and what we're dealing with regarding North Korea.
Is each one of these a situation in which we're pawns in chess?
Is there a big chess board out there and the game is being played right in front of us?
D: That statement would imply that we don't have any power to affect the outcome.

THE WAY WE STOP IT IS BY SPREADING AWARENESS

I wouldn't say that we're disempowered.
I would say that this is historically how the game has been played.
I would say that the only way we have to stop it is by spreading awareness.
As people like your listeners are getting educated about this, it's becoming common knowledge.
A female friend of mine had a mother that was very conservative, very much locked in the traditional
matrix mentality.
About a half a year ago she goes, "Do you think that the Bush Administration was behind 9/11?"
(laughter)
J: Oh really?
D: Yeah!

IRONMAN 3 PUT IT OUT THERE

They even asserted that in the Iron Man 3 movie, which was the top movie of 2013.
In Iron Man 3, there is a Bin-Laden-type villain called "The Mandarin," who at the end of the film
turns out to be hired by, guess who?
The Vice President of the United States of America.
And the guy playing the president of the United States is probably the closest-looking actor they
could have possibly found to George W.

Unbelievable.
J: Yes.

CAN YOU TALK ABOUT THE HIDDEN GOLD AND THE PLANS FOR MASS ARRESTS?
J: Check this out. This question just came in via email, and it says:
Jimmy,
A while back I saw a YouTube video where David Wilcock was talking about the fall of the Illuminati,
literally tons of gold bullion hidden underwater, and a plan to arrest heads of state, top anchors and
their cronies.
We haven't heard an update on that. Can you please ask him? Please, please, please?"
D: Sure! This is a very complicated subject. I'm happy to give information within a certain range of
tolerance.

WANTING TO "SCOOP THE STORY" CAN BECOME THE SHOVEL FOR A GRAVE SITE
Part of the problem is actually people like me.
I have to apologize to humanity right up front in saying that in some cases internet journalists such as
myself, in our zeal to try to get too specific.
(Certain) information, unbeknownst to me, was too precise.
It got people killed in commanding positions who were trying to get this mass arrest to happen.
Sometimes in the past we have naively given away too much.
Entire command structures that were trying to pull this off have gotten fragged and killed.
So this is a very, very serious war. It's very real.

THIS IS GOING TO HAPPEN, AND EVERYONE WILL WANT TO TRACE IT BACK ONCE IT DOES
There are some things I can say that are not going to get anybody killed.
One of them is, number one: this is going to happen.
Once it does, people are going to be listening to this show by the millions, and other shows like this
where I (and others) have talked about it.
[As we've revealed in other articles, the first insider to leak this plan was Sherman Skolnick, circa
1999-2000. Then Benjamin Fulford picked up the story beginning in about 2008.]

NO ONE IS ASKING ME WHAT TO DO -- I AM JUST REPORTING LEAKED INFORMATION

I want to make one point extremely clear.
I am not involved in this. Nobody is asking me what to do. I have no commanding role. I have no
decision-making authority whatsoever.
All I am doing is getting leaks from other people who are making the decisions themselves.
I do not have control over what they are going to do, how they are going to do it, when they are
going to do it, where they are going to do it, NOTHING.
Okay?
J: Okay.

MULTIPLE GROUPS HAVE NOW FORMED A CONSENSUS -- AND A UNIFIED PLAN

D: But I do know I can tell you this.
There are multiple groups all over the world who have had to sort out their differences and come to
a common consensus about what they are going to do and how they are going to do it.
That consensus has been reached. It has been reached for about two months now.
However, prior to that point there was a great deal of disagreement about how they were actually
going to pull this off.
This is because you're ultimately dealing with uprooting a structure that can use murderous force
and very powerful international media propaganda to promote its agenda.
It's extremely lethal to try to go up against this cabal. Very, very dangerous.

WHO IS IN THE ALLIANCE?

This international alliance includes a major faction from the East, a major faction from Russia, a
major faction from Europe, lesser factions from South America, lesser factions from the Middle East,
from Arab countries.
[Portions of the US military are working with the alliance as well. However, apparently it has been
repeatedly rooted out from within the Pentagon itself.
And please understand that when I say "lesser factions" I am only referring to the amount of force
and logistics they can project into solving this problem.]
There are all different groups including splinter factions. There are groups that were in alignment
with Bush that broke away.

There are groups that were in alignment with the Rothschilds that broke away.
There are groups that were in alignment with the Vatican and broke away.
There are all these players involved. They all have different wants and needs and they all had to
come to a consensus.

THE GROUP HAS COLLECTIVELY VOTED THAT THERE MUST BE SOME RETRIBUTION
Now, some of the groups wanted there to be complete amnesty, and wanted there to not be any
fatalities as this process takes place.
That decision has been vetoed.
There are going to be spontaneous assassinations that take place. There is going to be some violence
when this starts to happen.
It's going to freak people out. It is going to be very controversial.
I may have to garrison in my house for a while once this happens.

THE PROPAGANDA MATRIX WILL TRY TO SPIN THIS AS A COUP

I'm telling you part of the reason we're leaking this before it happens is so that when it starts to
happen, the propaganda matrix is not going to be able to make this look like a coup.
Its not going to be able to make it look like this is some sort of Russian intel operation where they're
trying to destroy America.
That's not what this is going to be.
It's going to be a very positive change.

THE US PRESIDENCY WAS STOLEN IN 2000. THAT'S CALLED A COUP

If you're worrying about a coup over the United States government, guess what? It already
happened.
It was called hanging chads in the 2000 presidential election.
If youre a millennial and youre too young, and you were fiddling around with the computer and not
paying attention, go back and look at what happened in 2000.
Thats when the coup happened. That's what we've got to reverse now.

OBAMA AND OTHER HEADS OF STATE WILL MOST LIKELY APPEAR IN TRIBUNALS

J: When you talk about assassinations, are you talking about heads of state, or bankers?
D: I don't think Obama is going to get shot. Hell probably get brought into a tribunal.
Hes probably going to end up crying and testifying all the stuff that happened and the stuff that
they made him do.
[We have heard that there are daily shouting matches in the White House and Obama has been told
to "shut the f- up and let us do what we're going to do."]
And theres probably going to be -- most of the heads of state will probably be fine.

THE CAPTAIN AMERICA FILM IS A DOCUMENTARY

If you watch the movie "Captian America: Winter Soldier", that film IS a documentary. They're telling
you exactly what they're going to do.
The basic premise of the film is that the group SHIELD, which we saw in The Avengers, is actually
essentially the NSA and other groups like that the CIA, et cetera.

THE CIA IS NOW 60 PERCENT UNDER THE CONTROL OF THE ALLIANCE

I can tell you that there has been a coup within the CIA. The CIA is now 60% under the control of the
alliance.
What that means is that the CIA is now working for the good of humanity and Americans, and for
patriotic Americans.
The CIA has had a total overhaul.
One of the groups that is still in the control of the cabal is Homeland Security.
There is a major battle going on between the CIA and Homeland Security, among other groups.
This is exemplified in the "Winter Soldier" film.

SOME VERY RECENT NEW INTEL NOT IN THE RADIO SHOW

[From a very well-positioned source in the sea freight shipping industry, we have found out that a
major event has been happening in just the last three weeks.
Large amounts of American military equipment are being shipped out of the country -- very quietly,
right from certain bases themselves like in San Diego.
This is happening with urgency. Everything is going to various overseas locations. The military
leaders, smelling a rat, are doing their best to hold up the process.

Beginning a few years ago, all soldiers were asked if they would fire on unarmed civilians, violating
their Oath of Enlistment.
All those who said they would not were transferred to certain bases, which were then intentionally
planned to be phased out over the next 2-3 years.
The equipment that is being shipped out is all coming from these bases. Nothing is being removed
from the bases where the loyalists still reside.
This suggests that an epic maneuver is being made to attempt to stop the patriotic US military from
having the equipment to fight with the Alliance once this starts.
Like the Sony hack and so many other events, this is another indicator that the changes we are
discussing are expected to happen soon.]

A NAZI GROUP TOOK OVER THE AMERICAN INTEL APPARATUS AFTER WORLD WAR II
One of the things you see in (Captain America) is that a Nazi group called Hydra took over the
American intelligence apparatus.
This happened after the Nazis were brought here after World War II in something called "Project
Paperclip".
They talk about this in the movie!
And this was the second biggest movie of this year, other than, I think Hunger Games exceeded it.
The movie is telling you what they're going to do. The leader of Hydra is shot to death at the end of
the movie.
So they're telling you that there are going to be probably a certain number of targeted
assassinations.

IT WOULD BE EXTREMELY PRESUMPTUOUS TO ASSUME WE KNOW WHAT THEY ARE DEALING WITH
Now again, nobody's asking me how to handle this.
It would also be extremely presumptuous for me to assume that I understand what the tactical
significance of those assassinations are, or why that would be necessary.
I am really not in any type of role to understand what they are facing or what is going on.

THE MORE BLOODLESS THIS WILL BE, THE BETTER

I personally would not vote for anybody to be assassinated.

The more bloodless they could do this, (the better.) If they could do it in a peaceful way, that would
be ideal.
Maybe there will still be some sort of divine intervention where events will take place in a certain
way, where it doesnt have to be bloody.
I certainly hope thats going to happen.

THE HEADLINES COULD BE REMINISCENT OF THE BOSTON BOMBING FOR A WHILE

We could actually see two or three weeks here in America where youre going to have exactly the
same type of crazy headlines that were going on during the Boston Bombing.
J: Mm hm.
D: And if you remember watching the internet on the Boston Bombing, I was on the edge of my seat.
On every major news website, it was all big, bold red letters.
Theres going to be a lot of that for a while.

WHAT ABOUT THE HIDDEN GOLD?

J: I have two questions. One, when you talk about all of the gold being under the water, is that in a
literal sense?
D: Okay, that is true. I did blow off that part of his question. I apologize for that.
J: No, thats okay, thats okay.
D: That other information was important to get out in some sort of public form like this where it cant
be redacted or changed.
As far as the gold goes, this is a vast subject. I did write an entire book on it. It has had a million and a
half unique views.
Its called Financial Tyranny. You can find it on my website, divinecosmos.com.
The Russians picked up on my book and turned it into two three-hour prime-time television
documentaries that were on REN-TV, which is one of the top networks.
The viewership was estimated at 24 million people.
J: Wow.
D: My face was in the documentary all over the place.
We have versions of that on my website that you can watch with English subtitles.

BABYLONIAN MONEY MAGIC

Okay. So that being said, heres the story.
The Cabal has been planning to try to dominate the planet for many, many hundreds of years.
If you really want to understand what the Cabal is, it goes all the way back to Babylonian money
magic.
This is the idea of using a financial system to create a disparity between rich and poor, so that a small
group of isolated power elites can control who lives and who dies, who eats and who starves.
They have been playing this game by becoming the people who are in power.
They never do this through being the elected leaders themselves.
They almost never do that. Those are almost never more than mid-level people.
The top people are never elected. The top people are the ones who run the money system.
J: Mm hm.

IT IS NOT "ANTI-SEMITIC" TO TALK ABOUT BANKERS

D: And that is not anti-Semitic. This has nothing to do with the Jews.
Thats one of the things people start saying. Oh, hes anti-Semitic. He says its the bankers.
When I say the bankers, I am saying every race, every religion. Nothing to do with anything Jewish.
Thats very important.
Now there may be some Jews who are bankers, yes. There are also Arabs, there are also Buddhists
and Hindus and everybody you can imagine.
J: (Knowingly) Mm hm!

THE CABAL IS ESSENTIALLY A CONTINUATION OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE

D: The real issue is that they, the Cabal, is essentially a Roman empire that transferred itself to Great
Britain, beginning in around 100 AD.
It took them about 100 years. They migrated there. There is still a city there in England called Bath. It
has the original Roman baths from 100 to 200 AD. You can still go in them now.
Why did they pick Britain? It was the only large island they could use as a base of operations to try to
take over Europe, which at the time was the only civilized area of the planet worth conquering.

SPAIN AND ENGLAND WERE WARRING AT ONE POINT

So this has been an ongoing battle.

There have been different factions.
There was a major battle at certain points between England and Spain.
Spain actually at one point had taken over the Vatican.

CITY OF LONDON, VATICAN CITY AND WASHINGTON DC

There has been now a business agreement made, or there was, between essentially the financial
cabal, which was centered in Britain, the religious cabal, which was centered in the Vatican, and then
the military wing, which was centered in the United states.
It is interesting that there are only three city-states within nations in the world.
Theres the City of London in England, which is the financial center of the Cabal.
Theres the Vatican City in Italy, which is the spiritual center of the Cabal.
And then theres Washington, DC, which is the military center of the Cabal.
J: Interesting.

WORLD WARS I AND II WERE THE MOST EPIC BANK ROBBERIES IN RECORDED HISTORY
D: So whats happened is that this group got together and created the most incredibly vast,
systematic plan to plunder the worlds wealth that has ever been contrived.
That was World War I and World War II.
What they did is they used these invasions of countries as a cover.
The war was bloody. Yes, thats true.
Everybody talks about how Prescott Bush, George Bush Seniors father, was Hitlers banker.
What you may not realize is that Prescotts father, Samuel Bush, was the owner of the Remington
gun company.
Remington sold over 90 percent of all the guns to both sides of World War I. Think about that.

USING WAR AS A PRETEXT TO INVADE CENTRAL BANKS AND PLUNDER THEIR GOLD RESERVES
You can make money on selling the weapons, but that wasnt the main issue.
The real thing was that when you get into the country as a military invasion, you invade their central
bank and take their gold.

What happened is very secretly, throughout the early 20th century, and especially in the 1930s and
a lot of it was done by Japan, which at the time was totally fascist and working with (what became)
the Nazis
Japan was part of the axis. They bombed us in Pearl Harbor.
J: Right.
D: They went through all of Southeast Asia and China and robbed everybodys gold.
Nobody ever did it on such an industrial scale as Japan.
They did horrible atrocities, including something called the Rape of Nanking in China, which is one of
the greatest mass atrocities in human history.
J: Thats right.

THE GOLD WAS STORED IN BUNKERS IN SOUTHEAST ASIA

D: What happened is they took everybodys gold and hid it away in bunkers.
The gold was originally supposed to be transported to the US, but then the patriotic American
military that didnt know about this actually cut their supply lines with submarines, and prevented
them from being able to ship the gold over here.
The only step they were still able to do was to bury it in bunkers throughout Southeast Asia. There
are well over 100 of them.
These bunkers have a vastly higher amount of gold stored in them than what is officially on the
books.
The official amount of gold on the books is about one Olympic swimming pool size 130 thousand
metric tons.
J: Okay.
D: The actual amount is supposedly about 14.5 times greater than that.
J: Whoa!

SOME OF OUR INSIDERS HAVE SEEN THE STORED GOLD IN THE BUNKERS
J: And its never been found. That gold, not an ounce of it has surfaced.
D: Thats not true. Thats not true.
J: Okay.
D: It has. I have one insider who worked for Reagan. In fact, Reagans code name for him was "Mr.
Do."

J: I guess what Im saying is that officially, not one ounce has ever been found. Lets make that clear.
D: Its all documented. There are people who have written about this before. There are books before
Financial Tyranny that I draw from that talk about this.
It is all actually quite well documented.
I have insiders who have been inside these bunkers.

"MR. DO" GOT A GOOD LOOK AT AN AWESOME SPECTACLE OF GOLD

I have an insider who, as I said, was called Mr. Do by Ronald Reagan. He was the inventor guy who
invented anything they needed that was classified, and solved all kinds of engineering problems.
He walked through one of these bunkers.
Imagine you are going down a hall that is a mile and a half long.
As you are going down the hall, there are doorways on either side, about every 100 feet.
And each time you look into one of these doorways, what you are seeing is a room that is the size of
a basketball court, piled to the ceiling with gold bullion bars.
You walk down that hallway for a mile and a half, and every room that you see is packed to the
ceiling with gold.

GOLD IS NOT SCARCE

Thats what happened. Thats whats going on.
So much of this was held in private collections.
One of the big secrets is that gold is not scarce.
However, it turns out that the place where gold is most plentiful is a vein that runs through
Cambodia, Laos and (other parts of) Southeast Asia.
There are gold mines that are so huge you can literally drive a bulldozer in there and bulldoze out
gold boulders. Okay?
J: (Laughing) Oh, man!

[I was thinking of Episode 17 of Season 1 of "Thundercats", where they see gold as worthless junk
and dump it over a cliff, when I used this visual reference.
You can watch the episode here.]
D: And that hasnt been told to us.
That same vein ultimately runs down into Australia, and that has been kept secret as well.
Plus, in the space program there are asteroids they could go out and mine that are absolutely solid
gold.
We do not have a gold scarcity.

HUGE AMOUNTS OF GOLD WERE MINED AND STORED BY THE DRAGON FAMILY
A lot of that gold that I said you could bulldoze out boulders worth of it has been mined,
smelted, refined and turned into actual bars.
It was held in some very vast private collections.
The main group that was doing this is called the Dragon Family.
It is actually ultimately a group of humans who immigrated here and were not natively born on earth.

THE DRAGON FAMILY ARE ET HUMANS WHO FORMED THE FIRST DYNASTY OF WHAT WE NOW CALL
CHINA
One of the oddities about this group is that their genome is such that they have a lifespan of
between 200 to 300 years for the average person.
They are Asians. They are Asian looking, and they are living in exile. They are very secretive.
There is a whole lot of story we can talk about with them.
When they got here, they formed China. They are the Qing dynasty, the original Dragon Emperors.

They built about 135 pyramids in the Xian province of China, and the pyramids are still there.
[Here is a high-quality National Geographic 44-minute program on "China's Lost Pyramids."]

And interestingly, the pyramids still have a piping system that allows water to be piped into the top
of each of these pyramids.
[According to one insider, the full extent of the piping systems that have been identified is much
greater than what has been disclosed to the public.
The conventional view is that these "pipes" are fossilized tree roots, but they do contain 8 percent
unknown materials.]

What they would do is park their ships, which were called fiery metallic dragons they werent really
dragons, obviously.
J: Mm hm.
D: They would park their ships on top of these pyramids, and its like a trailer park.
You hook up the water hitch and you could live in your ship for years at a time.

THEY DO HAVE A PORTAL -- AND YOU CANNOT GO THROUGH WITHOUT AN INVITATION

They still have some of their ships here. And they do also have a portal technology.
You cant go through the portal unless you are invited.
There have been ongoing portal contacts with the rest of the Dragon Family people that are not on
earth.
I probably shouldnt even have said that, but I guess I just did.

ET GROUPS ARE NOT JUST WORKING WITH THE UNITED STATES

J: I think one of the misconceptions, including with myself, is that all of the ET contact and
agreements are exclusively here to the United States.
They are not, are they?
D: No, no, no.

Okay. ETs. Bottom line. Most of them well, not all of them, but a lot of them are human.
We have been severely, severely misled.

THEY ARE PEOPLE -- NOT ALIENS OR CREATURES

We hear words all the time like aliens and creatures.
We take it for granted that we are dealing with something fundamentally inhuman.
Nothing could be further from the truth.
What we are actually dealing with is that the universe itself is sentient.
The galaxy is programmed to create biological life.
And that biological life will be hominid in our galaxy.
It will have a head, eyes, nose, mouth. Theres very few that dont.
It will have two arms, two legs, opposable thumbs, all that kind of stuff.

ONE INSIDER HAS HANDLED OVER 2000 DIFFERENT TYPES OF ET CORPSES

I do have one insider who has personally handled over 2000 different types of extraterrestrial bodies.
His job was basically just to autopsy them and try to identify organ systems.
So I have a lot of different descriptions of what different types of ETs look like.

THE MOST UNUSUAL-LOOKING ONE HAD SIMILARITIES TO A JELLYFISH

I can tell you that probably the most divergent one that he ever saw was kind of like a jellyfish
hominid.
It basically had no real discernible facial features.
The body looked like clear gel except for a (pink) spot in the head and a (pink) spot in the middle of
the chest.
When he autopsied it, he wasnt able to identify anything resembling an organ system. It was all just
gel.
Most of the beings that are out there are humanlike or actually human-looking.

OUR DNA HAS BEEN HEAVILY ALTERED BY A VARIETY OF VISITING RACES

In fact, we have been visited by multiple human groups.

They all have tinkered with our DNA. We are like a genetics wonderland.
Our DNA has been spliced and re-spliced and tinkered with by so many different races.
There are actually 40 different extraterrestrial groups, most of whom are human or humanlike, and
some of which look just like people on earth, (who are claiming to be our progenitors).
Theres one group that looks just like the Maoris from New Zealand, for example.
There are a couple of other groups that look just like Asians on earth.

THERE IS AT LEAST ONE GROUP THAT LOOKS LIKE BLACK PEOPLE, ONLY TALLER
I now have found out there is a group that looks like black people. They look like the Zulu tribe, that
type of a physique, except that they are really tall and really skinny. (They also apparently are very
friendly and smile frequently.)
So all the different types of people who are on earth have extraterrestrial families. All the different
races have extraterrestrial families.
On a secret level, all these different groups there are about 40 of them altogether have presented
to us, meaning our secret government, genetic evidence, physical evidence, holographic evidence on
these little Ipads that they have that they show us movies on.
[This evidence states] that they are the guys that made us.
And they cant all be right.

SOME OF THEM DO LOOK VERY DIFFERENT

J: How do we know when one is standing next to us? Are we able to tell the difference? Is there
something that sticks out?
D: In some cases it would be absolutely impossible not to know that you are in front of something
very, very unusual.
There are micro-ETs that are literally no bigger than about a centimeter to an inch in height.
There are some in fact, my guy who handled two thousand, the largest one that he ever saw was
about 45 feet tall and looked like it was made out of rocks.
[In terms of] the average groups that we see, were actually a little bit taller than average.
The overall average of height, if you really wanted to standardize it, is about waist high for us,
perhaps a little bit taller.
There are obviously other groups that are taller than us, and some that are significantly taller.

Theres a range of 12 to 13 feet that is fairly common. There is a range of about eight to nine feet
that is fairly common.
We are actually among the taller groups.

THERE WILL BE DIFFERENCES, SUCH AS IN SKIN COLOR

Now, most of them do look predominantly human, but you are going to have some discrepancies.
You are going to have, for example, all different types of skin color.
And by that I mean every type of color in the rainbow spectrum, if you then take it and turn it into a
pastel.
You will have people with pastel blue skin, pastel pink, pastel yellow, pastel green, pastel orange. So
thats very common.
A lot of them do have eyes that look larger than ours. That is one giveaway.
A lot of them are hairless, but a lot of them do have hair.
It is common for them to have a larger head than we do, as they get more advanced.
The elongated skull is fairly common.

MANY OF THE 'GRAY' TYPES ARE ACTUALLY DRONES

The Gray type is actually not that common. Those are typically more along the lines of an android
like a genetically grown drone.
They call it a Programmable Life Form.
Grays, that type does not usually grow naturally. They are genetic experiments, basically.
J: They dont have a soul or a conscience? They are like a machine?
D: Its sort of like an advanced biological robot, yeah.
J: Yeah. All right, all right.
D: They can be programmed to perform certain tasks.
They are sentient, but they would not have a typical type of soul evolution like we would think of.

WHICH ET GROUPS ARE WORKING WITH WHICH EARTH GROUPS?

J: Let me ask you this. When we are talking about the war that is going on, and we are the tools, so to
speak.

Can you equate it to, is there a good race of ET that is maybe controlling a country like the United
States, and they are pitting us against China, so to speak?
Or, is it more inside, where the infighting is on both sides of the Obama administration, pulling back
and forth?
D: Its a very good question.
There are multiple ET groups.
Its not like the Lone Ranger, where, OK, he wears the white mask and hes the good guy. The other
guy wears the black costume and hes the bad guy. (Laughs)
J: I got you.

POSITIVE MULTI-DIMENSIONAL BEINGS WORK BEHIND THE SCENES

D: What were dealing with is different groups with different agendas, some of which are more
positive than others.
There are also positive beings that are multi-dimensional and largely stay out of the way.
Most of these ETs that I have been talking to you about and describing are not even aware that these
higher-dimensional beings exist.
The higher-dimensional beings are working in a very interesting veiled fashion that is not obvious to
most of the ET groups that would look human.
J: Right.

WITHIN THE MORE PHYSICAL ET GROUPS, YOU HAVE WIDELY DIVERGENT CHARACTERS
D: Within the ET groups that look human, they have competing agendas and competing needs.
Even within these societies, of course, you are going to have certain people who are divergent
characters.
Youll have your criminals. Youll have your murderers. Youll have your crooks who are going to try
to steal something.
So you cant just say, Oh, these are the blue aliens. And the blue aliens are the good guys. And the
red aliens are the bad guys.
It doesnt work like that. It is a very vast and complex sociological problem to solve.

THE GOOD GUYS ARE WINNING -- AND IT IS BUILDING UP TO SOMETHING

What I can say is that there are alliances with different factions of ETs working with different factions
on earth.
And the good guys are winning now by a significant degree.
It is building up to something.
It is going to be like a geopolitical, worldwide moment of truth.
Were probably not going to get disclosure immediately when this happens, but it probably wont
take very long once it does.

IS DICK CHENEY AN EXTRATERRESTRIAL?

J: Let me ask you this. Are there any heads of state that are actual ETs and not human?
For instance. Dick Cheney. ET or human?
D: (Laughing)
J: (Laughs) And Im being serious! Dont laugh! Dont laugh! (Laughing)
You know, I could look at Obama and say Alien, pretty much.

LET'S NOT USE THE TERM "ALIEN"

D: Again, I would use the term extraterrestrial, because alien is like the N-word once you talk to
these people.
They dont like that word at all.
J: Oh, okay. Heh, heh, yeah, I can see that.
D: Because theyre families, right?
J: Yeah, yeah!
D: They've got mothers and children perfectly good people if you talk to them.

ARE ANY ELECTED LEADERS HUMAN ETS?

J: Right. So Dick Cheney. ET? (Laughs)
Are there any string-pullers that are actual ETs?
D: If I were to answer that question to the fullest extent of my knowledge, and then this all became
public in disclosure, that could actually come back to haunt me and bite me in the ass.
J: Well, but you not answering is going to

D: I will say truthfully that as far as I know, no visible elected leaders who are heads of state are
extraterrestrial humans.

THERE ARE ABOUT 10,000 TO 18,000 HUMAN ETS ON EARTH AT ANY ONE TIME
That being said, my knowledge is that there are about 10,000 to 18,000 of them at any one time on
Earth.
And I do have some information that suggests that some people who work in the governments are in
fact extraterrestrial humans.
But they are not reptilians and they are not shape-shifters.
Nobodys biology can do that.
The only type of shape-shifter that Ive ever been aware of, from all the different people I have
spoken to, is AI.

THE US DID HAVE A PROBLEM WITH SHAPE-SHIFTING AI IN THE 1970s

There are certain types of AI that are based on nanites, which are tiny little robots that can assemble
into any shape they want.
The United States did have a huge problem with the nanites, which they solved in the 1970s.
There was a time where nanite humanoids were actually going into the White House and were
pooling down into carpets and things like that.
They put some very advanced technology inside the White House that prevents the nanites from
doing their little electro-mechanical handshake that allows them to build into structures.
Its essentially like a force field that keeps them from being able to get in.
And so weve predominantly dealt with the AI problem. Most of the AI, in fact as far as I know, all of
the AI has been essentially shooed away from the Earth for now.

THERE IS NO SUCH THING AS A BIOLOGICAL SHAPE-SHIFTER

So there is no such thing as a biological shape-shifting organism.
That is unfortunately a very grotesque distortion of truth that has been promulgated by many people
who really dont know anything.
Im not saying that they are bad people; theyve just got bad information.
J: Have you ever picked up the phone and talked to David Icke about this directly?
D: You had to mention the name, didnt you?

J: (Laughs) I had to go there.

D: (Laughs) I think David Icke is a hero. I think hes done amazing work.
J: I do too! Absolutely.
D: He has said some disparaging stuff about me online.
This field, as you know, Jimmy, is similar to rap music. Everybodys wanting to bust a rhyme about
how theyre the greatest.

DAVID ICKE HAS GOT A GREAT SOUL

J: I hear ya there. I respect David Icke. He has not only been a guest on this program.
I think the one thing about him that people misconstrue a little bit is he speaks loudly and with
conviction.
That gets confused with him being a bad guy. Hes actually got a great soul.
D: Yeah!
J: He believes in his message and hes very passionate about it.
D: What a marvelous, guided course. He starts out as a major sports hero in the UK.
J: Oh, yeah!
D: Then he becomes a major newscaster
J: A broadcaster
D: As a sports journalist. And then he gets awakened to the truth and starts to disclose very real
information.
So he has been an indispensable part of our collective awakening.
J: No doubt.
D: I just wish that he was a little more focused on seeing people as all children of one infinite creator,
and not trying to paint people as shape-shifting sub-humans.

THE "SECRET SERVICE SHAPE-SHIFTER" VIDEO IS A WELL-PAID HOAX

J: Im sure youve seen the video of one of Obamas secret service guys shape shifting?
D: Yeah. Thats a hoax. Thats a hoax.
J: Its a great video, though, man!

D: You have to understand that there are (laughs) there are a lot of people who make money off of
doing this stuff, and theyre probably paid better than any of us are.
If I even got a ten-percent credit for the amount of jobs that Ive created, just by myself, I would be
far, far better off (laughs) than I am.
J: You could get another Martin D-45 (guitar).
D: (Laughs)
J: That was between you and I. Nobody else got it.
D: (Laughs)

WHAT IS THE RATIO BETWEEN GOOD ETs AND BAD ETs?

J: This question is from Renee, one of our producers here. She says Have the larger number of good
ETs overpowered the smaller number of negative ones?
And I am going to follow up with another question. What is the number? What is the ratio?
D: The ratio of good ETs to bad ETs is significantly in favor of good ETs.
A conservative estimate, and this is just the groups that are immediately politically involved with us
in our local area, is six bad groups versus about 50 positive groups.
So the negative groups are a lot less.

SOME OF THE NEGATIVE GROUPS LOOK VERY DIFFERENT

Now. When youre dealing with negative groups, interestingly enough, some of these negative
groups are the most physiologically divergent from us in terms of how they look.
That might be part of why they can dehumanize us.
You do have mantis-looking people that essentially have legs and arms. Their body looks hominid
from the neck down.
Then they have essentially an insect head with mandibles and compound eyes.
That would be a very, very disturbing being to see in front of you.
J: Right.

SOME OF THEM ACTUALLY DO HAVE REPTILE-LIKE HEADS ON HOMINID BODIES

D: Another type is there are actual reptilians.

One of the types of reptilians does have a head that looks exactly like a Komodo dragon or the head
of any of a number of reptiles, like maybe an iguana (minus the spikes on top.)
J: Right.
D: Not quite like an iguana. But OK.
If you go and look at this movie that was made by the guys (who did the Matrix) the movie trailer
that was made by the Wachowskis.
I cant really say guys anymore, but (laughs)
J: (Laughs) Right.

D: They have this movie coming out in the Spring called Jupiter Ascending.
If you watch the movie trailer, its very edgy how much theyre disclosing in that trailer.
And one of the things you see in that trailer is a reptilian, where you take a reptile head and stick it
on a hominid body.

Now there are people who look just like that, except that they dont have wings.
The wings thing is a misperception.

REPTOIDS ALSO DO EXIST

Then you also have reptoids, which have reptilian-like features, including scales and vertical-slit
pupils, but their heads would be more like what we would think of as a grey.
It is a large head, large almond-shaped eyes, but with the vertical-slit pupils.
They have more like a nose and mouth, whereas these other groups just have a snout and teeth.

J: (Exhales loudly)
D: They dont have any type of human-looking nose and mouth as we normally would think of it.

ARE THERE ANY REAL PHOTOGRAPHS?

J: With any of these insiders that you have been talking to, have you seen photographs and such?
D: There is one photograph that has leaked from a guy who was an Area 51 insider who recently
died.
He leaked a picture of an Orange. This was a dead Orange.

This is a group that looks like the Grays, but theyre actually very positive and loving people.
That is an authentic photograph. If you go dig that reference up, and I will try to find it for you, I have
it in my notes
J: Okay.
[The eyes and skin in the image are heavily sunken in compared to what they normally look like. This
race has very animated, expressive and loving eyes.]

THE CABAL KEEPS THE SPACE PROGRAM VERY TIGHTLY CONTROLLED

D: The problem is that the Cabal is essentially in control of our space program.
There is a vastly lethal force that prevents people from pulling any type of data like photographs out.
Even with the level of difficulty that Snowden had in getting files out of the NSA on a thumb drive, to
get things out of the space program is basically impossible.
Once you join the space program, if you ever get to come back to Earth at all, its not for a 20-year
period of time (in most cases.)
They are going to check every inner and outer nook and crevice of your body before you ever get
welcomed back into our society.

THEY DO NOT HAVE INTERNET ACCESS, NOR RECEIVE ANY NEWS FROM EARTH
And, the people who are off-planet do not have access to our internet. They do not have access to
any news from the earth.
They dont know anything about what is happening on earth.
They are kept in the strictest secrecy.

And, people from Earth who interact with them are not allowed to tell them anything about anything
that is going on.
[They do get access to some of our movies and TV shows, but it is all strictly controlled.]

THERE ARE MILLIONS OF PEOPLE IN THE SPACE PROGRAM, INCLUDING CLONES

There are millions of people who work off-planet.
They have been taken from the earth, a lot of them in the 1950s (and 60s).
They had a population boom. They have had a lot of children.
There is a lot of cloning going on.
There are a lot of places off-planet where you walk around and you see dozens and dozens of people
with the exact same face.

OUR MAIN BASE IS CALLED THE "LUNAR OPERATIONS CENTER"

J: Oh, interesting! Interesting! What about the moon?
D: The moon is absolutely loaded with extraterrestrial encampments, all on the dark side.
The main base that we have on there is called LOC, or Lunar Operations Center.
That is where people from our group and other groups actually rendezvous before they go
elsewhere.

ANCIENT DEBRIS FIELDS HAVE BEEN LEFT ON THE MOON AS A REMINDER

There were some very nasty ancient battles on the moon.
Some of those debris fields are still left intact as a reminder to these various ET groups not to war
with each other, and why they shouldnt.
There are groups that have had battles with each other that could go on for eight thousand years.
They have been hating each other and fighting with each other (for all that time.)
And they may literally have encampments on the dark side of the moon that are only a couple of
kilometers apart from each other.
They keep very good borders.
If you were to see the dark side of the moon, with any kind of typical telescope or anything like that,
it literally looks like Manhattan at night.

J: Ive said that so much. Well come back to that if we have time.

WHAT'S THE END GAME?

J: Whats the end game here? Is it to control the earth and its resources, or is it just sport?
Whats the end game?
D: Well, you have to define which groups agenda you are referring to.
J: Sure.
D: The negative groups I know it sounds very clich, and I do apologize for this, but look....
If you want to go back to the Bible, youve got Jesus who is being tempted by this serpent in the
garden.

REPTILIANS WERE WIDELY DISTRIBUTED ON EARTH IN THE PAST

As it turns out, and I have done this research for Ancient Aliens. I have done episodes for them.
Unfortunately, a lot of this stuff was left on the cutting room floor, which I dont think was an
accident.
There are reptilian groups that were on earth in every major culture. The Hindus called them the
Nagas, and they are a serpent-looking people.
There are Indian temples that have serpents all over them.

THE "PLUMED SERPENT"

You look over in Mesoamerica and what do you have? You have step-pyramids that have the
Plumed Serpent on them. Right?
J: Thats right!

D: You have this Sumerian sculpture of this mother suckling an infant, and her head looks like a
reptile head.

This is not stuff that was done randomly. This is because these people were here.

THE SERPENT WHO TEMPTED EVE IN THE GARDEN OF EDEN IS ANOTHER EXAMPLE
J: The Garden of Eden?
D: The Garden of Eden, same thing.
It is a clich, but it is true that there are negative ETs that would look like what we would think of as
demons.

POSITIVE ET HUMANS OR "ANGELS" HAVE BEEN VISITING US AS WELL

And it is also true that there are positive groups that have come here. They are human.
Jesus would be an extraterrestrial human. Buddha would be an extraterrestrial human.
The second Buddha, which was Padmasambhava, who could fly and do all kinds of amazing stuff? He
was an extraterrestrial.
It is very likely that some of the South American gods like Quetzalcoatl were also extraterrestrials.

"JUST BE NICE" -- IT ISN'T AS SIMPLE AS WE THINK

These people have been trying to give us the most basic spiritual teachings about Just be nice! Is it
really that hard? Just be nice!
Thats what is going to turn this thing around for us. All of these religions have seeds of the truth.
Its really sad and unfortunate that the people who are in power the people who are running our
financial system and the Western media are in some senses extremely blind to the greater positive
nature of the universe and the spiritual reality that we live in.
They have a spiritual philosophy, but it is rooted in a very controlling, manipulative and negative
mindset, which for them is the only truth.

They do not understand that they will be obstructed.

THE NEGATIVE ELITE DO NOT REALIZE THAT THE GAME IS RIGGED AND THEY CANNOT WIN
They do not understand that they cannot win this.
They are very mocking and sarcastic about the Bible. They think its a joke.
They think its no better than toilet paper you would wipe your butt with.
In fact, the Bible and other great religious works are sort of like thumbnail sketches of what were
now going through.
The prophecies in the Bible and other works are essentially accurate.
They are just very simplified for people from two thousand years ago, with the level of knowledge
and vocabulary that they had available to them at that time.

THE POSITIVE ETs CANNOT DIRECTLY INTERFERE WITH OUR FREE WILL
The core, essential nature of what the great religions teach us is the key of what all the benevolent
ETs are still trying to do.
They are still trying to get us these principles. They are still trying to help us transform into a more
loving society.
And they work in a very strange reality where they are not allowed to directly intervene.
They have to work on our free will. They can only give us clues and trails of bread crumbs.
They cant just show up in the sky and show us religious icons for whatever culture is appropriate,
and say Here we are.
We are the ones youve been reading about for the last two thousand years, and were back.
They cant do that.

HOW LONG HAVE THEY BEEN HERE?

J: And which leads me to this question. How long have they been here?
And before you answer, here we have the obvious things like Giza and Stonehenge and some of the
other megalithic sites.
Certainly, Gobekli Tepe now, which goes back an additional 10,000 years.
Have they been here at least that long? Or are we talking hundreds of thousands of years?

D: Oh, yeah. Much, much, much older.

SOME BREATHTAKING NEW INSIDER INFO HAS RECENTLY SURFACED

You have to understand this is all some new insider information Ive gotten recently.
Weve had a wonderful breakthrough with some new people coming forward who know a
tremendous amount.
I cant explain how incredibly awesome it is to talk to somebody (like this.)
I have thousands of things that I have not leaked online for various reasons.
Part of it is that I need to see who is real, and who is just parroting things that I (and others) have
already leaked online before.
J: Right.
D: There are people out there who are claiming to be insiders and who are basically just compiling
what theyve heard from me and other people.
I hold a LOT of things back so I can see who is real.
J: Right.

THE ENTIRE SAHARA DESERT HAS RUINED ANCIENT CITIES BENEATH THE SAND
D: Weve had some very, very real people show up who know a heck of a lot at the very highest level.
I have learned a lot more.
One of the things I know now is that the top third of Africa, the Sahara Desert, was all a vast
civilization.

Were guessing it was probably that way about 50,000 years ago and it was all wiped out in a
massive, massive attack.
The Giza plateau in Egypt is only the highest portion of a civilization that is still very real.
It is all waiting for us under the sand, anywhere between about 40 feet to 100 to 400 feet down in
the Sahara Desert.
If we started just digging out the whole Sahara Desert, it would be the ultimate extraterrestrial
artifact playground.

You just cant imagine. So many buildings, so many technological artifacts down there. It is just
totally mind-blowing.

PYRAMIDS AND BUILDINGS UNDER THE ICE IN ANTARCTICA

And the same thing is true with Antarctica.
There are gas pockets in Antarctica caused by volcanism that melts the ice.
If you go down (into these pockets), there are huge areas of toppled-over buildings of vast size.

Scene from "Alien Vs. Predator," picturing pyramid under Antarctic ice as a form of disclosure.

There are also very significant underground bases below the surface of these areas as well.

THE NAZIS WERE THE FIRST TO DISCOVER THIS -- AND IMMEDIATELY TOOK IT OVER
Actually, the Nazis in World War II were the first ones to go to Antarctica.
They went into some of these pockets and cavities and found some of these places.
They basically re-occupied it and took it over.
That was the New Berlin base that they then transferred their operations to at the end of World
War II when they realized they were losing.

THEY ALSO WENT TO THE MOON

At the same time they also went to the Moon.
The Nazis were the first government to develop flying craft using antigravity, thanks to a few
different things they got.
One of (their sources) was Viktor Schaubergers work.
Some of it was from extraterrestrials who had contacted the Nazis, like some of these reptilian
groups. They made treaties with the Nazis.
And in fact, the original Lunar Operations Center on the moon is still there. Its ruined now.

They dont use it anymore, but it is a swastika-shaped building on the moon believe it or not.

Hypothetical reconstruction of swastika-shaped Nazi moon base.

ARE ANY OF THESE ANCIENT RUINS STILL OCCUPIED?

J: With Antarctica and the Sahara Desert, the northern part of Africa, is any of that still occupied or
has it been abandoned?
D: The underground facilities, very much so. There are a lot of different ETs here who still work in and
around our earth.
There are undersea bases, underground bases.
And you have to understand that the Egyptian priesthood went around to various digs that they had
conducted and found all kinds of ancient, very, very valuable extraterrestrial documents and books.
They look like paper, but they are not made out of paper. Its some sort of Kevlar type of material.
J: Hmm.

THE BURNING OF THE LIBRARY OF ALEXANDRIA WAS A FALSE FLAG -- NONE OF THE GOOD STUFF
WAS LOST
D: Those books were stored in the Library of Alexandria.
Then when they allegedly burned the Library of Alexandria, that was a false flag.
All they actually let burn was census documents and tax forms.
They took all the good stuff and relocated it to, guess what? The Vatican Library, where it still is
today.

THERE ARE BOOKS DETAILING THE COLONIZATION OF OUR SOLAR SYSTEM

There is a vast repository of extraterrestrial books that goes back through the whole history of
extraterrestrial colonization of our solar system.
This includes Mars. It includes the Moon. It includes a planet that was a super-Earth that blew up and
became the Asteroid Belt.
There are settlements all over our solar system.
Most of the large moons in our solar system still have vast amounts of ancient bases dug into them.

There are ancient toys all over the place in our solar system. They are everywhere!

WHAT ABOUT THE MALIBU UNDERSEA BASE?

J: What about the Malibu deep underwater base? I havent had a chance to talk to you about that.
We made the discovery back in May. Well, we didnt discover it it was already there.
We didnt plant a flag on anything, but we certainly brought it to the media. I havent had a chance to
talk to you about it directly.
What do you know about that?
D: I know its there, and its definitely real. I dont know actually that much about whether it is
manned by Earth-based personnel or extraterrestrial or some combination of the two.

THERE ARE A GOOD NUMBER OF ETs WORKING UNDERGROUND

There are a fairly good number of extraterrestrials that work in underground and undersea facilities.
When I mentioned before that there are 10,000 to 18,000 people walking around here, Im not
including those in the underground category.
Those are just people that have some sort of immigration papers and have been allowed to be here.
They are not threatening. They are very, very, very tightly monitored, by the way.

THE ET HUMANS ALLOWED ON EARTH ARE NO MORE THREATENING THAN ANY OF THE REST OF US
If people start freaking out about this stuff, and they get all paranoid, look.
These are ordinary flesh-and-blood beings. If you shot them with a gun, they are going to blow up
just like anybody else.
J: Right.
D: They dont have any special capabilities.
They may have certain types of weapons, but they are not allowed to bring those weapons here.
They really do not they are at a total disadvantage. There is no advantage to these people telling us
who they are.

THERE WAS A PLAN FOR OBAMA TO PRODUCE DISCLOSURE IN 2009

Part of the plan for disclosure has been that if we get to that point.

Like for example, it didnt happen, but there was a plan on the table that Obama was going to tell us,
in November 2009, that there were five different extraterrestrial human groups that have been
working with the United States government for a century.
It didnt start with Roswell. Its a lot older than that.
He was going to introduce us to these people on live television in a two-hour special on every
network, all over TV.
He was going to say, These people are here to help us. Please dont shoot them.
That would have been mind-blowing. It didnt happen, but it could have happened.
It was thwarted by five different factions that made sure he wasnt going to do that.

THE NORWAY SPIRAL WAS INTENDED TO THREATEN OBAMA

One of the ways they made sure he wasnt going to do that was the Norway Spiral.
Isnt it interesting that Obama was going to accept the Nobel Peace Prize in Oslo, Norway (just a
short time after the date we had been leaked for when he was planning to do this disclosure?)
The night before he does, this massive holographic spiral thing shows up in the sky right over where
he is going to get the prize.
And, at the same time, you had a gigantic mile-wide, floating black tetrahedron floating over the
Kremlin in Russia.
J: Thats right.
D: Those were our Cabal people threatening Obama.
[Again, you can see full-length episodes on all of this in the Disclosure miniseries of my internet TV
show Wisdom Teachings.]

"YOU WOULDN'T LIKE IT IF YOU FLEW THROUGH ONE OF THESE..."

The original attempt that was going to be made was on November 21st, 2009. Thats when they
booked the time.
We had someone working at a high level for one of the major television networks who leaked this to
us.
Again, I only hear about this stuff third-hand. Nobody is talking to me directly. I hear about it from
somebody who hears about it from somebody.
What happened is the plan was thwarted.

There was a backup plan that Obama was going to make the announcement when he got the Nobel
prize.
The night before he got the Nobel prize, they generated the Norway Spiral.
He was told by someone who was compromised and close to him in his security detachment, By the
way, Mr. Obama, if you decide to say anything tomorrow, you wouldnt like it if Air Force One
happened to fly through one of these, would you?
J: Wow!
D: Yeah. Thats what that was. It was a massive, ballsy, masculine, incredibly aggressive threat:
Dont you dare do disclosure when you get the Nobel prize.
And he didnt.

WALKING AROUND WITH SECURITY

J: Okay. We have ten minutes left. Maybe we can stretch it.
D: It really flies by, huh?
J: Yeah. It really does. You and I knew that, though.
D: Yep.
J: Next time, well do four hours. (Laughs) Im not kidding, either.
Were scratching the surface on all of these subjects. Were doing our best here.
Well, let me ask you this.
I have seen you. You have been forced into walking around with security. Armed security. I mean,
real security.
D: That is correct.

HOW DO YOU DEAL WITH THIS ON A DAY-BY-DAY BASIS?

J: I mean, how is your private life? Knowing that, Ive seen it myself with my own two eyes.
I remember the last time that I saw you, you literally had to turn to your security guy to calm him
down (laughs). This guys a friend of mine. Its cool.
Im like, man! Wow! Really.
Ive seen it. So how is your private life? You want to share that with us? How do you deal with it on a
day-by-day basis now?

D: I essentially keep myself really isolated, because there are threats against me. I have to be
extremely limited in how much I leave my house.
I do have various forms of security that I have in the house, including a dog that is one of the breeds
that you want to have.
J: Right. Its not a schnauzer.

NO GUNS = NO "ANTI-GOVERNMENT RADICAL" LABEL

D: I do not own any firearms. I have been guided not to do that. I wouldnt want them here, because
then they would be used against me.
I would be framed as an anti-government radical, or a terrorist, or something like that. So I do not
have any weapons here.

THE BAD GUYS ARE NOT ALLOWED TO SHOOT THE RED CROSS WORKERS
There are also Divine protections. Some people are going to laugh their ass off when I say this.
This is a spiritual war, and as I said on your show, I think last time, there is a spiritual law that says
that the bad guys are not allowed to shoot the Red Cross workers.
J: Yeah.
D: That is an absolute reality. So as long as I dont do anything corrupt, in a spiritual, moral, ethical
sense.

YOU HAVE TO STAY TRUE TO THE SPIRITUAL PRINCIPLES YOU TEACH IF YOU WANT DIVINE
PROTECTION
I havent ripped anybody off. I havent banged any female fans that would love to bang me and
there are plenty of them.
J: (Laughs)
D: Believe me, dude. Its like, you want to talk rock star, its the same thing when it comes to this
field.
J: Sure.
D: Especially when you go up on stage in front of two or three hundred people, you get all kinds of
crazy stuff that happens.
J: Yep.
D: Just in trying to get from the stage to the bathroom, twenty or thirty people try to stop you.

OUR OWN WEAKNESSES CAN BE USED AGAINST US

So my attitude is, there are not very many people out there who are doing what Im doing.
Then, of those people, a lot of them have had various character defects.
Some of them are honest about them and some of them are not.
Then those character defects at various times can end up leaking. And then those people are
humiliated or discredited.
In some cases, they do it to themselves.
So, for example, youre never going to hear me publicly saying anything derogatory about other
people in my field.

NEVER BETRAY THE IDENTITY OF AN INSIDER

Another example. I will never betray the confidence of any of my sources.
I would rather take a bullet than betray someones identity, because that gets people killed.
And people have been killed. There has been a lot of ignorance and stupidity in how we have handled
this. I didnt even learn the full extent of it until recently.
I dont think that I personally leaked any information that got people killed, but others who have
been talking about this definitely did.
So this is real. And it is a battle. I forget what you asked me. Im sorry.

GARRISONED AT HOME, VERY LIMITED SOCIAL INTERACTION

J: Its a you live a very sheltered life now.
D: Yeah.
J: There used to be a time when you could run around the streets and do whatever you want, but its
not that kind of party anymore.
D: No. I'm in a garrison mentality right now.
J: Sure.
D: I stay at home. I have very limited social interactions. Pretty much the only people I talk to are
insiders.

IF THERE WAS A VALIANT FORCE TO SERVE WITHIN, I WOULD DO IT

Most people I talk to have highly advanced special-ops military training.
As a result, I am much more sympathetic to the military than I used to be.
If I had the opportunity to serve in a valiant military force, I would gladly do it but there is nothing
like that on earth right now, unfortunately.

WE ARE PROGRAMMED TO BE HIGHLY EMOTIONAL

J: Was this life an accident? Or do you feel like, or have you been told, that you were chosen?
D: Well, chosen implies a Messianic, Christ complex, which I have fastidiously tried to avoid, even
though many people put their projections on us.
In fact, this is a very interesting point. It is sort of a side tangent, but it is worth saying.
The various extraterrestrials who have tinkered with our DNA for thousands of years programmed us
for certain things.
One of the things they programmed us with is we have a huge bandwidth of emotions much more
than most other groups.
This is our greatest weakness and it also makes us potentially very threatening to them.
When we harness the power of our emotions, we can make massive spiritual growth very quickly.
[In fact, I was told that the ET humans are fascinated by our range of emotions. Once we "get it
together" spiritually, we can become far more powerful than they are.]

WE ARE PROGRAMMED FOR HERO WORSHIP, WHICH MAKES US EASIER TO CONTROL

Another thing that weve been genetically programmed to do is to create and worship idols.
A very essential stage of our awakening is to stop doing that, and recognize our personal power.
[This is much better] than wanting to have a hero figure that we think is going to save us, so we can
just sit pretty and not have to do anything ourselves.
[DAVID'S CONNECTION CUTS OUT RIGHT AT THIS MOMENT]
J: Thats an interesting point. Do the ET races, there are so many of them do they have a religion?
Or do they recognize they dont have hero worship.
Whats their relationship with themselves and religion? Oh, I think I just lost David. I just, my internet
just went down
[END. He goes on to very emphatically talk about how this had never happened to him before in all
the years he's done this show.]

SO THERE YOU HAVE IT

This has already turned into a huge piece, so we will stop here for now -- even though there is much
more to say.
I do not feel the interruption of Jimmy's reception was an accident. It was precisely timed at the end
of a significant statement I made.
It does appear that we were victims of sophisticated jamming and a takedown of his internet
reception. That means we struck a nerve.
Your support is our best protection.
So if you like this, spread the word -- and be sure to check out Wisdom Teachings and our epic
disclosure books, The Source Field Investigations and The Synchronicity Key.
Enjoy the holidays! If even 10 percent of what I'm hearing is true, we may have some great surprises
in store for us in the coming year. Maybe sooner rather than later.

NEXT MORNING: MORE SYNCHRONICITY FUN

We haven't posted this on Facebook and Twitter yet, so at this point it's still getting rolling. Typically
we hold off until final edits are in place.
When I came in to correct a few minor errors, the hit counter was at 1221.

This may not seem like much, but I have thought quite a bit lately about the anniversary of 12/21/12
-- the Mayan Calendar's end-date.
It does appear that it represented a shift point that has been most notable by the rapid moves
towards the defeat of the Cabal and disclosure.
After I finished my edits and posted them just now, we had repeating digits on the hit counter, as so
often happens. This time it was 2111.

In case you are new to this, much of my journey into discovering this information came through
synchronicity -- hence the title of my latest book.
It appears that seemingly random free-will decisions are actually being precisely synchronized -- so as
to convey meaningful information.
I see it as a slap on the back -- a guided way of saying thank-you and "good job" from our own soul. A
nice little star for our Christmas tree!

Cosmic Perspective on the Defeat of the Cabal

Jump To Comments | Print |
by David Wilcock
October 27, 2014, 12:44 am
Hits: 348,558
Cosmic Perspective on the Defeat of the Cabal
Part Two: Bloodline of Cain
Part Three: New Readings
All Pages
Tweet

After a much-needed ten-week sabbatical, here we are -- with a message of hope, positivity and a
future far greater than our wildest expectations.
In spite of the headlines we are now seeing, is it possible that we are witnessing the fulfillment of a
vast, cosmic plan -- with a remarkably positive outcome?
Hollywood movies are exposing the Cabal like never before -- suggesting a highly positive change is
coming. Strap in and prepare for takeoff!
[PLEASE NOTE: You can post excerpts on your site providing you give a workable link. Please do not
"mirror" the entire piece.
Sidebar "pullquotes" will continue to be added until Monday night, so the first 24 hours will involve
slight edits to improve the overall look -- but that's all.]
[UPDATE, MONDAY AFTERNOON: New photographic evidence and links of classic reincarnation cases
in Part Three.]
[UPDATE, MONDAY, 10:40 PM PST: Article is now page-locked and complete, as-is.]
[Click here to go directly to information about David's all-day event this Saturday, November 1st, in
Sedona.]

THINGS APPEAR TO BE GOING NUTS -- OR ARE THEY?

There can be no doubt that life on earth is getting more and more wild and unpredictable all the
time.
That's a polite way of saying it.

More bluntly, it seems like everything and everyone is going nuts!

Is this it? Is the sky falling? Are we all going to die? Should we be falling on our knees and crying for
our mothers?
Is some nasty ebola virus going to rudely eat our flesh before the worms get their chance in another
fifty or hundred years?

Guess what? You are about to read a message of hope -- not of fear and doom.
If you want "fear porn," you came to the wrong place.
There's plenty of it out there if that's what you're looking for.
Just read the headlines -- or watch cable news!
They will certainly thank you for it. They need the money!

THE POWER STRUCTURE IS COLLAPSING... FROM WITHIN AND WITHOUT

There is an international alliance taking down the so-called Illuminati power structure -- and it is also
collapsing from within its own member ranks.
Messages forecasting high-level Cabal arrests have finally made their way into major motion pictures.
The epic finale hasn't happened yet -- but there is so much new information pointing in that
direction, day after day, that we have been overwhelmed by it.
It appears that there are 12 to 25 times more "truth journalism" articles being written on a daily basis
now than there were even four months ago.
So many things are happening, all at the same time, that it is impossible to keep up with it -- or even
hope to write about all of it.
For right now, there are some very significant stories that seem to demand attention first.
As you are about to see, messages forecasting high-level Cabal arrests have finally made their way
into major motion pictures.

THE "I TOLD YA SO PARTY" HAS ALREADY BEGUN

Since the Snowden disclosures in June 2013, vastly greater numbers of people have awakened to the
basic truths we have been revealing here for years.

There most definitely appears to be a shadow government working behind the scenes through
controlling the financial system, the media, corporations, military and elected officials.
Words like the Bilderbergers, the New World Order, the Illuminati and the Cabal all seem to be fairly
interchangeable at this point -- for an ever-increasing number of people.
Hitler was perhaps the most visible proponent of this sort of an agenda -- but the infrastructure
behind him didn't simply disappear after World War II.
The great masses of the people will more easily fall victims to a big lie than to a small one. -- Adolf
Hitler

This "big lie" has become something we cannot ignore -- unless we wall ourselves off from
conventional society altogether.
I celebrated 22 years of sobriety on September 21st. It's not always easy but I am much happier this
way.
In order to heal and release an addiction, you first have to acknowledge the problem. Then you need
to fearlessly take steps to alleviate it.
What luck for the rulers that men do not think. -- Adolf Hitler

YOU CAN'T IGNORE IT

Young people wanting to enjoy movies or pop music are increasingly being presented with one
betrayal after another -- as Luciferian symbols are shoved in their faces.
Great liars are also great magicians. -- Adolf Hitler
He alone, who owns the youth, gains the future. -- Adolf Hitler
Make the lie big, make it simple, keep saying it, and eventually they will believe it. -- Adolf Hitler
By the skillful and sustained use of propaganda, one can make a people see even heaven as hell or an
extremely wretched life as paradise. -- Adolf Hitler
I believe today that my conduct is in accordance with the will of the Almighty Creator. -- Adolf Hitler

IT'S NOT BEING ACCEPTED THE WAY THEY HOPED IT WOULD BE

Spectacular amounts of money are being spent in an attempt to re-brand Luciferian imagery as if it
was "hip, cool and trendy" -- but it's not working.

There are countless numbers of YouTube videos exposing the Cabal that have racked up millions of
views.
Think about that for a minute. TV is no longer getting those numbers. The truth is.

Kesha in Her "Die Young" Video -- Which She Said She Was "Forced" To Do

Katy Perry Performing "Dark Horse" at the Grammys

A TEAM IDENTITY HAS FORMED AROUND THESE IMAGES AND SYMBOLS

As we go on, you will see evidence that a powerful group of people have formed a "team identity"
around this dark imagery.
They do not believe they are the bad guys. In fact, they believe they are saving humanity from an
evil, tyrannical god.
Any Christian ideas that Lucifer will be defeated are written off as ignorant superstitions -- promoted
by a false, evil deity they call Adonay.
In their view, Lucifer is the misunderstood good guy -- who was kicked out of the heavenly pantheon
and "fell" to earth because he challenged a corrupt dictatorship.
They believe Lucifer is the bearer of wisdom and knowledge -- and has dominion over the earth that
will expand into a glorious New World Order.
Any Christian ideas that Lucifer will be defeated are written off as ignorant superstitions -- promoted
by a false, evil deity they call Adonay.
They are taught to hate all things Christian, believing them to be the embodiment of oppression itself
-- repressing sexuality, knowledge and freedom.
Their members are very powerful -- and have conducted ongoing advertising campaigns in the hopes
of seeking widespread control and acceptance.
Some of the story points used to bind them together as a group are only known by very few -- and
will now be discussed on this website for the first time.

GILLIGAN'S ISLAND

One of the things you find out when you start talking to insiders who have direct access to high-level
secrets is that this plan has been going on for a long time.
According to NPR, Sherwood Schwartz, the creator of the 1965 classic series Gilligan's Island,
patterned the characters off of the Seven Deadly Sins:
Was "Gilligan's Island" a Metaphor of Hell?
http://www.npr.org/blogs/incharacter/2008/01/your_turn_gilligan.html

Poor castaways. Each week they would devise a way off the island. Each week Gilligan would thwart
their escape -- usually with the best of intentions.
Years after the show ended, its creator, Sherwood Schwartz, admitted that each of the characters
represented one of the seven deadly sins -- Pride (the Professor), Anger (Skipper), Lust, (Ginger),
and the rest. Gilligan was supposed to be Sloth.
But a closer viewing indicates that the island may well have been Hell and the red-clad Gilligan the
devil who kept them on his island.
[Most people who write about this theorize that the Skipper does double duty as Anger and
Gluttony. Remember, this is NPR!]

Gilligan's Island and the Seven Deadly Sins

http://deadlysins.com/features/isle.html

In 1965, the American public was first treated to the whimsical story of Gilligan and six other hapless
castaways, trapped on a small Pacific island after their pleasure cruise ends in a violent shipwreck.
During the show's three-year run (ninety-eight episodes), the island's inhabitants attempted to leave
the island by broadcasting radio messages, sending smoke signals, repairing the Minnow, building a
raft, and fixing a deep diving suit to permit Gilligan to walk along the ocean floor back to Hawaii.
The island was a Sartre-like nether-world where everyone is a "sinner" and Gilligan is Lucifer, always
wearing red and sabotaging every escape attempt they make.
They were visited by headhunters, a wayward trans-atlantic stunt pilot, and astronauts in a returning
moon capsule. A television special brought the entire Harlem Globe Trotters to the island.
Yet the castaways were strangely unable to get off the island, apparently doomed to spend eternity
in each other's company.

In fact, what seemed to be perfectly disarming, if somewhat frustrating, situation comedy was a
representation of a Sartre-like nether-world in which the characters represent the Seven Deadly Sins,
forced in the days after Armageddon (in the form of the Flood) to live in unceasing torment with
each other.
The viewers witness the characters' eternal damnation through Gilligan, a name derived from the
Scottish "gillie", a hunting or fishing guide.
Also symbolizing the sin of Sloth, Gilligan has fallen among the other sinners through his own inability
or unwillingness to escape.
In the show, it is almost always Gilligan who unwittingly sabotages the castaways' attempts at
rescue.

WHY BRING THIS UP?

Sherwood Schwartz, the creator of Gilligan's Island, knew what he was doing -- as he revealed in his
book.
Gilligan comes across as a goofy guy, always referred to as "My Little Buddy" by the Skipper -- and
always wearing red.
Gilligan's Island could be an early metaphor of how the Cabal see themselves as using folksy humor
and trickery to keep us enslaved.
The Cabal likes to put things like this out there, feeling that no one has the stomach to consider what
the show is really about -- even if it's obvious.
Once you start expanding your mind and considering that the Cabal may indeed exist, you can see
that Gilligan's Island could be an early TV metaphor of how they see humanity.
They pose as the silly, comic foil, making seemingly foolish movies and TV shows (it was the mid1960s) and disguising themselves as being innocuous.
At the same time, they do their best to ensure we all stay within their guidelines -- and no one in
society can rise above their own negative emotions.
This same concept was arguably re-booted in a much darker and grittier fashion as the epic TV series
Lost.

THREE WORDS
Things are getting very, very surreal these days. Everything we thought we knew is being rewritten -week after week.
There is no such thing as "the average person" anymore. Each person is waking up very quickly to a
greater reality. It is quite amazing to behold.

Once the largest arrests happen and the tribunals begin, everyone will be saying the same three
words.
The more the Cabal is exposed, the harder they seem to be working to create a non-stop epidemic of
hyperventilating fear-mongering in the corporate media.
The final stages in the exposure and defeat of the negative agenda are moving into position. They are
becoming very clear, obvious and undeniable.
You may not see it yet. You may not dare to believe there is a way out.
By design, the whole situation appears to be seemingly impossible to fix -- thus requiring the
exercising of faith to see any positive path through this.
Nonetheless, the words everyone will be using once this globalist agenda finally crumbles apart are
only three. They are very simple:
"We All Knew."

AN UPRISING IS FORMING
How can these pop-music artists be out there advertising Luciferian imagery so blatantly? Do they
know what they are doing? And why is this happening?
There is a common link between all the artists displaying this imagery -- including Lady Gaga, Katy
Perry, Britney Spears, Miley Cyrus, Nicki Minaj and Rhianna.

They all share the same producer.

Kesha has now broken the ranks and filed a lawsuit against this same man -- Dr. Luke.
He looks like a perfectly normal, ordinary, good-natured person -- which makes it harder to believe
her allegations.
He may have been put out there as a "fall guy" for far more powerful players who are telling him
what to do.
Dr. Luke himself may reveal that he has been abused, tortured and threatened, should a tribunal
ever occur -- so please bear that in mind.
Very interestingly, Kesha's mother says "Kesha and her friends... like Lady Gaga, are going to make all
of this Really PUBLIC."

DAILY MAIL EXPOSE ARTICLE ON KESHA'S TEN-YEAR ABUSE IN THE MUSIC INDUSTRY
This should grab everyone's attention. While everyone is innocent until proven guilty, witness
testimony can also be used to establish proof.

10/18: Kesha Wrote Letters to Fans Revealing Abuse from Producer

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/tvshowbiz/article-2798735/dr-luke-tortured-family-kesha-wrote-lettersfans-revealing-abused-producer-nine-months-going-public-rape-claims.html

The singer specifically identifies the 41-year-old music mogul as her abuser by writing [to a fan]: 'Dr.
Luke has tortured me & my family he did do what people know about + SO much more terrible
s***.'
The duo are currently embroiled in a nasty legal battle after Kesha claimed in a lawsuit that she was
'sexually, physically, verbally and emotionally abused' by the prolific producer over a period of 10
years....

Meanwhile, in an email obtained by TMZ, Kesha's mother allegedly writes: 'We, me and Kesha and
her friends... like Lady Gaga, are going to make all of this Really PUBLIC, in the next few days. Luke
date raped Kesha when she was 18....
Kesha claims that the alleged abuse started early on when she signed her deal with the hitmaker,
who is known for producing some of the biggest hits in pop music for the likes of Katy Perry and
Britney Spears.
Dr. Luke allegedly made 'repeated sexual advances' towards her and 'would use drugs and alcohol to
remove her defences'....

Kesha claims that Dr. Luke reportedly 'threatened that if she ever mentioned the rape to anyone, he
would shut her career down, take away all her publishing and recording rights, and otherwise destroy
not only her life but her entire familys lives as well'.
The lawsuit also alleges that he also 'threatened her and her familys physical safety'.

Kesha's lawyer, Mark Geragos, told TMZ... 'The facts presented in our lawsuit paint a picture of a man
who is controlling and willing to commit horrible acts of abuse in an attempt to intimidate an
impressionable, talented, young female artist into submission for his personal gain....

Dr. Luke has produced all of Kesha's big hits including, TiK ToK, We R Who We R and Your Love Is My
Drug.
He has also produced hundreds of hits for other artists, including Roar, California Gurls and Teenage
Dream by Katy Perry, as well as Till The World Ends and Hold It Against Me by Britney Spears.
He's also worked with Taio Cruz, B.o.B, Jessie J, Flo Rida, Miley Cyrus, T.I., Nicki Minaj, Juicy J, Rihanna
and Shakira.
He was nominated for a Grammy Award for Producer of the Year at the 53rd Grammy Awards for his
work on Katy Perry's Teenage Dream album.

NOW LET'S LOOK AT THE BIGGER PICTURE

For mainstream pop music, Kesha's case is equally as revealing as the Bryan Singer cases and Corey
Feldman's Coreyography have become for Hollywood.
And Mark Geragos is a "gorilla", in legal terms -- defending Michael Jackson, Gary Condit, Winona
Ryder and many others, as well as prosecuting Whitewater.
I will now reprint an excerpt from our Decloaking Lucifer piece to fill in the context -- as it explains
why Kesha's lawsuit is so significant.

SUBMIT YOUR APPLICATION BY WEARING THE SYMBOLS

VH1 declares that in the Die Young video, Ke$ha "submitted her Illuminati application." This suggests
that you could do the same by displaying their symbols.
Ke$ha Submits Her Illuminati Application, Complete With Triangles, Orgies and Cops
http://www.vh1.com/music/tuner/2012-11-08/keha-submits-her-illuminati-application-completewith-triangles-orgies-and-cops-in-die-young/

Instead of unicorns, glitter and James Van Der Beek, this time shes enlisted a band of spookily
attractive dancers to writhe around the desertwhile K$ poses on a mattress and dances in front of a
pentagram.
It. Is. Awesome.
Is Ke$ha part of the Illuminati? Is she involved in some sort of witchcraft? Or is she just super trendy?

Well never truly know, but the new video for Super Earworm Die Young features an overwhelming
amount of geometryeverything from the magic triangle to the mystical pentagram And all the
Seeing Eyes in between:

All propaganda has to be popular and has to accommodate itself to the comprehension of the least
intelligent of those whom it seeks to reach. -- Adolf Hitler

THEN SANDY HOOK HAPPENED -- AND IT WASN'T SO "AWESOME" ANYMORE

When we clicked on the YouTube version of this video after it came out, almost every comment was
furiously blasting Ke$ha as an "Illuminati B-tch."
Undoubtedly, some of this spilled over into her personal life. There were probably several instances
of her being aggressively confronted in public.
In an unprecedented breach of character, Ke$ha said she was forced to make the Luciferian "Die
Young" video.
Clearly, the backlash she experienced for "submitting her application" was incredible. Then the
devastating Sandy Hook school shooting happened.
In a rare and almost unprecedented breaking of character that could easily get her killed, Ke$ha
came forward and said she had been "forced" to do this.
Ke$sha Claims She Was "Forced To Sing" Die Young
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/tvshowbiz/article-2250767/Now-Ke-ha-claims-forced-sing-Die-Younglyrics-took-credit-song-weeks-Sandy-Hook-massacre.html

Ke$ha has attempted to distance herself from her own song Die Young in the wake of the Sandy
Hook Elementary School massacre.
The outspoken singer has blasted her hit song Die Young -- which was pulled from a huge number of
radio playlists following the shooting last week -- claiming she was forced to sing the controversial
words and always thought the content was inappropriate.
Writing a message on her Twitter page on Monday, the 25-year-old hitmaker said: 'I had my very
own issues with 'die young' for this reason. I did NOT want to sing those lyrics and I was FORCED TO.'

IT'S ALL PART OF A PERFECT PLAN

When mainstream culture -- such as movies and the pop music -- features this imagery so blatantly,
wealthy individuals must be involved.
It costs millions of dollars to build these artists into superstars. The promotion of these symbols and
themes is obviously intentional.
There is undeniable evidence that great, epic truths are being hidden from us.
As we wrote in Financial Tyranny, this imagery has also appeared in the most-viewed public
ceremonies on earth -- including the Olympics, the Super Bowl halftime show and the Grammys.
This may seem terrifying to you. I understand that. As Hitler said, the "big lie" is actually the safest
bet, because no one can believe it's really true.
However, I feel it is necessary, and liberating, to expose the truth.
I recommend stepping back and viewing it as information -- a puzzle to be solved -- and giving
yourself permission not to be afraid of it.
From an impartial perspective, what we are seeing is undeniable evidence that there are great, epic
truths being hidden from us.
The best part, as far as I'm concerned, is that the hidden information about the positive side of this
global drama is much greater than the negative.
Nothing that is happening right now is random. We are not about to see an epic-scale loss of life. This
is all part of a perfect plan.

A STRUCTURED, GLOBAL INITIATION

We are going through a structured, global initiation process -- which will have stupendously positive
results.
The nemesis is real -- and so is the hero.
The hero is you.

FORGIVENESS AND UNDERSTANDING

If you can look at this soberly, and not demonize the people trapped in this group, you are bravely
following the teachings of Jesus and other great masters.
Forgiveness and understanding is the way through this -- not replaying the same old cycles of labeling
others as sub-human monsters worthy only of death.
Once we understand that this group is very real, and that most of its members feel trapped and fear
for their lives, the story becomes very different.

Forgiveness and understanding is the way through this -- not replaying the same old cycles of labeling
others as sub-human monsters worthy only of death.
According to various insiders, there appear to be over a million people who are directly involved in
this group in some way.
If some of them do want to come forward and stop the violence, they need to be given a chance.
I do feel there is a greater cosmic plan at work here. If we unilaterally dehumanize them as nonpersons, then we will have failed that test.
This test is built into the ebb and flow of history itself. Nothing is random. There is a story written
into history.
Every major event we go through is intelligently structured, for our own spiritual evolution -- and has
its place within the Story.
It seems impossible to believe. It is most definitely a non-mainstream view -- but the evidence is
overwhelming, and supported by the great religious traditions.

THE FINAL SHOWDOWN

We are now in the "final showdown" in the story -- the hero's epic face-off against the nemesis,
facing the greatest fears -- right before victory is achieved.
Each of us is experiencing this on a directly personal level. More and more, we will have to face it -whether we like it or not.
Once we are willing to look at the truth, we step into the Hero's Journey -- and the possibility of a
massive spiritual evolution for the positive appears.
I use remarkable scientific evidence to make this case, through the use of repeating cycles of history,
in my latest book The Synchronicity Key.

THE GREATEST EVENTS CAN OCCUR WITHIN DAYS OF EACH OTHER

These cycles of history appear in the Bible and many other great spiritual texts. They work so
precisely that events often repeat within days of each other.
Wars, conflicts and scandals, as well as remarkable defeats of the villains and breakthroughs into
freedom, are happening on a very precise timetable.
These events are not new. They are not original. Our apparent free will is dancing along -- with
remarkable perfection -- to a pre-designed, epic storyline.

This can occur across historical gulfs of time that are quite vast in scope -- including cycles of 539 and
2,160 years.
Even the same people are reincarnating, doing very similar things, and having very similar faces -including Hitler, Richard Nixon and Jimmy Carter.

Hannibal and Hitler: Same Faces, Same Invasions, Same Lands, Same Events, Exactly 2,160 Years
Apart

Other precise examples for which facial resemblances have not yet been established include Joan of
Arc and Johannes von Baysen, who later became Bill Clinton.
In the case of Hitler, Nixon and Carter, their actions repeat with astonishing precision across one Age
of the Zodiac -- namely 2,160 years.
The 12 zodiac ages add up to the Great Year of 25,920 earth years. This cycle is of extreme
significance in understanding the cosmic Big Picture.
Human civilization appears to evolve in sudden bursts at the end of these roughly 25,000-year units
of time. And the next mega-event is happening right now.
This may not be going exactly the way we had expected, but we're in it.
In the reincarnation cases of Joan of Arc, Bill Clinton and others, they have re-appeared very precisely
in one quarter of an Age of the Zodiac.
As we will argue a bit later, this is very likely happening to everyone -- not just influential world
figures.

539 YEARS WORKS MUCH BETTER

Normally we would assume that a Zodiac quarter-cycle, or 2160 divided by 4, would be 540 years.
One of the mysteries in this "sacred science" is that 539 years -- seven times 77 -- works much better
than 540 when we actually calculate the cycles and apply them to our history.
There is an astonishing one-to-one connection between 9/11 and the Battle of Swiecino, exactly 539
years apart -- almost to the day.
There is an astonishing one-to-one connection between 9/11 and the Battle of Swiecino, exactly 539
years apart -- almost to the day.
The day the Twin Towers were hit with airplanes was only six days from when thousands of arrows
rained down from crossbows in the previous cycle.

The Battle of Swiecino was the defining struggle for the future of Europe in its own time.
This is only one of a cluster of events that are so similar to each other, in time and content, it beggars
belief to try to write it off as a coincidence or "conspiracy theory."
I discovered it by simply taking 9/11 and rewinding 539 years into the past, giving the window of
September 1462.
Once I figured out who Clinton, Bush and Congress had been in the previous cycle, many
interconnecting pieces fit together beautifully.
This is far too complex to go into in one article. It does take a 500-page book to properly explain all of
this -- and an entire chapter is focused just on 9/11.

THE NAZI FACTION IS GOING LOSE -- THE CYCLES HAVE IT

This same cycle connection ultimately reveals that the secret Nazi faction brought over to the US
after World War II, in Project Paperclip, will lose this epic battle in our time.
The faction that lost the war in 1462 was none other than the German Teutonic Knights -- cyclical
predecessors of the Cabal.
It is remarkable to watch the second-biggest movie of the year, Captain America: The Winter Soldier,
and see a precise foreshadowing of this massive event -- including a strong hint of the epic, high-level
arrests that will occur.
None of this data was available when I wrote The Synchronicity Key, as the last significant changes to
the manuscript were made in April 2013.
From May onward, only single words could be changed in accordance with the editor's requests.

LET'S READ THE KEY SCENES FROM IRONMAN 3 AND CAPTAIN AMERICA: TWS
Ironman 3 was the second-biggest movie of 2013, after The Hunger Games.
Captain America: TWS is still the second biggest movie of 2014, after Guardians of the Galaxy.
Seen together, these two Marvel / Stan Lee movies give a remarkable and undeniable window into
the alliance that is working to defeat the Cabal.
Though the alliance cannot yet make itself openly public, both of these movies are very strong
revelations of what they are building up to.

In both cases I feel we are seeing well-financed operations by the alliance, some of which is working
from within the US military, to tell us what is going on behind the scenes.

THE MANDARIN IS A VERY INTERESTING PARALLEL TO ISIS

We will start with Ironman 3, in which the hero Tony Stark confronts the Bin Laden-esque villain "The
Mandarin", played by Ben Kingsley, in his headquarters.

What happens is very surprising -- considering the Mandarin has been interrupting broadcast
television and coming across as the ultimate terrorist of our time.
The art of leadership... consists in consolidating the attention of the people against a single adversary
and taking care that nothing will split up that attention. -- Adolf Hitler

It is amazing to watch the ISIS media bonanza blazing forward after Ironman 3 outed the whole
agenda in the dialogue you are about to read -- just a year before.
No one in the corporate media has dared to mention the astonishing similarity between the ISIS
storyline and "The Mandarin" in Ironman 3.

THE CONFRONTATION BETWEEN TONY STARK AND THE MANDARIN

The key scene we will be giving the dialogue from begins at 1:14:26 and extends through 1:18:23.
Robert Downey's character Tony Stark busts in on the Mandarin's lair, only to find that he is drinking
beer and bedding gorgeous women.
Our dialogue begins at the moment Tony Stark surprises a very drunk Mandarin -- and pulls a gun on
him.

TS: Hey!
M: Bloody hell, bloody hell!
TS: Dont move.

M: You want something, take it, although the guns are all fake, because those wankers wouldnt trust
me with the real ones.
TS: What?
M: Hey, do you fancy either of the birds [women in the room]?
TS: Ive heard enough. Youre not him. The Mandarin. The real guy. Where? Wheres the Mandarin?
Where is he?
M: Whoa! Hes here. Hes here but hes not here. Hes here but hes not here.
TS: What do you mean?
M: Its complicated. Hey. Its complicated!
TS: It is?
M: Its complicated.

TS: Its complicated. Ladies out. Out of the bed. Get in the bathroom. [To Mandarin:] Sit.
[Mandarin tries to crawl away. Tony shoots at where hes going. Mandarin sits up.]
M: My names Trevor. Trevor Clattery.
TS: What are you? What are you, youre a decoy or a double, right?
M: Im not an understudy. Absolutely not. [Tony points the gun at him even closer.] Dont hurt the
face! Im an actor.
TS: Youve got a minute to live. Fill it with words.

M: Just a role. The Mandarin, see? Its not real.

TS: Then how did you get here, Trevor?
M: Umm, well, I, uh, a little problem with, um, substances, and I ended up, uh, doing things no two
ways about it in the street, that a man shouldnt do.
TS: Next?
M: Then, they approached me about the role, and they knew about the drugs.
TS: They said theyd get you off em?

M: They said theyd give me more! They gave me things. They gave me this palace. They gave me
plastic surgery. They gave me things. [Falls asleep, snores]
TS: Did you just nod off? Hey! [Kicks him]

M: No, and a lovely speedboat! And the thing was, he needed someone. To take credit for some
accidental explosions.
TS: He? Killian?
M: Killian.
TS: He created you.
M: He created me.
TS: Custom-made terror threat.
M: Yes! Yes. His think tank thinked it up. The pathology of a serial killer. The manipulation of Western
iconography. "Ready for another lesson." Blah blah blah. [Hands Tony a beer. Tony rejects.]
Because of my performance, I brought the Mandarin to life.

TS: Your performance? Where people died?

M: No. They didnt! That was costumes. Green screen!
Honestly, I wasnt on location for half of the stuff. When I was, it was movie magic, love.
TS: Im sorry, but Ive got a best friend who is in a coma and he might not wake up. So youre going to
have to answer for that.
Youre still going down, pal. You under- [Minion attacks him from behind, knocks Tony out.]

THIS ALL SOUNDS VERY FAMILIAR...

The Mandarin's comment about "green screen" is particularly interesting, considering that even
mainstream media had to admit that experts believed the ISIS beheading videos were fakes.

I was never able to move quickly enough to see any but the first of these videos -- but apparently
each of them are similar, wherein it fades to black before any blood is seen.

In this case there is obviously no "green screen," but many people have questioned whether the
knife allegedly being used even has a sharp edge.
Just like "the Mandarin" indicated in Ironman 3, the guy doing the beheading in this video may well
be an actor who is not actually murdering anyone.
The best political weapon is the weapon of terror. Cruelty commands respect.
Men may hate us. But, we don't ask for their love; only for their fear. -- Heinrich Himmler

LOTS OF SIMILARITIES TO THE BUSH ADMINISTRATION

As the movie goes on from here, we find that Iron Man's clone robot, the Iron Patriot, was going to
be used as a Trojan horse to kill the President.
This, in turn, would create enough chaos to further the terrorist agenda being promoted by those
who were using the Mandarin to achieve their goals.
Interestingly, the president in Ironman 3 is played by an actor who has an undeniable similarity to
George W. Bush in his appearance.

THE VP LOOKS A LOT LIKE CHENEY -- AND GETS ARRESTED AND DRAGGED OUT OF THE WHITE HOUSE
Most astonishingly, the Vice President of the United States ends up being the main employer of the
Mandarin.
The VP is arrested and frog-marched out of the White House at the end of the film!
This was the climax of the entire movie.
It definitely adds weight to what various insiders have told us for years now -- namely that Pentagon
insiders are working to create high-level arrests.

INSIGHTS INTO 9/11

This is also an indirect but powerful suggestion that 9/11 was an inside job -- and that Bin Laden was
secretly working for the Bush Administration all along.
For those who are seasoned veterans of truth journalism, you may well have read hundreds of
different articles about "Tim Osman," et cetera. I know I have.
Ironman 3 was a very direct indication for the mass public of what the alliance is preparing to do -and why it will be necessary.

The actor playing the Vice President bears a more-than-passing similarity, in his look and overall
"vibe," to Dick Cheney.

THE REVELATION OF PROJECT PAPERCLIP IN CAPTAIN AMERICA: TWS

In this year [2014]'s Captain America: The Winter Soldier, even more information was released to a
massive, worldwide audience.
This appears to be one of the biggest, most tangible proofs yet that the alliance we have been leaking
information from since 2011 actually does exist.
I hardly ever recommend movies, but like Ironman 3, this is another case where you definitely should
see it if you haven't already.

The whole movie is essentially the story of a small group of insider allies working to bring down a
secretive Nazi cabal that has taken over the American intelligence apparatus.
The negative group calls itself "Hydra" -- and the "big reveal" comes from 1:01:21 to 1:06:31 in the
film.
The Hydra logo bears an undeniable resemblance to the Skull and Bones Society symbol, which in
turn is a derivation of the Skull and Crossbones symbol.
The Skull and Crossbones "black flag" was flown on pirate ships that were actually owned and run by
the Knight Templars.
The interdiction and theft of the gold coming out of Mesoamerica provided the Templars -- an earlier
incarnation of the Cabal -- with vast sums of capital.

LET'S READ THE STUNNING DIALOGUE IN "CAPTAIN AMERICA"

Much of the fight up to this point in the film has involved getting a USB stick with classified info on it
into a vast, old-fashioned military computer terminal.
Here, SJ is Scarlett Johanson, CA is Captain America, and C is for Computer. SHIELD represents the US
military-industrial complex and its intelligence apparatus.

Considering how many hours can be spent fine-tuning film dialogue to say as much as possible in as
few words as possible, I am confident this was very well thought out.
The computer also shows a wealth of fast-moving visuals to support the dialogue -- so to get the full
effect, you do have to see the movie.

SJ: This cant be the data point. This technology is ancient.

[She sees a USB port and inserts the USB stick. The computer springs to life. Screen says Initiate
System? and she types Yes.]
SJ: Shall we play a game? Its from a movie that my grandpa
CA: Yeah, I saw it.
[Computer hums to life.]
C: Rogerson, Steven, born 1918. [Camera turns to SJ.] Romanov, Natalia Arianovna, born 1984.
SJ: It must be some kind of a recording.
C: I am not a recording, Fraulein. I may not be the man I was when the Captain took me prisoner in
1945, but I am. [Cuts to picture of original person.]

SJ: [To CA:] You know this thing?

CA: Arnim Zola was a German scientist who worked at the Red Skull. Hes been dead for years.
C: First correction. I am Swiss. Second. Look around you. I have never been more alive.
In 1972 I received a terminal diagnosis. Science could not save my body. My mind, however, that was
worth saving on 200 thousand feet of databanks. You are standing in my brain.

CA: How did you get here?

C: Invited!
SJ: It was Operation Paperclip. After World War II, SHIELD recruited German scientists with strategic
value.
C: So I would help their cause. I also helped my own.
CA: Hydra died with the Red Skull.

C: Cut off one head, two more shall take its place.
CA: Prove it.
C: Accessing archive. [Images]

C: Hydra was founded on the belief that humanity could not be trusted with its own freedom. What
we did not realize was that if you try to take that freedom, they resist.
The war taught us much. Humanity needed to surrender its freedom willingly.
After the war, SHIELD was founded and I was recruited.
The new Hydra grew a beautiful parasite inside SHIELD.
For 70 years, Hydra has been secretly feeding crisis. Breeding war.
And when history did not cooperate, history was changed.

SJ: Thats impossible. SHIELD would have stopped you.

C: Accidents will happen. [Images of people who resisted and died. One looks a lot like the Kennedy
assassination.]
Hydra created a world so chaotic that humanity is finally ready to sacrifice its freedom to gain its
security.
Once the purification process is complete, Hydras New World Order will arise.
We won, Captain. Your death amounts to the same as your life. A zero sum.
[Captain America punches the screen and breaks it. Another screen lights up.]
C: As I was saying

CA: Whats on this drive?

C: Project Insight requires insight. So I wrote an algorithm.
SJ: What kind of algorithm? What does it do?
C: The answer to your question is fascinating. Unfortunately, you shall be too dead to hear it. [Blast
doors slam closed behind them.]
SJ: [Looking at her smartphone:] Steve, weve got a bogey. Short-range ballistic, thirty seconds tops.
CA: Who fired it?
SJ: Shield.

C: I am afraid I have been stalling, Captain. Admit it. Its better this way.
[CA pulls a grate off of the floor, revealing a pit to jump into.] We are -- both of us -- out of time.
[Missile hits! CA and SJ jump into the pit just in time.]

WHAT IS PROJECT INSIGHT?

Project Insight involves three hovering aircraft carriers that go up into the atmosphere and begin
targeting everyone who represents a threat to Hydra.
Here they are as they first rise up out of their secret, underground bunker next to the water.

A computer-controlled system targets many thousands of people per second for instant death by
particle-beam weaponry.
Hydra believes this will help them to achieve their goals by destroying everyone who resists them in
one single, stunning blow.
The montage of targets for Project Insight includes multiple staff in the Pentagon, as well as the
White House -- including the President of the United States.

We quickly find out that the first area the three carriers are about to start "cleaning up" is much of
the Northeast United States.

THERE IS A LOT MORE INSIDER INFORMATION IN THESE FILMS THAN MOST PEOPLE WOULD EVER
REALIZE
One of our highest-positioned insiders was absolutely stunned when he saw this movie.
He said that the aircraft carriers in this film are precisely identical to what the US military actually
possesses in secret.
I was told that these carriers have a light-bending technology called "masking", but that the military
does occasionally allow them to be seen.

From the ground, they will usually just appear as a group of lights in the night sky, and will be written
off as "another UFO sighting."
All of the jets in the movie are genuine, classified aircraft as well -- and date back to the 1980s, if not
earlier.

Furthermore, these aircraft carriers typically travel in groups of three -- just like we see in the movie.
In the real world, one of the three craft will be a flying black triangle -- the TR-3B -- that carries larger
aircraft than the other two can hold.
This next image of an alleged black triangle over Paris is probably a fake, but it is a good
approximation of what the TR-3B looks like.

The slightly-smaller aircraft carriers, just like we see in Captain America and The Avengers, provide
defensive perimeter support for the larger triangle craft.
Our insider also said that the gun turrets for Project Insight at the base of the carriers are called
"heads," and are precisely what these weapons really look like.
The technology described as "Project Insight" in Captain America: TWS is absolutely real -- and highly
classified.
In short, the technology described as "Project Insight" in this movie is absolutely real -- and highly
classified.
There are other ways these weapons can go airborne besides through the use of aircraft carriers, but
this is a legitimate scenario.
I was told about this technology at least three years ago now -- and never, ever expected to see it in
a mainstream film. It was very surreal.
I never said a word about it due to the threat, the level of secrecy and my firm belief that it would
never be used -- but now it's out there in a very popular movie.
This system would have already been used, in a faked alien invasion, were it not for ongoing "divine
intervention" from high-level, positive ETs -- and diligent police work by the alliance.

OTHER IMPORTANT SCENES IN CAPTAIN AMERICA

Before we get to Scarlett Johansson's trial at the end of the film, two other scenes are worth
mentioning.
At 1:12:44, a scene begins where Garry Shandling, playing a US senator, meets with a top SHIELD
operative.
In a shocking moment, Shandling shakes the agent's hand and whispers Heil Hydra into his ear at
1:13:16.
This nausea-inducing scene reveals how the penetration of this cabal goes all the way up through the
elected government and intelligence apparatus.

The other pivotal scene is after Captain America and his allies have successfully destroyed all three
aircraft carriers at the last minute.
At 1:55:04 Robert Redfords character Pierce, the apparent head of Hydra, dies of bloody gunshot
wounds after his cover has been blown.
Although I do not in any way advocate violence, this could indicate that certain high-level operatives
within the Cabal may be assassinated, rather than given an open, public trial.
My guess is that if this happens at all, it will only be for the most extreme, threatening cases.

FORESHADOWING OF THE TRIBUNALS

It is very likely that if the takedown of the Cabal proceeds as various insiders -- and now these movies
-- have leaked, there will be public tribunals.
Very high-ranking Cabal members who did not get killed or commit suicide will end up on national
television -- revealing everything they know before a judicial panel.
We may very well see famous pop stars and film actors in these tribunals -- revealing things we never
would have expected them to say.
This could go all the way up to senior elected officials and heads of state. If this ever happens, it will
be the most revealing moment of modern history.
Just imagine what it would / will be like to have presidents on national television breaking down in
tears as they talk about how they were bullied, threatened and tortured by an occult group.

This cabal is so secretive that even the top-level people know a lot less about them than we would
expect -- but their stories will be extremely poignant.
The collective walls of denial will break down. We will all be forced to move out of our "comfort
zone" and accept new truths as self-evident facts.
Many people will be very, very upset by this. It's akin to that moment where you walk into the room
and find your loved one in bed with someone else.
Our entire sense of God, and the goodness of the universe and of life on earth, will be challenged -and new insights will be required.
Not everyone believes we were created equal. The leaders of a small group have considered
humanity to be a cancer on the earth that must be exterminated.

IT MAY SEEM IMPOSSIBLE, BUT IT HAS HAPPENED BEFORE

It may seem impossible, but such events have happened before. It's part of the classic storyline that
keeps being retold on earth over thousands of years.
In The Synchronicity Key I reveal the remarkable cycle connections between the end of the Reign of
Terror and assassination of Robespierre in the French Revolution, and the assassination of Soviet
dictator Josef Stalin.
The defeat of the Nazis and the subsequent Nuremberg trials are another seemingly unimaginable
event, for its time, that actually did happen.
Entire civilizations have been through this part of the story many times before. What most people
don't realize is how precisely cyclical all of this is.
Our modern version of the tribunals is also forecasted quite remarkably in Captain America. It
happens almost as an afterthought, at the end of the movie.

SCARLETT JOHANSSON'S CHARACTER LEAKS CLASSIFIED DOCS AND GOES ON TRIAL

Scarlett Johansson's character Black Widow / Natalia ends up leaking a massive amount of classified
SHIELD docs from the USB stick onto the internet.
In the process, she causes seemingly grave damage to the intelligence apparatus. How is America
supposed to defend itself against its enemies now that this has happened?
In this final scene, she is being grilled by government officials, in a public trial, about what she has
done. It begins at 2:02:43.

LET'S READ THE DIALOGUE

Here is the critical dialogue between the characters during the tribunal. Not knowing the names, I
just used "G" for the first guy and "G2" for the second.

G: Why havent we yet heard from Captain Rogerson?

SJ: I dont know what there is left for him to say. I think the wreck in the middle of the Potomac made
his point fairly eloquently.
G: Well, he could explain how this country is expected to maintain its national security now that he
and you have laid waste to our intelligence apparatus?
SJ: Hydra was selling you lies, not intelligence.
G: Many of which you seem to have had a personal hand in telling.
G2: Agent, you should know that there are some on this committee who feel, given your service
record, both for this country and against it, that you belong in a penitentiary. Not mouthing off on
Capitol Hill.

SJ: Youre not going to put me in a prison. Youre not going to put any of us in a prison. You know
why?
G2: Do enlighten us.
SJ: Because you need us. Yes, the world is a vulnerable place. And yes, we helped make it that way.
But were also the ones best qualified to defend it.
So if you want to arrest me, arrest me. Youll know where to find me. [She leaves.]

PREDICTION OF FURTHER TROUBLES AHEAD AFTER THE INITIAL ROUND

In this next bit of dialogue, the former head of SHIELD, played by Samuel Jackson, reveals that not
everyone in the Cabal (Hydra) was identified in the first wave.
This dialogue begins at 2:04:35.

NF: Weve been data-mining Hydras files. Looks like a lot of rats didnt go down with the ship.
Im headed to Europe tonight. I wanted to ask if youd come.

CA: Theres something Ive got to do first.

THREE OTHER ASTONISHING DISCLOSURE FILMS WORTH MENTIONING

The indie film Snowpiercer, also featuring Chris Evans in the lead role as he was in Captain America, is
a very interesting, full-length "reveal" about the Cabal.

In it, the last surviving members of humanity are trapped together on a train -- which becomes a
metaphor of how the Cabal treats humanity in the present.
A deliberate war is created to reduce and maintain population -- with Evans' character ultimately
being thanked for the violent revolution he helped to create.

OBLIVION AND EDGE OF TOMORROW

Additionally, the two most recent Tom Cruise movies, Oblivion and Edge of Tomorrow, also fill in
valuable, even astonishing data points.
Let's discuss Oblivion first. Though it didn't do as well in the box office as Ironman 3, it is just as
revealing in its own way.

OBLIVION IS A DOCUMENTARY VEILED AS FICTION

The film Oblivion starts out with most of humanity apparently having been moved off of the earth to
a colony in space.

Giant ships are removing all the water from the oceans -- ostensibly because earth has "died" and the
water is needed for the colony.
A small group of survivors are treated as villains, even aliens -- and drones are used to take them out.

Tom Cruise's character lives in a futuristic, floating paradise with his wife, working as a soldier
apparently for the human survivors out in space.
He is there to repair the drones, which go around killing anyone else left behind but him. His job is to
make sure they still function.

He is taught to only act within a certain area, as everything outside that area is apparently
radioactive.

THE 'TET' IS THE CENTER OF THE PROBLEM

Ultimately, Cruise's character realizes the people the drones are killing are not monsters or aliens -they are the only human survivors left.
This allegedly giant human colony in space, called "The Tet," is actually an extraterrestrial AI system
that has invaded Earth -- and is destroying it.
"Tet" is obviously short for "Tetrahedron" -- a triangular pyramid. Hmmm.

Without giving away a variety of plot twists, Cruise's character ends up facing off against the
artificially intelligent menace directly.
What he sees is a gigantic upside-down triangle with a red dot -- an eye -- in the middle.

It is an absolutely undeniable symbol of the Illuminati All-Seeing Eye in the triangle, atop the pyramid
on the Great Seal of the United States.

The message is only very thinly veiled by turning the triangle upside down and clipping off the
corners.

EDGE OF TOMORROW HAS AN EQUALLY STRONG MESSAGE

In Edge of Tomorrow, the message gets even more explicit, in some ways.

Cruise's character is a high-ranking military official who gets framed and thrown into active duty as a
grunt soldier.

He is outfitted with an advanced battle-robot system that enhances his own body movements, and
he gets rushed into combat against terrifying aliens.

The aliens ambush the military's position almost immediately. He barely makes it to the ground in his
parachute, kills one of them, and dies right aftewards.
He then is reborn -- over and over again. Each time he dies, he just starts over from the same day
again, like Groundhog Day.

THE FINAL HEADQUARTERS OF THE INVADING ETS IS VERY REVEALING

Over time, Cruise and Emily Blunt's character figure out that the only way they can stop the invasion
is to take out the central brain running the whole thing.

My interest and intrigue skyrocketed when I saw that the "brain" was a spherical mass of tentacles
contained within a very obvious pyramid shape.
This is much clearer in the film than any single, still image can convey.

It gets even more fascinating when we realize where this brain is located.
At first, it appears to be in Germany -- hiding in the remains of a Nazi military facility.
We already saw that Hydra in Captain America: TWS was a Nazi group. Now Edge of Tomorrow
seems to be conveying exactly the same message.

THE ACTUAL LOCATION OF THE "BRAIN" IS BENEATH THE PYRAMID IN THE LOUVRE
However, once they finally fight their way there, it's a dead end.
The brain has been disguising its true identity -- putting out false signals about its true identity and
whereabouts.
Only then do the allies push even harder -- and figure out the actual location of the brain.
I was shocked when the film placed the final location of the brain as being directly beneath the glass
pyramid in the Louvre.

Why does this matter? This is the exact same location where the body of Mary Magdalene is buried
at the end of The Da Vinci Code.

WHY DOES ANY OF THIS MATTER?

The idea that the "Holy Grail" is not a chalice, but actually a sacred, secret royal bloodline is the
ultimate point of Da Vinci Code.
The "quest for the Holy Grail" becomes a search for the secret that Jesus survived the Cross and had
children with Mary Magdalene.
At the end of the film, we discover that many of these people are still alive -- and they have
preserved their genealogy with meticulous care.
Insiders confirmed this film was intended to presage a formal disclosure to humanity, by the Cabal, of
their presence -- an event they call "The Revealing."
By portraying themselves as the living descendants of Christ, they hoped to be openly accepted as
Gods among us.
I covered many fascinating details about this story, including whistleblower testimony, in my epic
2007 piece The Revealing.
James Cameron was preparing to come forward with a coffin that allegedly contained Jesus' remains
-- complete with dust that could be DNA-tested.

ILLUMINATI SYMBOLS ABOUND IN "THE DA VINCI CODE"

Illuminati symbols were widely used in the promotion of this film -- including the telltale triangle over
Audrey's eye in the following poster:

It cannot be an accident that the hive-mind of the invading aliens in Edge of Tomorrow was located
in the exact same place as Mary Magdalene's body was buried in The Da Vinci Code.
I had a dentist who was a Scientologist, like Cruise.
I routinely talk to people about these things and gently see how much they can handle.
I quickly found out that Scientologists are very well aware of the Cabal -- much more than most
people.
The topic of bloodlines is very interesting -- and we will get back to that in Part Two.

Like so many things, it turns out that what the Cabal believes at the highest levels is the mirroropposite of what they were presenting in films like Da Vinci Code.

LET'S GET BACK TO THE CYCLES OF HISTORY

I hope you can see with this new data, which I have never before summarized like this, that you are
not alone.
The idea of a global elite cabal is not a "conspiracy theory", relegated to dubious sites on the internet
and millennial paranoia.
The theme of exposing and arresting the Cabal is finally making its way into big-budget Hollywood
films.
Enough powerful people know about this now that the theme of exposing and arresting the Cabal is
making its way into big-budget Hollywood films.
Not all Hollywood films are influenced by the Cabal, though many of them are.
Both Stan Lee and Tom Cruise appear to be using the money they earned from other successful films
to help put out a positive message.
Most interestingly, these films help confirm what insiders have been leaking to us all along -- namely
that an international alliance is working to solve the problem.
Nothing that we are seeing happen right now is random in its timing or content. Nor will the highlevel arrests be an unexpected, never-before-seen moment.
This is an intelligently scripted event in the global storyline -- written into cosmic cycles that are
vastly older than all life on earth.

CLICK "NEXT" TO GO TO THE NEXT SECTION!

[Click here to go directly to information about David's all-day event this Saturday, November 1st, in
Sedona.]

CLICK HERE TO READ PART ONE

Part Two: The Bloodline of Cain -- An Extraterrestrial Lineage?

THE CYCLES OF HISTORY CANNOT BE PROPERLY ARGUED IN A SHORT ARTICLE

As we argued in Part One, history is repeating itself with astonishing precision -- in cycles such as
2160 years and its quarter-cycle, 539 years.
Although the Zodiac quarter-cycle would "ideally" be 540 years, i.e. 2160 divided by 4, it only lines up
with the measurable data once you shave off one year.
This is a mystery that seems to have a definite purpose -- as it allows for sub-cycles of seven years to
fit into it quite perfectly.
A student uprising in 1960s France precisely repeated the events surrounding Joan of Arc, exactly 539
years later -- almost down to the day.
This student uprising inspired eight million workers to go on indefinite strike, almost brought down
the French government, and inspired many other revolts worldwide.
Amazingly, French astrologer Michel Helmer predicted this event, almost to the day, years before it
happened -- by identifying the cycle connections in France.

9/11 also is one of a series of at least six different events in the late 1990s and early 2000s that are
profound, precise repetitions of what happened in 1400s European history -- in and around 1462.
If you view history as cyclical, not linear, these events are overlapping each other on the same 539year wheel -- and the same influences affect us again.
As one example, Clinton suffered an 850,000-dollar fine in the Paula Jones scandal within four days
of when his cycle equivalent, Johannes von Baysen, died in the previous cycle.
By itself, this wouldn't mean anything. It's only once you see how von Baysen did very similar things,
at very similar times, exactly 539 years apart that it makes a lot more sense.
Again... that's why this takes 500 pages to properly explain. It was impossible to make a sufficient
scientific argument about it any shorter than that.

THIS IS EXCITING STUFF

What makes this so exciting is that all the mess we are seeing now in the world's headlines is part of
a scripted, intelligent design -- that does have a happy ending.
History is not at all random. We are all mysteriously following a script. I have compellingly argued
that the author of the script is a loving, super-intelligent Creator.
Our positive reunion with our true identity as the Creator is as inevitable and unstoppable as the law
of gravity.

This same Creator is ultimately the same identity we all share. The destination of all worldly
experience is ultimately to reunite with that essence.
Along the way, the cycles reveal how some of us are influenced to play negative roles, whereas most
are intrinsically positive.
Nonetheless, all of us must eventually turn positive in our journey back to Oneness. It is as inevitable
and unstoppable as the law of gravity.
We keep reincarnating, again and again, from one cycle to the next -- retaining the same facial
features and character attributes.
If we learn from our mistakes, we can achieve spiritual growth -- ultimately leading to a graduation
into the next level of human evolution known as Ascension.

IT TAKES A GOOD BIT OF SPACE

Again, this story takes 500 pages to explain, so I won't even try to re-do all of it here for those who
would try to tear it down without reading The Synchronicity Key.

All of recorded history, going back to the dawn of Sumerian culture in Mesopotamia, follows these
same patterns -- according to the scientific research of Dr. Anatoly Fomenko.
Interestingly, Dr. Fomenko didn't even realize that the "sacred cycle numbers" were appearing in the
time intervals he found -- even though they were evident.
The full story only appears when we combine Fomenko's data with the work of French astrologers
such as Michel Helmer and Francois Masson.

THIS IS GOING TO BECOME COMMON KNOWLEDGE -- AND ALREADY HAS BEEN ELSEWHERE
In time, I feel this knowledge of basic natural laws will be as common and everyday as the discoveries
of Galileo, Copernicus and Newton.
Other civilizations may have already reached that point -- and left clues behind for us in a variety of
different ways.
If "extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence," this is a case where that evidence has been
provided.
Now that The Synchronicity Key is in paperback, it's not at all expensive to explore these mysteries.

Some people automatically hate anything that isn't free. They think authors get rich from doing this
work -- but I don't know anyone who is.
However, writing a book like this generates enough money to keep the lights on, and makes the
words available in multiple foreign language versions.
The evidence is so vast, multidimensional and interconnected that there is no way for skeptics to
attack it other than dodging the data through character assassination.
If the skeptics' Carl Sagan mantra is "Extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence," then this
is a case where extraordinary evidence has been provided.

SEVENTY TIMES SEVENTY-SEVEN

Is it possible that other civilizations -- perhaps ancient -- knew about these natural cycles and left
clues behind for us to rediscover today?
What clues might we find if we go looking for the answer?
Let's not forget that the Zodiac quarter-cycle has proven to be remarkably powerful, including its
connection to 9/11.
539 years is a cycle of seven groups of 77 years, or 7 x 77. This actually shows up in the Bible -- in two
seemingly unrelated sections.

BIBLICAL REFERENCES
The number code "seven times seventy-seven" is strongly implied in the Bible when Jesus utters this
mysterious parable:
"[Forgive thy brother...] not seven times, but seventy-seven times." -- Matthew 18:22
The code of seven times seventy-seven also appears in the book of Genesis:
"If Cain is avenged seven times, then Lamech seventy-seven times." -- Genesis 4:24

The death-metal band Avenged Sevenfold took their name from this quote in the Book of Genesis.
There are two similar versions of Lamech in the Bible. One Lamech, the one being spoken of in this
quote, is the father of Noah.
The other version of Lamech is the sixth-generation son of Cain. And Cain may well be the son of
Lucifer, as we are about to see.
The names of each line are so similar, only off by phonetic spelling in several cases, that it is very
likely the same Lamech in both lines:

Comparison of two Biblical Adamic lines.

Creation line:

Cain line:
Adam
Seth

Adam
Enos
Cain
Kenan
Enoch
Mahalalel
Irad
Jared
Mehujael
Enoch
Methusael
Methuselah
Lamech
Lamech
Tubal-cain
Noah
Shem

This raises a puzzling mystery. Actually several of them. What we end up with is a remarkably clearer
view of the Cabal than we had before.

THE BLOODLINE OF CAIN

Those who are members of the Cabal at the highest levels secretly believe themselves to be the
descendants of Cain.
We learned this through a variety of different means, some from insiders and some from available
research. The significance has become increasingly apparent over time.
In the Cabal mystery religion, Lucifer is a very real reptilian-type humanoid being who barely made it
to earth with a small group of other "fallen angels."
They were survivors of an epic, cosmic battle. There were hardly any of them left. Their ruined ship
or ships crashed here -- and they became trapped.
Lucifer and his cohorts are therefore seen as powerful extraterrestrials who crash-landed here in
spacecraft, battered to near-extinction.

Hence airplanes and flying machines are routinely used as symbols for Lucifer by the Cabal.
Go back and check out Olympics 2012: A Mithraic Illuminati Ritual? for much more information on
that point -- including monuments such as "Angel of the North," pictured here.
The offspring of this reptilian-type human life did not look like them. Many of their unique
characteristics were lost in the Mendelian genetic intermixing.
The Olympics ceremony also featured a dancer who was half-reptilian, half-human -- suggesting the
origins they believe we all have had.

DON'T FORGET ABOUT BATTLESTAR GALACTICA

The original Battlestar Galactica series in the early 1980s started an interesting story, but never
finished it.
The completion of the tale didn't come along until the four-season epic reboot in the mid-2000s -heralded as a game-changer in television due to its cinematic quality.
Most people who were not insiders or Cabal members were unsettled by the Christian allegories of
the posters -- but did not understand what they meant.

The Cabal's story is precisely retold in the newer Battlestar Galactica series.
At the very end, the battered survivors of a lost civilization crash-land on Earth -- fulfilling their own
ancient religious prophecies.
The indigenous humans on earth are only at a caveman level when they arrive, already possessing
advanced scientific knowledge.

PLANET OF THE APES REPEATS THE SAME MESSAGE

Another very similar series of movies dating back to the 1960s -- and continually being rebooted -- is
the Planet of the Apes series.

The members of the Cabal see themselves as the visiting, godlike humans -- and the rest of us as
inferior apes who have built up cult religions.

The 2001 reboot had a very intriguing scene at the end after Mark Wahlberg's character seemingly
returned to Earth safely.
All the timelines had changed. Humanity was now portrayed as apes -- and Mark, the man who
emerged from a spacecraft, was the only person like us.

The makers of this film made a very edgy statement by then portraying Lincoln, seated on the Lincoln
Memorial, as an ape himself -- just like the police.

Films like this convey inside messages to Cabal members, reinforcing the idea that they are Gods
living amongst sub-human animals.
Lincoln trying to free the slaves becomes just one ape trying to liberate others of his own kind.
Many Cabal members do not believe the propaganda -- but as the whistleblower Svali indicated, they
would be killed if they ever tried to escape the group.

Nonetheless, according to Svali, there would be a "mass exodus" out of the group if they ever had a
chance to be free.

GENETIC INTERBREEDING
As we have been reporting for years now, at the higher levels, everyone in the military-industrial
complex knows a great secret.
There are humans everywhere, all over the galaxy.
They haven't openly announced themselves to us yet because they must follow a "Prime Directive."
Nonetheless, they have been coming and going, off and on, ever since we first got here.
Though there is no overt disclosure in it, Guardians of the Galaxy is another Marvel film, with
stunning visuals, getting us acclimated to the bigger picture.

Ultimately, once we get the truth, we will learn that everyone on earth is a hybrid being with mixed
human DNA.
This is one of the biggest "learning curves" we will have to adjust to as we go through the disclosure
process -- which does appear to be ramping up quickly.
Humans from other worlds -- even those seemingly quite different from us -- can still interbreed with
us, and have on many occasions.
This is extensively discussed, with a variety of scientific data points including skeletal remains, in my
on-demand TV show Wisdom Teachings.
Our DNA does appear to be a universal blueprint, as I have argued scientifically in both of my books
and in Wisdom Teachings.
Again, this is an extraordinary claim -- and the scientific evidence is equally as extraordinary and
voluminous.
The human form is known to be a galactic standard amongst high-level insiders who work for what
some call the Secret Space Program.

UPDATE, NEXT MORNING: DISCLOSURE WOULD BREAK DOWN THE CABAL'S RELIGIOUS NARRATIVE
Part of why the Cabal may be resisting Disclosure is it would destroy the myth that the only ETs who
ever made it here are the "fallen angels" in their storyline.

This, in turn, would loosen their ability to create group cohesion.

To keep a group of people under this much control, you have to convince them they are the only true
elites on earth.
Disclosure would destroy the foundations of the secret Cabal religion, where they are the sole
descendants of the only 'Gods' who ever made it to Earth.
In their belief system, their forefathers are the only people who built Stonehenge, the pyramids, et
cetera.
They are the Gods. They are the descendants of Gods. It only ever happened once, with one group.
They can take credit for everything the ancient civilizations did.
Once we establish that multiple ET groups have been coming and going, did not get stranded here,
and created the world religions, it's a very different story.
The morale in the Cabal is already low enough. Once their own epic religious historical beliefs come
crashing down in Disclosure, they realize they have been lied to.

CAIN WAS NOT ADAM'S KID

Once you understand that the Cabal believes this is who they are, many seemingly mysterious and
bizarre pieces start fitting together.
The Cabal takes the events in the Bible, including the book of Genesis and Noah's flood, quite literally
-- but have their own interesting spin on it.
The land that was lost in the Flood is believed to be the civilization of Atlantis -- which was a colony
of ET humans.
The Elohim, or positive ETs, then intended to generate a native-born human -- known as the Adam.
However, Lucifer the serpent-like man interfered, by breaking an agreement with the Elohim to
never interbreed with any women of Earth.

ONE OF THE CABAL'S BIGGEST SECRETS

The Cabal believes that Cain is the child of Lucifer, and that when Eve "bit the apple" in the garden,
she was impregnated by "the serpent."
Abel was Adam's son, and Cain was Lucifer's son. That's one of the Cabal's biggest secrets.
Children who grow up in this small, powerful, secretive group are taught this from a very early age.
Since we are now in the "End of Days," by the Cabal's own reckoning, they are releasing all of these
truths to the public -- in symbolic form.

The movie Noah is a very literal accounting of how the Cabal sees history through their own unique
lens.

Scene from the movie "Noah" -- intercutting an apple that "breathes" on the vine with serpent
symbolism.

According to insider sources as well as some in the public domain, Eve's sin of "biting the apple" was
a polite allegory for having sex with Lucifer.
Though this whole idea sounds crazy, once you realize the Cabal considers themselves the progeny of
extraterrestrial human life, it explains many things.

I WAS BLOWN AWAY WHEN I SAW THE MOVIE "NOAH"

I had already gathered this information, but hadn't shared it publicly yet. I hadn't put all the pieces
together.
On a whim, I decided to watch the new Noah film to see if it had any relevance to what I had heard -and I was absolutely shocked.
I could easily write an entire article just on this film alone -- but I have been so busy there hasn't
been time to do so.

THE MOVIE NOAH IS LOADED WITH SYMBOLISM

This story is very much "in your face," with a variety of insider references including the continent of
Atlantis, in this year's $125M Russell Crowe movie Noah.
In fact, the film opens up with humanity all existing on one large island -- and living in the aftermath
of a destroyed technical civilization.
That being said, it is not fun to watch -- particularly if you had any hope of seeing a positive view of
Noah.
Crowe's version of Noah is a violent psychopath -- and only gains redemption once he turns against
God and wears the skin of the serpent.
The will of the Creator includes ordering Noah to let the sons and daughters of Cain all perish in the
great Flood.

Noah believes this so strongly that he ultimately feels all human life must die -- including his own
family and children.
It's only Tubal Cain who argues that humanity should survive -- and "subdue the earth."

LET'S READ SOME REVIEWS

Some of the reviews of Noah, from late March 2014, were admittedly perplexed.
3/28: Forbes Review of Noah
http://www.forbes.com/sites/scottmendelson/2014/03/28/review-noah-doesnt-quite-work-see-itanyway/

Noahs third act character turn that probably caused Paramount to be somewhat squeamish about
press screenings.
The film is at its best when it is presenting Noah as a genuine fanatic, sure in his belief that all of
humanity, even himself and his family, must be punished for their sins.
That he may in fact be talking to God doesnt negate the insanity of his logic and his choices.

Noah Plot Holes

http://movieplotholes.com/noah.html

Major Plot hole: How can Noah transfer his godly powers to his granddaughters at the end of the
movie with the foreskin of the Eden snake around his arm when his own father didn't get to finish
the same ritual on him when he was a boy?
Those girls got a light transfer on them but Noah never did.
And why is this Snake necessary? Isn't it supposed to represent the Devil?
Why would God want his chosen one to use Satan imagery in his rituals?
Because Illuminati of course!

TRACY TWYMAN HAS PUT HERSELF OUT THERE

While writing this article, I found a detailed analysis of Noah that breaks it down, almost scene by
scene, and argues in favor of the bloodline of Cain.
In case you think I made this all up, and no one else really thinks this way, I suggest reading Tracy's
article.
Tracy Twyman is sharing her truth, and she has a right to do so. We should respect and encourage
freedom of speech.
She also does appear to be a whistleblower, bravely putting out the truth as she sees it -- and
potentially making Christians very angry at her in the process.
Public statements like this certainly catch my attention:
http://tracytwyman.com/noah-film-review-tubal-cain-almost-reaps-all-the-wealth/
I can tell you that there are many elements of the film that made me think that the scriptwriters,
Darren Aronofsky and Ari Handel, seem to be tapping into some of the same hidden information that
I did in my seances with Cain and Baphomet, as discussed in my book Clock Shavings.

YIKES...
This is very unsettling. I do not support these beliefs and only include this to show you that some
people definitely do.
Not all spiritual information is bad. There are a variety of loving beings out there who have given
positive "revealed teachings" to every culture.
Some of these words have become great religious texts that have inspired and uplifted millions
throughout the ages.
That being said, I most definitely wouldn't want to mess around with trying to get Cain and
Baphomet on the line -- but that's just a personal preference.
We all have the ability to communicate with other people at other levels of existence. It is a basic
talent that most of us have lost.
Whether the orientation of the people we reach out to is positive or negative is up to us.
One of the Cabal's greatest tricks has been to deny us any direct access to the Christ within -- and
demonize anyone who experiences such dreams and visions.

TUBAL CAIN
The first and most important secret phrase heard by Freemasons as they work their way up the
ladder is TUBAL CAIN.
You have to make it a very long way -- usually to at least 32nd degree -- to have any chance of
understanding what this really means.
Ultimately, this refers to the Cain bloodline and is also a crude joke -- as the "two-ball cane" is the
male genitalia of Lucifer, who they believe impregnated Eve.

Masonic "Two-Ball Cane" Ring

Shriner's [33rd Degree Masons'] "Two-Ball Cane" Ring

Notice "Two-Ball Cane" symbolism in image of Ebola released to every media outlet for weeks after it
started.

I had wondered why all the media kept using this one, single image of the Ebola virus.
Though it is not precisely identical to the "Two-Ball Cane" image, it is definitely close enough to
suggest it may have been deliberately chosen.
Many independent journalists are arguing that Ebola was deliberately released.
Whether this is true or not, the Cabal does seem to be attempting to maximize the fear they can milk
out of this.
It's so much bordering on complete hysteria that it seems quite foolish -- and hardly anyone seems to
be playing along.
I have been through multiple airports in the last 3 months and I didn't see one person wearing a
mask, talking about it or acting concerned.

TWO-BALL CANE = OO7

"Two-Ball Cane" also appears in code as OO7 -- James Bond's code name. Bond represents the toplevel agents who work for the Cabal.

THIS GOES ALL THE WAY BACK TO QUEEN ELIZABETH AND JOHN DEE
In Cabal history, the first "OO7" was Queen Elizabeth's personal astrologer, John Dee.
Though this next quote is from a Christian website that demonizes the Cabal and all its people as subhuman, which is not the message presented by Jesus and other great spiritual teachers, certain
quotes are worth repeating.
We have lightly edited basic syntax and grammar to enhance readability, as well as added a few new
headlines.

JOHN DEE, WIZARD AND ORIGINAL AGENT 007

His fearsome appearance in a tall pointed hat and his penchant for crystal balls gave the world the
archetype of the wizard.
Dozens of storybook wizards have been based on Dee, including Gandalf, Harry Potter and even the
Wizard of Oz.
He founded the Rosicrucian order (the pre-eminent training school for the occult), the first of many
magical secret societies that promoted spiritual growth throughout the centuries.
John Dee (1527-1608) was an English mathematician, professor, and astronomer who gave it all up
for the (at that time) more lucrative occupation of being an "angel channeler" and astrologer.
Dee eventually became Elizabeth's court astrologer -- and soon afterwards her spy.

MYSTERIOUS ESPIONAGE MISSIONS AND OCCULT PRACTICES

As an agent of the crown, Dee conducted several mysterious missions, for purposes mostly unknown
to this day.
He relished his espionage duties, creating elaborate, sophisticated ciphers.
In his correspondence with the Queen during these episodes, he signed his communiqus "007," a
moniker that would be used again, as any fan of the spy genre will recognize.
John Dee believed that specially constructed mirrors could draw magical power from the sun and
transmit messages and objects to distant stars and other worlds.
Dee attempted to receive visions from 'angels' using a globe of crystal.

DEE GOT HIMSELF IN TROUBLE FOR HIS MAGICAL VIEWS

Dee was born near London on the 13th of July 1527. He entered St. John's College at Cambridge at
age 15....
From his studies he developed a doctrine that one could obtain knowledge of God from the applied
practice of magick -- a controversial idea that was to get him into trouble on a number of occasions.
Early in his "Magik" career, during the reign of Queen Mary Tudor (Bloody Mary), Dee was arrested
and accused of attempting to kill her with sorcery.
He was imprisoned in Hampton Court in 1553. Dee was imprisoned in England for the crime of
calculating practicing the pagan craft of mathematics. He was accused of practicing black magic.
In 1564 one of his many books dealing with occult matters, The Monas Heiroglyphica, was published.

The Monas Heiroglyphica is a symbol created by Dee, which he believed was the ultimate symbol of
occult knowledge. The following year he published Di Trigono.

DEE ATTEMPTED TO CONTACT DISCARNATE ENTITIES

Dee began his experiments in trying to contact discarnate entities in 1581, mainly fuelled by strange
dreams, feelings and mysterious noises within his home.
On 25 May 1582, he recorded that he had made his first contact with the spirit world through the
medium of his crystal ball.
This had taken Dee years of work to achieve -- through studying the occult, alchemy and
crystallomancy.
Spirit contact would prove to be a major driving force behind Dee for the rest of his life.
While Dee was away in Europe, things were not boding well at home.
In 1583, a large mob attacked Dee's home and library at Mortlake in Surrey, destroying his collection
of books, occult instruments and personal belongings.
The attack was probably in response to rumors that Dee was a wizard.

DEE'S THEOLOGY (ISIS AND OSIRIS) IS EVERYWHERE IN MASONRY

John Dee, Rosicrucians and Freemasons all believe the same thing: that benevolent "higher spiritual
beings" are just waiting in one of many other dimensions to aid "Perfected Men" like Dee and
Freemasons.
These are men who have allegedly perfected themselves through proceeding up through the ranks of
the secret societies....
"Dee was a practitioner of 'Hermetic Gnosticism', a school of thought based on the ancient preChristian teachings of the Greek god Hermes.
Hermes was in fact a mere copy of the much earlier Egyptian god of knowledge and language, Thoth.
In this sense, all 'Hermetic Gnosticism' can be viewed as a worship of the teachings of Thoth.
According to the Egyptian mythos, Thoth was one of the gods who came down to Earth, along with
Isis and Osiris, to bring the fruits of knowledge, civilization and the sciences to the Egyptian people ...

In 1581, using his knowledge of these ancient practices, Dee began a series of attempts to
communicate with 'higher beings'. His channel in this capacity was one Sir Edward Kelly..."

The 007 was the insignia number that Elizabeth was to use for private communiques between her
Court and Dee.
Dee signed his letters with two circles (zeros) and a seven: 007". Dee was the man whom Ian
Fleming modeled his 007 James Bond character after.
[End excerpt]

APPARENTLY, DEE WAS ABLE TO GET RESULTS...

One of the stories I personally retold in a recent Ancient Aliens shoot for History Channel concerned
John Dee.
Specifically, it appears that Dee's work in contacting extraterrestrials paid off in a dramatic way.
The key quote that reveals what happened comes from a website the above author was quoting
from.
http://www.sirbacon.org/links/dblohseven.html
When the Spanish Armada loomed over the English Channel, it was Dee as the wise sage who
suggested to hold the course and be still.
He had correctly anticipated that devastating storms would destroy the mighty Spanish Fleet and
that it would be best to keep the English ships at bay.
Some have suggested that it was Dee himself who conjured up that storm.

THIS OBVIOUSLY GENERATED A GREAT DEAL OF ATTENTION

One insider told me Dee was able to defeat the Spanish Armada with spontaneous storms not once,
but twice.
This obviously generated a great deal of attention -- if it did in fact occur.
John Dee may have contacted negative ET groups that gave technological assistance to the British
Empire to ensure they would prevail.
Dee was a rock star. A true wizard. He had discovered an incredible new means of acquiring power.

Once we become familiar with the idea that good ETs (Angels) and bad ETs exist, and are involved in
our affairs, we can see what might have happened.
It may be that Dee facilitated a new alliance with negative extraterrestrial groups that promised
support to the British Empire -- but at a terrible cost.
These same ET groups may very well be still working through the Cabal today -- as films like Oblivion,
Edge of Tomorrow and many other sources now imply.
Thankfully, these ETs are being opposed by a much greater number of positive groups, both here on
the ground and from elsewhere.

THEY ARE NOT ALLOWED TO SHOOT THE RED CROSS WORKERS

This is a vast subject that goes far outside the scope of one article of this sort.
Very importantly, one high-level insider told me there is a rule that the bad ETs cannot break, no
matter how badly they want to:
"You are not allowed to shoot the Red Cross workers."
This means that if you do work like I'm doing on this site, and stand behind your message with
integrity in your private life, you will be just fine.
This is one of "THE RULES" that the negatives must follow. If they try to break it, the good guys have
full permission to block them -- with force.
Another more commonly-known rule in the truth circuit is that they have to tell us what they are
doing or else it won't be allowed to succeed.
John Dee almost certainly understood this. It is an occult technology that is very much still being used
today. In fact, it's now more obvious than ever.
We will go much more into this concept in Part Three.

OLYMPICS OPENING CEREMONIES, 2012: QUEEN PARACHUTES WITH OO7

Insiders informed me that even though I covered many of the Cabal symbolic references in the
Olympics opening and closing ceremonies, I missed the most important one of all.
In a six-and-a-half-minute video posted here on the official Olympics YouTube page, you can watch
the whole sequence -- but it is not embeddable.
All other copies of the video have been taken down. However, this next video summarizes what
happened, and it can be embedded:

AN ACTOR RESEMBLING THE QUEEN PARACHUTES INTO THE 2012 OLYMPIC GAMES
As this front-page headline of the Drudge Report revealed, "the Queen" parachuted into the
Olympics -- with none other than OO7 himself.

This all plays out in a six-and-a-half-minute, Hollywood-quality short film starring the Queen and
Daniel Craig as OO7.
Most people who found this amusing had no idea that there was greater symbolism at work here.

The helicopter she and OO7 travel in, being waved at by everyone, apparently represents the original
spacecraft that the "fallen angels" arrived in.
Their final parachuting into the Olympic arena was meant to represent the "fall" -- as in the Fallen
Angels.

AN INSIDE JOKE... AND A HIGHLY SYMBOLIC ACT

Those within the Cabal would have been well aware of what this meant -- but for everyone else it
remained inscrutable.
The Queen herself may be subjected to vast manipulation, and has much less knowledge of what is
going on than we think.
She may also feel trapped, and wish there was a way she could get herself out of the system.
If you would like to read more about this parachuting event, with photos, video and interviews, you
can look here, here and here.

THIS GIVES A SENSE OF GROUP COHESION

The idea that Lucifer is an extraterrestrial, and Cabal members are his oppressed descendants, gives
them a sense of group cohesiveness and unity against common oppressors -- namely everyone else
on earth.
They are taught that the Christian "God" wants them all dead -- to preserve those who are the "seeds
of Adam" while wiping them out at the same time.
This is a great misunderstanding, in my opinion -- but it fuels much of their anger and hatred on the
inside, according to multiple sources.
Here is an image of Noah facing off against Tubal Cain from this year's Noah movie:

Noah vs. Tubal Cain

Insiders also told me to look at the second-to-last US Presidential Election for another sign:

A DELIBERATE DESIGN
It is intriguing to consider that if we are dealing with highly intelligent negative ETs, they may have
deliberately designed opposing religious philosophies.
If the Roman Empire and its supporters designed Christianity, as well as the Cabal, the goal could be
to get both groups turned against each other.
Their strategy would be to create one spiritual philosophy for the 'elite' and another diametrically
opposite one for the 'commoners.'
You get the 'elite' believing they are all condemned to burn in hell for all eternity by the god of the
commoners. This causes the elite to fear them greatly.
Then you get the commoners believing the same things about the elite -- that they are the
embodiment of pure evil.
The negative influence does not care about the people in the elite. They are betrayed and sacrificed
whenever required. There is no loyalty there.
It takes ongoing massive, public displays of symbolism to keep any level of morale alive in the Cabal
whatsoever -- but at this point there is very little left.
I touched on this data at my Los Angeles conference in August and will be covering it in even more
detail in Sedona this Saturday, November 1st.

LAMECH ALSO LIVED FOR 777 YEARS

The Genesis quotes 4:15 and 4:24 discuss the bloodline of Cain, and the idea of the vengeance that
will follow. Secret cycle numbers were encoded in this passage.
This passage also gave rise to the name of the death-metal band Avenged Sevenfold, as we said
before.
The encrypted data in the Bible suggests that this period of 7x77 years is of critical importance in
understanding this epic, archetypal battle that goes back to the dawn of humankind, post-Flood.
More and more, we are learning that the Flood is not a myth -- it refers to an epic, worldwide event
where sea level rose by over 300 feet.
In the aftermath, a new human race was "seeded" by the good guys -- benevolent, angelic ETs -- and
this is what we could call the "seed of Adam."
Another intriguing clue from the book of Genesis, pointing to this same cyclical repetition in the
battle between the sons of Adam and the sons of Cain, can be found in Genesis 5:28-31:
Genesis 5:28-31 records that Lamech was 182 years old at the birth of Noah, and lived for another
595 years after this, placing Lamech's age at death at 777 years.

THIS BATTLE IS CYCLICAL -- AND A BASIC PART OF THE DESIGN OF THE UNIVERSE
These numbers may be encoded references revealing the fact that this battle between "good and
evil" keeps re-iterating in multiple cycles -- with the 7x77-year cycle being the most significant of all.
At least six different direct correspondences have been found between European history in the 1400s
and American history both pre and post-911, 7x77 years later, as we revealed in The Synchronicity
Key.
Again, the presence of these codes in the Bible may well be the work of benevolent angelic ETs.
By encoding the same cycle in a passage about the "seeds of Cain" and the "seeds of Adam" in Jesus'
quote, it implies that both sides are playing out these same cycles.

IT IS IMPORTANT TO DIFFERENTIATE BETWEEN THE PEOPLE AND THE INFLUENCE

I think it is very important for us to discern the difference between the people in the Cabal and the
influence working through the Cabal.
One of the greatest tools used to keep people in the Cabal is the belief that they are condemned to
hell if they leave, and therefore staying is their only hope.
I do firmly believe that the great spiritual teachings, including those of Jesus, tell us that all are
forgiven and accepted.

No crimes against others are unforgivable -- no matter how upsetting and difficult they may be.
Everything we do to others, we must pay back, by law.
We are accountable for the harm we create others through the Law of Karma -- "as you sow, so shall
you reap" -- but within that law lies forgiveness.
Once we atone for what we have done, and pay off the debts we incurred to others, we have
restored our own positive spiritual nature once more.

CLICK "NEXT" TO CONTINUE TO PART THREE

[Click here to go directly to information about David's all-day event this Saturday, November 1st, in
Sedona.]

MASS REINCARNATION IS NOT JUST HAPPENING TO WORLD LEADERS

As we have briefly covered in this article, The Synchronicity Key provides compelling evidence that
history is following a structured plan for our spiriutal evolution.
We have identified multiple cases of noteworthy leaders re-appearing in precise intervals of time,
such as 2160 years and 539 years.
Not only do they look the same, but they do very similar things -- at almost the exact same times
they did them in the previous cycles.
Some people, like Jimmy Carter, improve upon their former deeds. Others, like Nixon and Hitler,
repeat exactly the same lessons.

Scipio Africanus and Richard Nixon: Same Faces, Same Politics, Same Scandals, Exactly 2160 Years
Apart

Watergate is an almost pitch-perfect repetition of a scandal 2160 years earlier in Rome, where Scipio
Africanus was caught in an act of treason and resigned.
One of the only criticisms of The Synchronicity Key, for a few people who read and understood it,
was this:
"Why is this mass reincarnation only happening to world leaders? Is this some elite thing? What
about the rest of us?"

REINCARNATION IS HAPPENING TO EVERYONE

Though we can't prove it yet, it is very likely that everyone is reincarnating in these same historical
cycles.
Dr. Ian Stevenson and Dr. Jim Tucker have studied over 3000 cases of children who remembered
having been someone else before.
Dr. Stevenson focused on meticulously proving the memories the children had were correct -- and
the results were undeniable.
Shanti Devi was the most amazing example in Dr. Stevenson's research -- even attracting the
attention of Mahatma Gandhi.
At least 24 highly specific memories of her past life were accurately recovered. This article by the
Edgar Cayce association is well worth your time to read.

JIM TUCKER'S LONG-AWAITED BOOK RECENTLY RELEASED

Dr. Jim Tucker, the successor to Dr. Ian Stevenson, recently released his long-awaited book Return to
Life late last year.
The publicity campaign included a noteworthy appearance on NPR and a fascinating write-up by the
Daily Mail.

JAMES LEININGER: REINCARNATED WWII PILOT?

One of the most exciting new cases Dr. Tucker has explored is that of James Leininger, who very
precisely remembered a life as a WWII pilot.
The child had repeating nightmares of trying to escape his plane. He remembered many very precise
details.
And ultimately, his memories were so specific that his parents were able to identify who the original
pilot was.
Remarkably -- but also as expected by the new science -- James had an astonishing facial similarity to
this person he remembered having been before.

Probably the single best online summary of the Leininger case, complete with pictures and very
specific details, can be found at this link.

THIS IS A CHRISTIAN TEACHING -- ONCE YOU CLEAR AWAY THE DISTORTIONS

In The Synchronicity Key I provide compelling evidence that Jesus taught reincarnation -- and it was
suppressed by the Roman Empire.
However, a few small references have survived. Several noteworthy authors have written entire
books just on the data surrounding this fascinating subject.
The word Gehenna, now used to imply "burning in hell," is a mis-interpretation of the idea of burning
off karma.
The word Aion is read as "eternity," but it simply refers to a cycle of time.
The Roman Empire may have used the concept of "hell" to create a theocracy that could get people
paying taxes and waging "holy wars" to avoid eternal damnation.

THE EVIDENCE IS VAST -- AND REQUIRES US TO THINK DIFFERENTLY

The evidence in favor of reincarnation is quite vast. All the best cases have striking facial similarities
with the people they remember having been before.
Dr. Jim Tucker has further enhanced the potency of this research by using forensic face-matching
software to prove these similarities do exist.
This next example is another reincarnation case you can read about at the same link that discusses
the James Leininger / WWII fighter pilot example.

This new, ever-increasing body of data implies that the soul has far more of an effect on facial
structure than we normally think.
The scientific knowledge to support this idea is presented in both The Source Field and The
Synchronicity Key.
Just because this is a new science, that doesn't mean it is incorrect.

Time and time again, we learn new laws of nature that come to us as remarkable technological
breakthroughs.
This could well be another example.
There is a growing groundswell of interest in trying to find reincarnation cases through facematching.

CLASSICAL COMPOSERS AND ARTISTS MAY BE RETURNING AS POP STARS

While none of the cases at this next link appear to have academic research behind them, it
demonstrates that more and more people are looking into it.
One noteworthy site that has done their homework is Personality and Spirituality.
New cases are presented suggesting that famous Classical composers and artists are reincarnating as
famous modern musicians.
Here is one of the examples -- Alanis Morrisette and Segei Prokofiev:

Another example is John Lennon and Branwell Bronte, and in this case Bronte was a poet and
painter:

AN EXCERPT FROM THE SITE ON THE JOHN LENNON CASE

Here is a juicy excerpt from the Personality and Spirituality site that reveals just how far this
particular reincarnation case goes.
It would be fascinating to explore whether pivotal events in Bronte's life have cyclical connections to
Lennon's. Most likely they will:
http://personalityspirituality.net/2009/07/10/john-lennon-the-reincarnation-of-branwell-bronte/
In the Jewelle St. James book, the author notes the similarities between Branwell Bront and John
Lennon:
Branwell, like John, was an artist and a poet. Branwell drank and did drugs. Actually he did more than
doing drugs -- he was an addict.
Branwell, like John, lost his mother at an early age, and had sisters but no brothers.

Oh, and Branwell had good friends in Liverpool.

Branwell and John both drew caricatures, depicting aspects of their lives.
[And finally - ] Branwells self portraits are the image of John Lennon! The nose, the glasses,
everything.
Unfortunately, the book neglects to include photos to illustrate the point, so here we go. Internet to
the rescue!
There arent that many pictures of Branwell Bront to go by, but of those we have, the similarities
with John Lennon are indeed striking, right down to the glasses.

[End excerpt]
There was a site with many, many more examples of reincarnated Classical musicians I found in
about 2000, and I have not yet been able to re-locate it.

THERE ARE UNDOUBTEDLY MANY MORE EXAMPLES WAITING TO BE FOUND

What The Synchronicity Key suggests -- offering a great lead for new research -- is that precisely
repeating time cycles will be found between the genuine cases as well.
For the long-term cycles such as 2160 years, we only have a few historic examples we can draw upon.
Most people from pre-Christian Roman history do not have accurate busts carved of them that we
can still analyze today.
Yet, the evidence we do have is so compelling that it fundamentally alters everything we think we
know about history -- and reality.
History is not random. History is following a script, which keeps repeating the same series of story
points -- until we learn our lessons and grow from them.

WHAT EXACTLY IS HAPPENING RIGHT NOW?

We are now seeing the final "wailing and gnashing of teeth" in an epic, largely secret war to restore
peace and freedom on earth.
The people of this planet are finally rising up against a secretive, occult power group that has been
enslaving us since well before the time of Christ.

The people of this planet are finally rising up against a secretive, occult power group that has been
enslaving us since well before the time of Christ.
Many elements of the "Mass Arrests" scenario -- i.e. arrests of top people in the Cabal -- have come
true since we first began writing about this in 2011.
The movies we discussed in Part One provide compelling proof that such an alliance exists -- and is
working hard to promote freedom.
Disclosure is a critical element in a mass, relatively spontaneous human evolution and awakening
process that we have called Ascension.
Many ancient prophecies -- from over 30 ancient cultures -- prognosticated the exact conditions and
concerns that we are now finding ourselves in.
Most importantly, they do not speak of doom and gloom. They say all of this apparently insoluble
mess will usher in a marvelous "Golden Age".
Ever since I started writing online in 1996, I have been making this case -- and doing the best I can to
help co-create that new reality.

OK, SO LET'S TALK ABOUT THE "CAYCE THING"

If you dial back to the earliest days of our work online, circa 1998 and 1999, one main focus was in
presenting evidence that I may be the reincarnation of Edgar Cayce.
In case you are unfamiliar with Edgar Cayce, he performed over 14,000 documented "psychic
readings" that were profoundly accurate.
With nothing more than a person's name and address, and an agreement for them to be at that spot
during the reading, he could diagnose their medical conditions while in a deep state of trance.
He would begin speaking, give the diagnosis and prescribe unconventional treatments. Then upon
awakening, he remembered very little, if any of it.
The treatments brought many people back from the brink of death -- and attracted widespread
interest amongst many luminaries of his time.
Cayce only got widespread publicity late in life -- and he never charged more than 25 dollars a
reading, which is about $250 in today's currency.
Over 600 books have been written off of Cayce's work, making him the single most influential
spiritual figure of the 20th century.

Edgar Cayce

A STRONGLY CHRISTIAN MESSAGE

Cayce was a devout Christian, and wrestled for years with whether or not his gift was a positive.
This became even more difficult for him after the early 1920s, when his readings began discussing
reincarnation as a fact -- and telling clients about their past lives.
Edgar Cayce's work is arguably less popular in metaphysical circles in the post-Internet era, since very
few of the 600-plus books are online.
Cayce ultimately decided that since people were being saved from the brink of death, time and time
again, he would continue -- but it always bothered him.
Cayce also had a strong group of supporters around him. The readings revealed these people had
been reincarnating with him throughout many lifetimes.
His readings also routinely predicted the future with astonishing clarity, as I detailed in The
Synchronicity Key.
There is a tremendous amount of data in the readings to prove he could not have faked any of this.
The case is far too vast to be attacked in any meaningful way.
Before the era of the Internet, Cayce's work was far more widely known -- and very commonly
featured in a wide variety of esoteric books.
Since most of that data is still hidden away in published books, it is arguably less popular in
metaphysical circles now than it was before the mid-1990s.
Cayce's readings also consistently emphasize the importance of connecting and communicating with
the Christ within each of us -- that spirit of the Universe.

THIS ALLEGED REINCARNATION STORY IS A FASCINATING CASE

One very strong element of the Cayce / Wilcock case is that we have an incredible facial similarity, as
you will see pictured below.
This doesn't just appear between the two men themselves, but also with a variety of others the
readings said had been re-appearing with him again and again.
In short, almost all of the closest people in Cayce's life returned as a majority of the closest people in
my own life.
At least ten very strong reincarnation cases have been identified between the closest associates of
Edgar Cayce and David Wilcock.
This includes my father, brother, best friend in high school and three best friends in college.
We recommend reading Introduction to the Wilcock / Cayce / Ra Connection to see these pictures
and grasp more of the details.

Since this time, four more cases have appeared that are equally astonishing and precise in the facial
similarities and karmic connections.
In fact, two of the new cases have facial similarities that are so close to each other they are nearly
identical-looking -- and many other details match perfectly.
This has become so much a part of my life that I have been forced to examine it deeply. That is what
ultimately led to the writing of The Synchronicity Key.
I have not publicized any of the new cases at this time since we have far more exposure now.
In general, there is a great deal more stalking and hate going on with any public figures -- and I don't
want to put my friends through that.

THERE IS A BOOK
Our first published book The Reincarnation of Edgar Cayce? gives the full, elaborate backstory -- and I
was heavily involved in editing and adding content to it.
For years now, I have been so conflicted about this whole thing that I usually never discuss any of it -and feel better that way.
Many people I trusted told me I would destroy my credibility if I ever even mentioned it at all -- so
apart from George Noory's questions, I usually don't.
Yet after 22 years of writing my dreams down every morning and gaining benefit from their
guidance, I was told it would be a "spiritual felony" if I didn't share it.

I occasionally get a check for a couple hundred bucks for having co-authored this book.
Even though it's quite thorough, I've completely avoided publicizing it.
My co-author literally had to betray me and trick me by getting a publishing deal behind my back,
because I had fully intended to sabotage the project.
I am glad he did it, ultimately, because without that type of intervention it never would have
happened.

STOPPED DOING IT FOR OVER A DECADE

Like Cayce, I've been able to perform "psychic readings" that appear to come from a profoundly
positive source, and can effortlessly see into the future.

Due to this sense of extreme, ongoing public scorn, coupled with the basic stresses of life, I stopped
doing readings for over a decade.
I knew that I had to be in a place of true clarity, peace and freedom from stress, anger and frustration
in order to do it properly.
As the Cabal became increasingly aggressive and visible, this state of mind became harder and harder
to achieve.
I didn't trust myself to get good work -- and I did not want to do it at all unless I could be certain.
Only in the last week was I told in dreams, after this long sabbatical, that I should do it again.
The results are soon to follow in this section -- and have direct relevance to everything going on right
now, including the Ebola scare.

FIVE INNER PLANETS ALL IN NEAR-PERFECT CONJUNCTION

"An Extraordinary Astrological Recapitulation" gives technical details of how remarkably our birth
planets line up.
In addition to the striking facial similarities pictured in Introduction, astrologer Brian McNaughton
calculated that the line-up of Sun over Sun, Mercury over Mercury, Venus over Venus, Mars over
Mars and Moon over Moon between these two charts can only happen once in 127 years:
David Wilcock's birth planets line up so well with Edgar Cayce's that no better alignment can occur in
a 127-year period after Cayce's death.
"In studying and practicing the Divine science of Astrology for over twenty years, I have never seen
such a remarkable re-convergence of the personal' planets (Sun, Moon, Mercury, Venus and
Mars)....
What leaps out at the astrologer is the fact that all five personal planets are in the same signs in both
charts.
I am not the mathematician I would like to be, but the order of odds against such a lineup is very high
(see sidebar), when you consider the chances of one conjunction of a pair of personal planets to be
on the order of 1:18 (giving a ten-degree orb either way).
The odds of having five pair of inner planets conjunct is nothing less than phenomenal!...
All four planets haven't been back in the same signs as Cayce and Wilcock on March 8th since Cayce's
birth, except at Wilcock's birth."

IT WAS QUITE A REMARKABLE PHASE

The real heyday of my readings was from late 1996 to early 2000. During that time I was pulling in
data almost every day.

I will never forget November 10, 1996, the day it all started. It still ranks as the finest day of my life.
We all have a Higher Self -- the Christ within -- guiding us behind the scenes through dreams and
synchronicity. Some seers have made direct, accurate contact.
The future was predicted with remarkable clarity almost immediately -- and many more astonishing
examples soon followed.
I came face-to-face with increasingly undeniable proof that I had a "Higher Self" that was guiding and
protecting me.
My mind was continuously blown by what was happening -- including hundreds of remarkable future
prophecies.
The guidance consistently humbled me and challenged my ego and self-defeating behaviors -- but I
listened and learned.
More and more, I was being steered into an increasingly positive, spiritual perspective -- and to do
more and more research to validate my discoveries.
Eventually I was guided to pick up and move to Virginia Beach, Cayce's final homeland and the
location of his surviving organization.
At that point I had only just started seeing that there might be a connection between us -- after an
entire year of doing readings almost every morning.
Up until a few weeks before I moved, I had never seen a photo of Cayce at my own age -- and I was
shocked.

THE HEAD OF THE CAYCE ASSOCIATION'S MAGAZINE "NEARLY FELL OVER BACKWARDS"
This is Robert Smith, the editor-in-chief of the Association for Research and Enlightenment's official
Venture Inward magazine.

Robert Smith

Bob had just been looking at this picture of Edgar Cayce as a young man for inclusion in the
magazine, right before meeting me in 1998:

We met at the Nawab, a popular Indian restaurant in Virginia Beach on 756 Colonial Road, thanks to
his friend Francis Sporer, who was the art editor for the magazine.
Although Bob was cool when he met me, he later revealed he "nearly fell over backwards" when he
first walked in.
I had been seated in the same relative position as in this photograph -- and when I turned to look at
him as he came in, I looked exactly the same as Cayce did in the picture.
Many other key people involved in Cayce's work in Virginia Beach had similar reactions.

OTHER IMAGES NEVER BEFORE PUBLISHED

In the past, the shame and trolling I received from talking about this was so vast that I just avoided
the subject completely -- as I said before.
However, I do feel that now is the right time to start talking about it again, particularly after seeing
the quality of the new work.
Here are some other images from Edgar Cayce's Photographic Legacy that show how he looked at my
age and weight.
The resemblance is quite stunning. It has been verified by portrait artists, reincarnation experts and
thousands of laypersons who can see it very easily.

The greatest similarities lie in the eyes, the shape of the brow, the lips and the chin. Though it is not
exactly the same face, there is an undeniable resemblance.

ACCURATE FUTURE PROPHECIES HAVE ALREADY HAPPENED

If you read The Synchronicity Key, The Reincarnation of Edgar Cayce? or the Readings Archive, you
will see that this work generated dozens, if not hundreds of accurate prophecies.
I stopped doing readings in 2003, except for occasional times here and there over the years when it
felt right.
The hatred David experienced online was so strong that he completely stopped talking about it -- or
doing any readings.
Part of the problem was that as I got more public, I experienced more hatred -- and had to work
through feelings of frustration.
I felt that my mind had become too clouded and polluted to do this work properly.

I expected this wouldn't last -- but as I started doing the Convergence film in 2008, and then had
book deals, conferences and more web articles, I got increasingly stressed out.
Only recently did I finally get tired enough that I had to take a break from everything -- and just focus
on relaxing.
I wasn't sure what this would bring, but I began having multiple dreams strongly encouraging me to
do more readings -- that now was the time.
This "reboot" may have been helped by the fact that I now jog a half-hour a day and have stopped
eating all sweetened food -- in addition to my already fine-tuned diet.

THE MOST RECENT READINGS BEGAN PREDICTING THE FUTURE ACCURATELY ONCE AGAIN -ALMOST IMMEDIATELY
The first of these two new readings came in this past Wednesday, and the second one the morning
after.
On a personal level, the Wednesday reading already predicted the future so astonishingly that it
actually saved the relationship of two close friends of mine.
This past Wednesday's reading predicted the future so breathtakingly well that it saved the
relationship of David's close friend.
My friend, who we'll call Bill, had his girlfriend show up on Thursday with all of his stuff from her
house in a box. She said she was done... that's it.
She gave no real explanation, and no opportunity to discuss her decision. It was a sudden, clean
break -- over and out. Bill was quite distraught.
Amazingly, the first reading came in the day before this happened -- and precisely spelled out exactly
what she was about to do.
It even called her a "coward" for doing it -- not once, but twice.
That reading will be featured in our next update. It goes into a variety of useful spiritual concepts
that can be applied to our everyday lives.
As soon as he started telling me what had happened, I realized the reading had nailed it.

THE PROOF WAS UNDENIABLE

Though the message was universal in nature, it was also so specific and so obvious that she realized it
was true. The proof was undeniable.
She admitted that she was acting out of fear, that the reading was absolutely correct, and that she
had been cowardly by not giving him a chance to communicate.
They have since gotten back together.

The reading didn't 'order' her to do this. Instead, it helped her understand that she was acting out of
fear and powerlessness rather than trust and confidence.
This is news I just found out about a couple of hours ago -- and was the final trigger to writing this
entire article.
Even before they reconciled, Bill realized it was so precisely accurate and calibrated to his situation
that it helped him build confidence and trust in the positive.

THE FIRST NEW READING!

The rest of this section contains the second of two powerful new intuitive readings that I feel are
some of the strongest I've ever pulled in.
They both came in from a level so deep I was literally hearing most of it for the first time as I
transcribed them.
I had only a generic, minimal understanding of some of the main themes at play while my voice was
speaking the words.
When David transcribed this session from the recording, he was hearing most of it for the first time.
I was quite surprised at how long these sessions lasted, because while it was happening it all seemed
to only take 20-30 minutes at the most.
We are also planning on releasing the original audio soon enough, free of charge, so you can hear
what my voice sounded like as it was coming in.
In some cases it sounds very, very far out, and quite slow -- but it still reads remarkably clearly.
I will very likely compose an original psychedelic music soundtrack behind them to enhance the tripout factor even more.
If you like it you can help out with a donation, but I will be giving these MP3s away free of charge
now that I have a survivable income from my TV show.

AND NOW FOR THE READING...

Without further ado, here is what came in this past Thursday morning. It is very relevant to
everything going on today -- and what we have been discussing.
I added headlines in after the fact to break it all up and make it easier to read and digest.
Other than that, not a single word has been added, deleted or changed.

READING BEGINS HERE

THE NEGATIVE ELITE AGENDA IS FAILING

The ebola outbreak will take its toll, but not in the way most people think.
The objective of the negative elite is control and domination of others. That is failing.

THE UNIVERSAL WILL HAS RESPONDED

The universal will has responded to your plight.
And as David is well aware, there have been multitudes of divine interventions, as you could call
them, to contain and check the negative influences upon your sphere.
So while there are still events causing some degree of panic and great concern, and indeed loss of
life, we are steadfastly forestalling any and all events that would ruin the garden, so to speak
and/or give the negative any type of decisive advantage that would allow them to preserve their
depopulation and dominance agenda.

THIS IS A NECESSARY CATALYST TO A GLOBAL AWAKENING

While we do not like seeing all this fear and pain upon your planet, we also are working from a
perspective of understanding that it is a necessary catalyst to a global awakening.
It is vitally important that you make this change yourselves.
All hands are on deck now, and everyone is being inspired to be of service in some fashion.
You need not worry about the method of how you are helping, necessarily.
Far more important than what you do is how you are doing it.

THIS IS ULTIMATELY A FREQUENCY BATTLE

As we have so often said, this is ultimately a frequency battle.
Those who continue to feel a profound sense of distress, anger, loneliness, fear, jealousy, rage, et
cetera, and exist in these states for prolonged periods of time, are in fact directly contributing to the
furtherance of the negative agenda.
Your planet ultimately is a very highly structured illusion, in which there are widespread numbers of
beings like ourselves whose responsibility is to keep the veil of materiality as convincing as possible -while offering clues that it is far more holographic than most would ever realize.

THE PATH INVOLVES RECONCILING THE INNER AND OUTER WORLDS

Let this be a lesson in compassion and grace.

For the path, as always, is one of reconciling the inner desires for change with the outer appearance
of staleness.

THERE IS A DIRECT CHANGE IN THE PHYSICS

Be at peace within yourself, and understand that there is a direct change in the physics of
consciousness when you exist in a state of uplifting gratitude, good humor, happiness, laughter and
favorable feelings towards yourself and others.
This may seem hokey to those who have not familiarized themselves with the greater plan and
purpose of the Creation.
It may seem that these emotions lack the subtlety and nuance of one who is a seasoned observer of
human nature and are therefore nave and even foolish.
The real difference, of course, comes in the simple acknowledgement that there is nothing wrong
about feeling good.
In fact, it is quite wonderful to feel good.

A SYMPHONY OF DESTRUCTION ON A ONE-STRINGED VIOLIN

There are those who want you to feel bad.
They promote wars and rumors of wars, plagues and rumors of plagues, mass shootings, economic
chaos, et cetera.
Their goal is to literally keep you in as much of a state of fear as is possible.
It is akin to someone trying to perform a symphony of destruction upon a single violin that contains
only one string.
More and more, you are learning to tune out this cacophony of fear.

THE CABAL IS LIKE A HEROIN JUNKIE

And like a heroin junkie, the Cabal is fighting back by attempting to amp up their responses as much
as possible to get another fix, faster and faster, each time, so that no focus is broken and that fear
continues to be the dominant, nerve-jangling note that is played on the global stage.
And yet, look at all we have attained. In the process of awakening, there is freedom.
Your governments, financial systems and militaries, corporate heads and media monopolies, have
most definitely not been free.

This condition has continued in some fashion for quite some of your years, as you measure time.

THE HERO'S JOURNEY STORYLINE IS WRITTEN INTO THE CYCLES OF CREATION ITSELF
It is a cycle, built into the harmonic wheelwork of Creation itself.
It produces individual Heros Journey storylines, as well as a global struggle akin to the Heros
Journey in its own, distinctive right.
You are engaged in the story whether you like it or not.
It speaks to you from every corner now.
The simple joy of a life lived in solitude and isolation from the global stage is being continuously
interrupted.

THE CABAL IS LIKE A CHILD HAVING A TEMPER TANTRUM

The Cabal is increasingly like a child having a temper tantrum.
And as the child loses its attention, and is no longer the focus of everyones concern, it only responds
by acting out and becoming more and more angry.

WE HAVE A SURPRISE FOR YOU

We have a little surprise for you at this time.
It comes in the recognition that there are no stars in the sky.
There is only a hologram of the emptiness that is within.
And within said emptiness lies awareness and Unity consciousness.
The bigness of the Universe produces a compelling illusion that it must be real.
And in a certain sense, it absolutely is.

ONE OF THE MOST IMPORTANT RULES IN THE HOLOGRAM IS FREE WILL

You do live in a hologram, and within the hologram there are rules.
One of the most important rules is the freedom of will.
By infringing upon the free will of others, you mandate balancing actions to occur within this illusion.
And yet, once you understand the greater implications of there being no universe, other than that
which arises from the fullness of a unity that is beyond space and time, then you can indeed revel in

the fact that your journey need not take thousands or millions of years of reincarnation to complete
itself.

YOU CAN COME INTO DIRECT CONTACT WITH YOUR TRUE NATURE
There is an agenda for your life.
And in these times of great change, you can come into direct contact with your true nature as a
spiritual being, and as Oneness, like never before.
The path is so much easier than you may realize, because as we said before, it is primarily about
feeling good.
Struggle is not a requirement; good humor is.

A NOBILITY OF CHARACTER SHINES THROUGH

Granted, there are always going to be challenges you can take on.
But within those challenges there is always a nobility of character that shines through; a willingness
to receive the support that will be given to you when you take on a noble cause, and put your best
foot forward in service to others.
Though the world may seem impossibly broken, and though the fear-mongers shout from every
rooftop that doom is right around the corner, you will notice that you still live and breathe, that
there is no martial law, there are no detainment camps, there is no mass doom and destruction.

WE HAVE ELIMINATED THE POSSIBILITY OF NUCLEAR WAR

It is now becoming clear that we have eliminated the possibility of a nuclear war, ever since you
developed the technology.
What is far less known is the degree to which we have systematically checkmated any and every
attempt to create similar scenarios through other means.
The negative is not allowed to win this game, because your collective free will does not mandate that
it does so.

SOME PLANETS ARE ALLOWED TO GO NEGATIVE -- IF THEIR FREE WILL DECIDES IT

There are certain planets that are allowed to be conquered. And this is a direct consequence of the
overall state of being of the people who live upon it.
Such environments are murderously complex and terrifying.

And the enslavement that occurs does, in a sense, create organization and a great story of struggle
against seemingly impossible adversaries.
In these cases, people who had become extremely negative are then given a direct opportunity to
pool their resources together, often under the greatest terms of secrecy imaginable, to rise up
against their oppressors and reclaim their sovereignty.
In the midst of such a noble quest, many layers of negativity are purged and healed and there even
can be a shift back into the positive in the course of this process.

EARTH IS NOT NEGATIVE ENOUGH TO ALLOW THIS TO HAPPEN

Bear in mind, once again, that earth as it exists today is not negative enough to warrant this
succeeding.
Most planets are not. This is a very rare phenomenon, relatively speaking.

THE REVEALING OF THE SHADOW GOVERNMENT INSPIRES GROWTH AND CHANGE

You are noticing that upon your planet, the negative agenda is becoming impossible to ignore.
This is by design.
The more upsetting and oppressive and odious the shadow government appears, the greater
incentive there is to seek to rise above it in ones own life and motivations.
Bear in mind that you reach a stalemate of sorts when you indulge in complaining about the
problem, and obsessing upon the details and the subtleties of its basic nature.

THE NEGATIVE AGENDA IS LOSING ITS BATTLE FOR CONTROL

The most important thing to see about the negative agenda, at this time, is that it is losing the battle
for control of humanity.
Granted, there are those who automatically will spring back and say that this is impossible, it is folly,
and it is a dangerous thought to even consider.
They will suggest that nothing short of a vigilant focus upon fear and anger is required.

THE MEDITATION EFFECT IS PURE SCIENCE

Why dont we take a step back for a minute and really reconsider the scientific data that you already
have available to you such as the so-called Meditation Effect.

There have been dozens of peer-reviewed clinical studies proving that relatively small groups of
people meditating together, and performing a reunion with unity consciousness, can have a
profoundly positive effect upon the outcomes and circumstances on your planet.
This is not a subject of speculation. It is pure science.
And regardless of how you think this message is getting to you, and whether you believe in its
credibility or not, this much is certain:
The meditation effect is absolutely real. And it is an invitation to mystery.
If seven thousand people meditating in unison can reduce global acts of terrorism by seventy-two
percent, as was documented, then clearly we have a tool for promoting peace and ending conflict
worldwide that is of far greater usefulness than any military expenditures currently being made, or
which ever have been made.

YOU ARE EXPERIENCING A SHARED CONSCIOUSNESS

If threat deterrence is truly the goal, then meditation is the answer.
The reason why this works is that you are experiencing a shared consciousness.
The conscious mind biases its access to the cloud, if you will, so that it appears that your thoughts are
personal.
But when you consider the innumerable pieces of scientific data that show how easily and readily
thoughts are shared, such as the Meditation Effect and many others, you realize that there is a
collective emotional body and intellect.
And only a small degree of work is necessary to alter the collective.

MASS MEDITATIONS ALONE MAY NOT BE ENOUGH

We have noticed a certain bias in favor of single acts of meditation at certain specific dates and
times, with the goal of reducing conflict on those occasions.
This is, in a sense, akin to a parlor trick, proving the same effect works again and again.
We do not in any way mean to decry or diminish the importance of such endeavors.
However, it is clear that the proof has been obtained directly innumerable times.
There is no further need for proof.
Also, to only do occasional meditations of this nature is akin to voting in an election and then having
no further control over what the candidate does after the vote has been cast.

THIS CAN BECOME LIKE A RELIGION

You see, these periods of mass meditation can indeed create a momentary change in the level of
conflict and hostility, but it can also be akin to a church-goer seeking salvation on Sunday so they can
return to their normal behaviors throughout the rest of the week.
Those normal behaviors may very well be significantly lacking in their spiritual level of evolution.
Again, we are not saying that mass meditation exercises should be ignored or overlooked.
What we are saying, however, is that they provide a low-lying fruit that can serve to some as a
distraction, believing that if they seek to accentuate the positive and exist in a state of unity
consciousness during those moments, that whatever else takes place in the remainder of their lives is
largely irrelevant.

WE ENCOURAGE A MINDFULNESS PRACTICE OF CONTINUAL PEACE AND LOVING THOUGHTS

Our hope has always been to generate an incentive leading to more of a mindfulness practice, so that
you are online, helping solve the problem, essentially at all times rather than at certain fairly
randomly chosen intervals.
The level of conflict and hostility on earth at any moment is a direct function of how everyone is
thinking and feeling.
And it would surprise you to notice how few people preserve the balance in certain circumstances
where traumatic experiences are widespread based on the latest screaming headlines.
You have been given these experiences of synchronicity and the breakthrough into the positive
perspective so that you can see the deep, inner core of unity that all arises from.

IT MAY SEEM NAIVE, BUT GIVE IT A TRY

It may seem dangerously nave to you to believe in the positive outcome, and the goodness of the
universe.
But we invite you to cultivate this sense of peace and belongingness and good cheer, patience and
forgiveness, and acceptance of others.
For in so doing, you are enabling us to be of much greater assistance both to you as a person and to
the collective.
In many senses, the efforts you make as an individual carry far greater weight than you may realize.

THE VOTING OCCURS MOMENT BY MOMENT -- AND YOU HAVE MORE POWER THAN YOU REALIZE
The voting for the outcome on your planet occurs moment by moment.

And in those moments, you can be a force for the good.

Look at how powerful the events are that are taking place in your world at this time.
You are indeed living in a supernatural reality.
You are indeed seeing mind-boggling hidden truths coming to light.
How you respond to all of this is your choice and you can choose wisely.

THIS IS ABSOLUTE TRUTH, NOT BLIND FAITH

You can choose to look at those moments of grace, those moments of compassion, those moments
of honor and noble service, and see that you want to be one of those people who spreads that to
others and to yourself.
Creating harmony is often about letting it happen: being brave enough to ease the minds control as
it seeks to embellish all stories with fear and needless complexity of details.
We do not call this blind faith. We call it absolute truth.

THE LAWS OF CAUSE AND EFFECT ARE NOT AS FIXED AND "3D" AS YOU MIGHT THINK
You are still ensconced within the illusion in physical form.
You have a physical body and you exist in what appears to be a universe of matter.
Therefore, it is very compelling to believe that the laws of cause and effect are as fixed as Keplers
laws of planetary motion, or Newtons law of gravity.
From our perspective, our jobs are to exist outside your illusion and help those who need the help
the most which at this point is everyone.

THE MORE YOU ASK FOR HELP, THE MORE HELP WE CAN PROVIDE
The more we are called upon to help you, the more help we can provide.
It is as simple as that.
We wish to cause you no harm only to empower you to help yourselves.
We see the beauty of humanity; the nobility.
We do not view you with a sarcastic disdain, as a cancer upon the earth.
This is not our way.

WE WISH YOU LOVE AND PEACE

Each soul is precious beyond measure regardless of nation, race, religion, gender, et cetera.
You are all holograms of the One Infinite Creator, experiencing your own unique perspective upon
that which is.
And we wish you kindness, laughter, and enjoyment of the fulfillment of the promises that all of the
great masters have given you.

DIVINE INTERVENTION IS KEEPING EVERYTHING HELD TOGETHER

You are in a time of stunningly resplendent change.
The simple fact that everything holds together, and that the planet has not fallen apart in light of the
efforts that are made by some to do so, can be proof enough that divine intervention is taking place - and that you are indeed being protected.
It is as if a piano is playing, and you have not yet seen the player for being what it is.

WE ARE YOUR SERVANTS

You are steering this ship.
We are your servants.
We seek to help you usher in the very transformation that is required to get you to a place of
harmony, peace and happiness.
Our goal is nothing more than your freedom and your self-realization.

WE ARE WORKING OVERTIME TO GIVE YOU PERSONAL VISIONARY EXPERIENCES

Innumerable efforts are being made at this time to give you visionary experiences, prophetic dreams,
synchronicities and all sorts of moments where the veil is pierced -- and you catch a glimpse of the
greater mystery of unity that all this matter-based universe arises from.
In this moment, you can reclaim your sovereignty as a being.
You need not dance to the tune of those who would play the same nerve-jangling cacophony of fear
again and again.

THE FLOWERS OF PAIN ARE WILTING

Recognize the flowers of pain that are wilting at this time.

Though their thorns may seem to be snagging more than ever, this is only by design.
As the denial breaks down and the villain is seen for what it is, it will appear bigger and more
powerful than ever.
But this is simply a collective effect caused by the focus of attention.
As you begin realizing what the problem is on a collective level, it seems to have become even more
accentuated than ever.
Know that in the denial finally breaking down, you move much closer to reconciliation.

WE ARE WORKING WITH THE INTERNATIONAL ALLIANCE BEHIND THE SCENES

We have worked and are working very diligently on a variety of levels to ensure that you will
experience a successful outcome.
This includes our coordination with a vast international alliance of those whose righteousness
compels them to step forward and secure humanitys future from those who would seek to enslave it
for their own gain and pleasure.
We are truly grateful to have the opportunity to give you this message, and want to remind you that
it is that same still, small voice that speaks within you.
It is ageless wisdom, available to everyone by simply quieting the mind and turning within, to see the
light that shines through the open heart in the peace and stillness of the moment.
We thank you, and remind you that you are loved more than you could ever possibly imagine.
Peace be with you in the Light of everlasting Love. Adonai and amen.
[End of reading, Thursday, October 23, 2014, 6:15 to 7:17 am PST]

COME SEE US IN SEDONA!

Although this is becoming increasingly rare these days, I will be doing an all-day event in Sedona this
coming Saturday, November 1st.
It will be loaded with slides, and reveal even more detail about everything I have discussed in this
article -- and much more.

The Cosmic Battle for Ascension: A Five Million-Year Saga

Join noted lecturer, researcher and TV host David Wilcock in a breathtaking journey of the mind and
heart. The events we are now seeing on earth are literally the culmination of a five million-year-old
war for humanitys future. Our solar system is littered with artifacts telling the tale.
Positive ETs contacted every major ancient culture on earth and gave us the spiritual keys we need to
achieve Ascension.
Negative ETs have been fighting to keep us down and actually fell to earth and embodied in
physical form, becoming a race of red-haired, white-skinned giants seen worldwide in reports as
recent as the 1700s.
See the artifacts, the skeletons and the history and marvel at this brilliant reconstruction of an
ongoing battle whose outcome has yet to be decided.
Hear up-to-date information on the Rainbow Body practices from ancient Tibet, and the positive ETs
who contacted them to give us this precious knowledge.
By learning and applying these teachings, you can help turn the tides in this cosmic battle.
Once even a small number of us achieve Ascension, the negative agenda will be permanently and
irretrievably defeated on Earth and throughout much of the galaxy, according to some of Davids
top insiders.
Click here to lock in your seat now!

CHECK OUT THE WISDOM TEACHINGS WEEKLY TV SHOW!

If you can't make it to a conference, you can still get a half-hour a week of groundbreaking new
information, every Monday night, with Wisdom Teachings.
The subscription is only 9.95 a month -- and you gain access to a huge library of spiritual and
metaphysical treasures.

I recommend jumping in and watching the new shows as they arrive, and then going back and
watching older ones that catch your interest as time permits.
I am now heavily involved in detailing the buildup to open, public disclosure -- and the insider war
going on behind the scenes.
We also have a new, second show coming up, perhaps in late December, where I will be interviewing
people to help Disclosure along.
This is another major reason why I fell off on posting. I've barely been home since August in grabbing
all these interviews.

Everything is included in the basic subscription price. You can now download episodes for later
viewing as well.
Don't miss it -- and we thank you for your support!

UPDATE, IMMEDIATELY AFTER POSTING: PREVIOUS ARTICLE WAS AT A REPEATING-DIGIT NUMBER

ON HIT COUNTER
In case you are a regular on this website, you know that I often get astonishing numerical
synchronicities around the time that I post.
It just happened again. Immediately after I made this live, a screen came up where I saw the previous
articles and their hits.
The last article I wrote, back in August, had exactly 99901 hits. We've had four and even five-digit
repetitions before, but three is plenty good enough.
Here are the the screen shots I just took, from three different areas. Since I already hit the article
before, my new viewing of it didn't increase the counter:

As always, people who experience synchronicity for themselves can easily see what is happening
here.
It is ultimately a more intense means of proving that we do all share a greater connectedness than
we currently realize.
For those who are unwilling to see it, I'm just "obsessed with numbers" and "seeing patterns where
none exist."
That might be perhaps the most polite of the types of responses that are generated.
Regardless of what you believe, it happened yet again -- and this phenomenon continues to impress
me!
I wish you peace and happiness in these ever-changing times. The next reading will be arriving soon!

NEXT MORNING: ANOTHER ONE

I came back the next morning to do a few tiny edits and the hit counter for the Robin Williams piece
now had repeating digits in the last two as well as the first three -- 99988:

It is very interesting to see this happen. It is completely effortless. It just works. These are only minor
examples compared to what has happened.
Years ago I concluded that this phenomenon of synchronicity must involve a direct, benevolent
telepathic influence of exactly when we do things.
Interestingly, the more you open your mind to the possibility, the more it is allowed to happen in
your life -- and it certainly will, in ways that cannot be disputed.

INSIGHT ON THE MOVIE "MALEFICENT"

Despite the posters of Angelina Jolie wearing devil horns that were everywhere for a period of time,
Maleficent may also be a film by Cabal survivors, for survivors.
Comment #7 from Sarah said the following, in part:
"Yes, as David says, it appears to have been a dark tale of the classic story. But if you watch it, it is
anything but!
I adore the movie because it tells the human story: Maleficent was peaceful and loving, she was
betrayed and became lost and dark and suffered greatly.
The movie shows how Maleficent is continually disarmed by Aurora's love and kindness until she
finds her way back to the light, just as we all eventually do.
It is a message we will need going forward when dealing with "the villain". It is the story of each of
us. There is a hero and villain in us all and we must choose love or fear. Please watch this beautiful
film, you will not regret it."

As the moderator sent me this comment, the hit counter on the last article was about to hit 100K -and was at a "full alignment" of 99999.

Immediately after posting this picture, it happened again -- where the Facebook Like counter for this
article was at the symbolic number 1776, indicating the American Revolution.

Interesting choice of numbers.

PERSONAL REFLECTIONS
Like many, if not most people, I was shocked and deeply saddened by the news of Robin's loss.
This is no ordinary tragedy. It strikes to the heart of everyone. Robin's presence lives on in so many wonderful
creative works that have touched our lives.
He brought us happiness, laughter and deep insight. The pain and triumph he could convey as a character was
utterly believable and in the moment.
You always felt, when seeing him in a film, that everything he was feeling was absolutely real. He threw himself
into each role utterly and completely.
As far as film actors go, he was a true legend -- a star among stars. And he had managed to completely avoid the
paparazzi hate machine tearing him down in public.
One central theme that keeps coming up is "Everbody loved him. How could a person loved by so many want to
take his own life?"
Even now, two days after hearing about it, I still feel a variety of different emotions. I spent a good bit of time
yesterday reading many different articles about him.

WORKING ON A SUICIDE HOTLINE

I worked as a staff trainee for the OASIS suicide crisis hotline through my entire senior year while getting a
degree in psychology.
We were trained, through role-playing exercises, in how to handle a wide variety of worst-case-scenario situations
-- every Wednesday night.
A whole team of 12 people were crammed into a single dormitory room in Deyo Hall, knee to knee, as we learned
how to talk people out of killing themselves.
On one special occasion, a much larger crowd was gathered -- including people from other nights besides
Wednesday.
It was very hot, crowded and claustrophobic. There wasn't really enough oxygen, making it also a light-headed
zone between living and dying, waking and dreaming.
I was singled out to do a grueling, one-hour-long role-play with the director. It was the worst experience anyone
had ever had that year, by orders of magnitude.
He chose to make an example out of me in front of everyone.

YOU CAN'T WIN 'EM ALL

In this role-play, his character was a man who had the opportunity to save his severely disabled sister from a
house fire, but let her burn to death.
He was savaged by his own guilt. He let her burn because he didn't want to take care of her anymore -- as it had
been ruining his life.
We had a whole formula of what you were supposed to do in a role-play -- and we always followed it.
Every role-play ended in us running through the ten Suicide Assessment questions in some order, and then
moving the caller in to Stage 3, where you make a referral to get them more help.
Every role-play ended in the would-be caller deciding not to commit suicide and accepting the referral. That was
the script. That was what we did.
No one ever even imagined that there would be a role-play in which this formula wasn't satisfied.
It was always just a question of how long you would take to "get to stage 3" -- and how well you got there.
Normally a role play was about 10 to 15 minutes. A long role-play was 20 minutes. This one went on for an entire
hour -- and it was absolutely horrible.
The fact that I was going through this in front of a huge group of people, without enough air, feeling utterly
humiliated in the process, only made it worse.

I WILL NEVER FORGET IT

The director was rude, hostile, interrupted me, completely refused to listen to what I had to say, and just kept
saying "I want to kill myself."
He made violent, psychopathic gestures of self-harming behavior and could not sit still as he ran through his
plans.
His character felt that the only way justice could be served was to set himself on fire -- for letting his sister burn
when he could have saved her.
I was trying to understand what the heck was going on as this role play stretched on -- longer and longer -- and I
couldn't "turn" the person.
It was absolutely emotionally exhausting -- and an incredible ordeal.

NOTHING CHANGED HIS MIND

Finally, after what seemed like countless hours of torture in psychological time, he ended the role-play -- by
saying he was going to hang up and burn himself to death.
"Nothing you have said to me has made me change my mind," he said. "I am leaving now and I am leaving for
good. I am going to burn myself to death."
At least 30 people were in the room, witnessing the "example" that had been exacted upon me with such
excruciating intensity.

They erupted into a cacophony of shocked chatter as soon as it was over. Everyone was moving, talking,
gesticulating and freaking out.
Whatever precious quantity of oxygen was still left in the room by that point was quickly being consumed in a
furious eruption.
What the hell just happened?

QUITE A SCENE
The volume level in the room skyrocketed. Everyone was talking, all at the same time. No one could understand
what the heck had just happened.
The director -- already a big and tall guy as he was -- suddenly jumped up on a table, ducking his head to avoid
hitting the ceiling.
He shot both of his arms out to the sides like an umpire making a bad call that everyone hated... and said,
"EVERYBODY SHUT THE F- UP!!!"
[90 percent of the students in my school were from New York -- so "dropping the f bomb" was a fairly common
occurrence in private conversation.]
It was quite shocking for the director of our program to jump up, flag us all down, scream and curse at us -- with
the F word, no less -- after this grueling ordeal.
Although watching the role-play in that environment couldn't have been enjoyable, being the subject of the whole
ordeal was undoubtedly far worse.
I was completely wasted, emotionally and physically -- and now he was up there screaming.
Everyone did indeed "shut the f- up." What was he going to say?

YOU CAN'T SAVE EVERYBODY

"If you are going to do this work, you have to accept -- deep down in your soul -- that you can't save everybody,"
he said.
"Some people, you will give them your all, 110 percent, and at the end of that call they are still going to kill
themselves."
"You absolutely have to live with that fact. You have to be able to get on with your life."
"If someone does this, it is their choice. You can try to help them, if they will even let you -- but ultimately it is not
your decision."
"You can't spend the rest of your life grieving about it or wondering what you could have done differently."
"If you can't deal with losing someone after doing your very best, then you shouldn't be in this profession at all.
Leave now. There's the door."

No one walked out.

I had been used as the scapegoat for a very powerful example that stuck with all of us for the rest of our lives.

LIFE IS WORTH LIVING

The tragedy of a loss like this is personal. Robin is woven into the very tapestry of modern life.
I haven't seen all of his films. You probably haven't either. But we've all seen enough to know and love this man.
No matter how dark the road may seem, no matter how difficult things may be, never give up.
Life is a precious gift. Life is worth living.
You are a beautiful and wonderful person. You are loved.
Never let anyone or anything challenge that deep knowing within you.